All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

He exudes the charisma of a vacuum cleaner salesman who uses cocaine and alcohol to get the most out of himself. The presidential candidate is waving around wildly with a chainsaw. The man wants to use this to saw apart the political caste on the Rio de la Plata. Fake dollar bills with the face of this very presidential candidate, Javier Milei, rain down on his cheering fans.

Milei wants to abolish the Argentine national currency and introduce the US dollar instead and at the same time “blow up” the Argentine central bank. Milei performs a wild dervish dance on stage when it is clear that he has won the election by a landslide, ten percent ahead of his rival from the Peronist party. “The Wig” (La Peluca), as Milei is called by his fans because of his wild rocker hair, never minces his words and uses sub-proletarian jargon to rant against anyone whom he doesn’t like. The Argentinian Pope Francis is also disqualified as an “emissary of evil” by Milei. The “wig” enjoys an almost inexplicable immunity and jester’s licence in the country.

The last presidential election in Argentina was at least not boring at any stage because of this Latin American version of a buffoon. In Argentina, too, you score points by attacking the ruling caste of politicians with hateful tirades.

But while we in the northern hemisphere are still complaining at a very high level, the Argentinians have had nothing to laugh about or bite about for a long time.

The annual inflation rate is an incredible 145 percent.

Unemployment is officially only seven percent. But there is hidden unemployment, and it can be as high as 44 percent.[1]

There are big regional differences. While the greater area around the capital Buenos Aires is still relatively well positioned, people in structurally weak regions can definitely go hungry. The proportion of Argentines living below the poverty line is currently estimated to be over forty percent[2].

Argentina was an extremely wealthy country until the mid-1950s. Back then, people immigrated en masse from crisis-ridden Europe to finally find orderly conditions in Argentina. The political coordinates in Argentina are different from the rest of the world. The politician Juan Peron, who sympathized with fascism, dominated the scene for a long time.

His authoritarian style of government went hand in hand with an active social policy. The price-performance ratio was right for the common people.

But the military repeatedly seized power and left scorched earth behind. The so-called Peronism developed many different varieties.

Social Democratic Peronists dominated the scene, repeatedly interrupted by military coups. In the long term, this contributed to the disastrous alliance of oligarchs, latifundistas, reactionary Catholic clergy and Peronist politicians who mismanaged to a power stalemate. The ever-increasing unemployment was disguised by creating always new jobs in the public service. In this way, 22 percent of all employees are active in the public sector[3]. An eternal back and forth between half-baked approaches to social justice and market-radical clear-cutting policies has ruined the country.

In this situation, large sections of Argentine society are clearly willing to vote for anyone who looks different from the established politicians. It is not good news that Javier Milei has to announce. The state apparatus should be dismantled with a chainsaw, so to speak.

Whatever is not nailed down should be privatized.

The state should only be there to protect property and create legal certainty. Everything else should be handled by the private sector. Private prisons. To make this worthwhile, the minimum age for imprisonment should be lowered. Gun laws should be relaxed. Instead of human rights, there should only be the right to own one’s own body. That’s why anyone can sell their body organs on the open market as they wish. Since children are the products of parental efforts, the children can also be sold. Compulsory schooling is abolished. It is up to the parents how they raise and educate their children[4].

Argentina’s membership in the loose BRICS confederation, which has just been established, will be terminated on January 1st next year.

Trade with China shall be reduced to zero. ??

This is of course particularly risky because the People’s Republic of China is currently the country’s second strongest trading partner on Rio de la Plata after Brazil. Instead there will be strong support for Israel and Ukraine once Milei is inaugurated as president.

As a result, Milei immediately flew to Washington before his inauguration on December 10th to meet with representatives of the US government.

And on site, Milei went to New York just to visit the grave of Rabbi Menachim M. Schneerson, who had once emigrated from Ukraine to the USA. At this occasion Milei was wearing the obligatory Kipa. He also declared that he would soon convert from Catholicism to Judaism[5].

That’s quite a paradox for a man who prefers to surround himself with his four cloned mastiffs and thus mess with God’s plan of creation. However, these are contradictions that the Catholic Church has come to terms with comfortably. Milei owes his clear victory, among other things, to the fact that he was able to win Victoria Villaruel, a representative of the old clerical-fascist clique, as vice president.

Villaruel is the daughter of a general in the Jorge Videla military junta that held Argentina firmly under its military boots from 1976 to 1983. An estimated 30,000 people were killed in that infamous era. Villaruel says, just like Milei: no, there were “only” 9,000 people who were brutally murdered.

General Jorge Videla and Henry Kissinger 

And that was actually only right and fair in the fight against dangerous left-wing “terrorists”. 

Furthermore Milei took advantage by the fact that presidential candidate Patricia Bullrich, who was eliminated in the first round, recommended Milei for the runoff election. So who or what does Milei actually want to dismantle with his chainsaw? He was catapulted into office with the help of the same power coalition that has been driving the country into agony for decades. In Argentina, as everywhere in the Western community of values, the old set of politicians is now worn out.

Everywhere the compromised liberal conservative and social democratic politicians are being replaced by snotty loudmouths who promise people everything they want to hear. But installed into government, these “populists” differ not that much from their mainstream predecessors. Except that the state is ruined much more quickly and consistently than before.

So the question arises: who pushed this freaky eccentric Javier Milei into the saddle?

And what do the generous patrons hope to gain from it?

Milei grew up in humble circumstances and no longer maintains relationships with his parents. He played football in school. His comrades just called him “El Loco,” the lunatic. This nickname would become permanent for obvious reasons, and the first biography about Milei is entitled “El Loco”[6]. In addition, Milei is considered to be choleric and quick-tempered. He studied economics and even completed it. And then he started his career as an economist pretty quickly. He was working at the scandal-ridden HSBC bank for a while.

It is rarely mentioned in the media that Milei was also an advisor to the Argentine government at the International Center for Settlement of Investment Disputes. Unfortunately, this scandalous international institution is completely unknown.

It was founded in 1965. It now includes 156 countries around the world. This department of the World Bank provides an arbitration tribunal that becomes active whenever a global corporation feels that its investment activities are being disrupted by the democratically legitimate decisions of national governments. The jury works completely behind closed doors. The deciding jury chairman is almost always a corporate lawyer. And so it is not surprising that this jury almost always decides in favor of the global corporations. Many environmental protection measures have been defeated in this way. The threatened fines for violations by nation states are in the dystopian range of billions. What our friend Milei did at this arbitration board is not known.

Image: World Economic Forum / Benedikt von Loebell

Investing in Human Capital | Javier Gerardo Milei, Chief Eco… | Flickr

Milei then advised the coup leader General Antonio Domingo Bussi, who served twice as governor of the Argentine province of Tucumán. Some teaching positions at universities still need to be mentioned. As an adjunct professor at the University of Belgrano, he set the bar for his students so high that no one passed the exam.

Because Milei not only offended the students in his choleric manner, but even insulted them, he was removed from his teaching position. But from 2008 onwards, Javier Milei’s working life reached more quiet waters. Until 2021, he worked steadily in his fatherly mentor Eduardo Eurnekian’s company Corporación America.

Eurnekian’s father immigrated to Argentina from Armenia in the 1930s and became rich with a textile company. The textile company had to close in 1981. Eduardo Eurnekian rose to wealth again with a media company. He sold his media conglomerate at a huge profit and now operates 53 airports around the world under franchise.

But major transport projects have also at least been considered. Eurnekian commissioned his protégé Milei to plan a new publicly-privately financed road from Argentina with a tunnel through the Andes to Chile. This is how Milei made his first and so far only appearance at the World Economic Forum in Davos in 2014. Because Eurnekian sponsors the WEF and is therefore listed as a member[7].

And so he sent Milei to a fairly unimportant panel discussion at the WEF concerning the use of “human capital” in Latin America. Milei is also mentioned on the WEF website[8]. This marginal speech by Milei, which he could not even deliver in English, is all he has to do with the WEF[9].

There are other forces that will catapult Milei to the top. But first Milei has to become well known in the media. Milei’s patron Eurnekian uses his influence to box his protégé into relevant talk shows and radio programs. Eurnekian also pays a trainer to get Milei fit for media formats[10]. And so Milei chats about God and the world on talk shows and quickly gains popularity because he freely criticizes everything that comes his way. With the popular sports reporter Alejandro Fantino, he goes on a rampage against liberals and “communists”[11]. On his own radio show, he regularly demolishes doctrines that he considers to be myths. Milei was already known throughout Argentina long before he entered politics in 2020[12].

Then Milei decides to become a politician. Namely, as a prophet of a new, even more radical direction of market radicalism that had never been seen before: anarcho-capitalism. The military junta, which wreaked havoc from 1976 to 1983, was already market radical oriented.

In addition to Chile and Uruguay, Argentina was the third “experimental laboratory” that market radicals maintained with the help of the US secret service CIA in order to test in open-air experiments whether the principles developed by Milton Friedman at the University of Chicago were actually valid.

However, this type of market radicalism still requires a very proactive state that is supposed to order things in the interests of global corporations. Anarcho-capitalism is a relatively young dialect of market radicalism.

According to its inventor, Murray Rothbard, the state is merely a criminal organization that illegally steals property from citizens under legalistic pretexts. The politicians and the state institutions are therefore always parasites.

That is why the destruction of the state is morally imperative. In 1973, Rothbard published a so-called Libertarian Manifesto outlining the principles of anarcho-capitalism[13]. Every person has the right to property over themselves. He can decide for himself whether he takes drugs, no matter which drugs; whether he carries weapons wherever and whenever; He can drive 250 kilometers per hour on the road if he considers himself fit for that adventure. The state is not entitled to any restrictions on such arbitrary powers.

Of course, Rothbard didn’t come up with such bold ideas entirely on his own. Rather, there was a strong community behind Rothbard from the beginning, according to whose needs he tailored his home-grown ideology. First, Rothbard founded the ultra-conservative Cato Institute with money from Texas oil tycoon Charles Koch in order to wrap the ideology of market radicalism into a scientific guise and to calmly hatch political strategies for seizing power[14]. But in the early 1980s, Rothbard fell out with Charles Koch and founded the Ludwig von Mises Institute in Alabama. Rothbard. However, he did not live to see his seeds sprout. He died in 1995.

The dismantling of states takes place in several phases. First of all, market radicals infiltrated into governments just to ruin public finances.

The inability to act due to insolvency that is now coming to light, as is becoming all too visible with the so-called government shutdown in the USA, is the first successful milestone of the market radicals.

Politicians and state officials who have become unable to act are now providing radical market evidence that the state is no good and its actors are all just crooks. The people’s anger is directed towards the state itself. In fact, the state, no matter how inadequate it may be, is still the last large organism that could check the global corporations’ totalitarian claim for absolute and unrestricted power.

Image: Alberto Benegas Lynch (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

File:Alberto Benegas Lynch (h) Original (cropped).jpg - Wikimedia Commons

This is the hour of the anarcho-capitalists. Now it’s time to demolish the last remnants of the wall against the neo-feudal subjugation of humanity to the digital-military complex.

In order to give the state a coup de grace, the Atlas network was founded in 1981 by the British entrepreneur Antony Fisher. Fisher had become rich through the large-scale use of industrial laying hen factories in Europe. He then wanted to use his money to promote “entrepreneurial freedom”.

The Atlas Network provides advice and start-up money for radical market, anarcho-capitalist think tanks in nearly all countries around the world. Atlas helps start-ups get on their own feet with acquired donations and government grants. Atlas has already launched several hundred spin-offs in this cost-effective way.

There are ten Atlas network organizations in Argentina alone. The central coordinator of these radical market organizations is the Argentine economist Alberto Benegas Lynch. Lynch is also an important figure in the Mont Pelerin Society, from which all radical market activities emanated[15].

And that brings us finally back to our protagonist, Javier Milei.

Milei openly refers to Alberto Lynch[16]. Lynch is Milei’s guru, nothing less than that. Milei is a constant guest at the Atlas spin-offs Fundacion Federalismo y Libertad, at Instituto Libertad y Progreso and the Fundacion Atlas[17]. This network has chosen Javier Milei as its executor of its radical market agenda. That’s why the Fundacion Atlas decorated Javier Milei with its Liberty Prize back in 2018. Lynch planned Milei’s career and gave him the anarcho-capitalist program along the way. Ultimately, all paths of the Atlas network lead directly to Washington, the US government. The link between Atlas Latin America and the US government is called: Center for Dissemination of Economic Knowledge for Liberty (CEDICE for short). This center receives funding and strategic instruction from Washington through the National Endowment for Democracy and the U.S. government. Agency for International Development[18].

However, things turned out differently than Milei’s former sponsor, Eduardo Eurnekian, had hoped. The now ninety-year-old airport entrepreneur was recently sitting in the front row when the elected Argentine President Milei shouted at the entrepreneurs present:

“The state is breathing down your neck! I will get him off your neck!” And although Nicolas Posse, a former top manager of Eurnekian’s empire, serves as the government’s chief of staff, the old oligarch is not really happy about his political offspring. Eurnekian told the Financial Times that he did not believe in the Dollarization of Argentina at all and that he considered the abrupt termination of trade relations with China to be unfeasible and disastrous. He also disapproves of Milei’s insult of the Peronist politicians as “criminals” and also his insult of the Pope as an “imbecile”[19].

This shows the changing function of political puppets in Latin America and elsewhere in the southern hemisphere. Oligarchs in façade democracies have always chosen talented people who they then hyped up with a lot of money and influential connections to state leaders. But this time the national oligarch has been booted out by a powerful international network.

We will see whether Javier Milei really succeeds in destroying the Argentine state and its power cartel, and whether he really intends to do so.

In any case, he does not have any political power. His party La Libertad Avanza only has a few seats in parliament. Political forces will stand in Milei’s way if he really wants to use a chainsaw to put hundreds of thousands of public servants out of work. If he really breaks with China and possibly Brazil as trading partners, it will likely cause even more difficulties for the Argentine economy.

But one should not underestimate such bizarre extreme creatures like Milei. At the beginning of his chancellorship, Otto von Bismarck was also considered a crazy idiot. And so were Adolph Hitler and Maggie Thatcher. At the beginning, no one believed that these extremists would get very far with their agenda. But they got through. Because their opponents did not recognize that a radical new agenda was being launched and implemented. Nobody expected the brutality with which all three extremists were able to enforce their new order. Maybe things will be different this time. Simply because the public is informed about the agenda in good time.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

[1] https://www.deutschlandfunk.de/verarmt-enttaeuscht-empoert-100.html

[2] https://www.spiegel.de/ausland/argentinien-mehr-als-40-prozent-der-menschen-unter-armutsgrenze-a-23070e21-d2c9-4f39-8be4-190a7c12c33a

[3] https://papers.gws-os.com/L%C3%A4nderreport-29_AR.pdf Seite 2

[4] https://www.watson.ch/international/argentinien/354797004-javier-milei-so-steht-er-zu-organhandel-klonen-und-abtreibung

[5] https://www.smh.com.au/world/south-america/the-pro-israel-world-leader-who-is-converting-to-judaism-20231128-p5enck.html

[6] https://www.eldiarioar.com/economia/eurnekian-ayudo-milei-entrar-politica-medios_1_10370106.html

[7] https://www.weforum.org/people/eduardo-eurnekian/

[8] https://www.weforum.org/people/javier-gerardo-milei/

[9] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5IHa8OzqiTw&t=31s

[10] Das wird ausführlich beschrieben im Text Fußnote <6>

[11] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6UOHGuaqzYs

[12] https://www.youtube.com/@JavierMileiOK

[13] https://mises.org/library/new-liberty-libertarian-manifesto

[14] https://www.cato.org/

[15] https://www.desmog.com/2023/08/22/javier-milei-argentina-atlas-network/

[16] https://www.lanacion.com.ar/lifestyle/el-padre-de-la-criatura-quien-es-el-procer-de-los-liberales-que-milei-cita-de-memoria-en-sus-nid16082023/

[17] https://www.libertadyprogreso.org/?s=milei&lang=es

[18] https://the-revolution-report.com/articles/who-funds-the-far-right-in-argentina-latin-america-and-the-world-the-oligarchs-of-atlas-network-and-other-mafias/

[19] https://www.ft.com/content/2cc06399-8214-4a49-a195-4b5be3d32752 

Featured image: (CC BY-NC 4.0) Mídia NINJA

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

There are currently four hot war/tension points in the world with high growth potential: Ukraine, Palestine, Taiwan and North Korea.

In Ukraine, Russia is at the forefront and is winning.

The days of Zionist Dictator clown Zelensky, who sent nearly 1 million people to the meat grinder for the sake of his Uncle Sam, are numbered.

Most likely, Chief of General Staff Zaluzhny will replace him with the promise of making an agreement with Russia.

American journalist Seymour Hersh wrote that Zaluzhny secretly messaging with Russian Chief of General Staff Valery Gerasimov.

The USA is in trouble with the terrible fait accompli created by the Zionist fascists in Israel and seems to want to end Ukraine now.

Iran has the leading role on the Palestine and Levant front. Iran and its affiliated resistance front I mean.

The Houthis in Yemen (also allied to Iran) are acting as a geopolitical game changer by blocking the sea route to Israel.

The USA has deployed 69 warships in the region and also uses Incirlik in Turkey and British bases in Cyprus.

If we return to Taiwan, the interlocutor there is China.

The USA wanted to surround China, its main target and rival, from the sea and squeeze it through Taiwan.

This is nothing new either.

Rt. Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson, the private secretary of former US Secretary of Defense Colin Powell, has just told in an interview that during the Bush period, Dick Cheney and Rumsfeld tried to provoke the administration in Taiwan, and Powell prevented this.

Now Ukraine and the ensuing Palestine war have ruined the USA’s plans.

In addition to NATO, the United States uses Ukraine as a proxy against Russia in Europe, Israel against Iran in West Asia, and the Philippines, Australia and Japan against China.

However, things are not going well for the USA there either.

As China becomes increasingly stronger at sea, the administration in Taiwan understands that relying on the United States is a mistake, based on the example of Ukraine.

In short, the USA, a maritime empire, and its ally, UK, are beginning to understand the impossibility of confining Asian powers to land.

Russia announced on November 5 that its new strategic nuclear submarine named ‘Emperor Alexander III’ has successfully completed the sea-based intercontinental ballistic missile tests called ‘Bulava’.

According to Russian military officials, the 4th generation nuclear submarines developed within the scope of the Borey and Borey-A projects, equipped with Bulava intercontinental ballistic missiles, will form the basis of the strategic nuclear forces of the Russian army in the coming years.

Iran, on the other hand, relies on its hypersonic missiles rather than its navy. It has the power to instantly close the Persian Gulf. Iran has important resistance partners in Lebanon, Syria, Iraq and Yemen. They are also provided with advanced weapons. In this way, Yemen was able to hit the most critical oil facilities of Saudi Arabia, with which it had been fighting for years.

The Chinese Navy has made tremendous progress in the last 20 years. They increased their naval power both in quality and quantity. According to the latest news, they have also developed advanced technologies that can observe under the sea. Under normal conditions, the undersea is still an area that cannot be monitored. This is the main element that gives submarines their superiority.

As for North Korea, the 70-year de facto ceasefire could be broken at any time. Because North Korea is sending weapons and ammunition to Russia at a critical time and is eager to join the newly formed Asian Quartet.

Pyongyang also has advanced nuclear missiles. It also launched a spy satellite –thanks to Russia – into orbit and the US has the intention of shooting it down. North Korea announced that if the USA attacked the satellite, it would be considered a ‘declaration of war’.

Asian Four

The Warsaw Pact, with the USSR at its center, was an Eastern European defense organization against NATO.

So geographical coverage was limited.

This “Asian Square Ace”, which is now forming before our eyes, covers all of Asia from north to south, east to west.

In addition, some medium and large-sized countries that tend to go beyond the US order may also welcome this.

Even NATO member Türkiye is showing its own resistance by not letting the USA into the Black Sea.

Or Indonesia does not want to spoil its relations with China.

India cut off its unconditional support to the USA, thanks to its profitable oil exchange with Russia.

The European continent, especially Germany, is thinking hard about how to undo the American scam in Ukraine.

Africa and South America are no longer the playground of western colonialists.

Developments in the Arctic have the potential to radically change the global game.

China and Russia are making important moves here and gaining a large area.

China’s Belt and Road Initiative, all over the world, prioritizes social and regional development with all its infrastructure investments with the motto of “cooperate, not war”, not a fake capitalist financial growth. 

They are undermining Pax Americana, which has been stripped of its plaster by formations such as the Shanghai Cooperation Organization and BRICS.

The USA, on the other hand, is facing a dire economic and domestic political situation.

For the first time in history, daily interest expenses exceeded daily defense expenses.

In the interview with Wilkerson, the American Strategist said, “The USA is ruled by idiots like Biden, Blinken and Sullivan, there is a smart Vic Nuland who is trying to start a war” he said.

Geopolitical Expert Ret. Admiral Cem Gurdeniz says:

“While the USA spent 2.19 billion dollars on defense every day this year, it paid 2.46 billion dollars in interest on federal debt loans. A similar and common cause of empires collapse is the inability of the treasury to continue supporting the army and navy. The USA has already reached this stage. I hope this collapse will not cause humanity great suffering like what happened in Palestine.”

Gurdeniz adds that the US navy is in its worst condition in history.

Wilkerson also says, “China builds a ship in a week that we take a year to build.”

For the first time after 1990, the USA finds an organized and powerful (and even stronger in some aspects -hypersonic missiles, etc.) Asian Fortress.

China-Russia and Iran have been taking every step they take in consultation lately and have been displaying a great team play.

While economic support for Russia under Western sanctions comes from China, China’s energy needs are met by Russia and Iran, and North Korea eagerly joins this trio. Iran and North Korea also provide arms support to Russia. Russia provides hypersonic technology to all of them.

Joint Sino-Russian-Persian exercises in the Persian Gulf can now be added to the joint exercises of the Russian and Chinese navies in the oceans.

The Military Industrial Complex in the USA, which is owned behind the scenes by global financial barons (a bottomless pit; it has failed to account for 20 trillion dollars in the last 20 years), shouts out its hunger for war at every opportunity to prevent the impending economic collapse.

But the main contradiction is that the US army cannot find soldiers to fight, cannot renew its navy, and can lag behind its rivals in military technology.

Herein lies the real question.

The Asian Century will definitely rule! Whether it will be bloody or bloodless will be clear soon!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: US Flag Around the Earth — Image by © Images.com/Corbis

Valentina Lisitsa torna in Italia per “Ponti di Musica”, uno straordinario concerto evento a Venezia. La sua musica costruirà un ponte per unire i popoli e, con tutta la sua forza, abbatterà, ancora una volta, ogni forma di censura dell’arte.

Dopo l’indimenticabile esibizione del 29 aprile scorso, Valentina Lisitsa ci regala un suggestivo concerto privato insieme al maestro Mauro Valli, virtuoso del violoncello, con un repertorio eccezionale che spazia da Bach a Beethoven fino a Liszt.

Byoblu vi porta nel cuore di Palazzo Cà Sagredo, che s’affaccia sul Canal Grande, per farvi vivere tutte le emozioni del concerto della grande pianista e del violoncellista Mauro Valli.

Byoblu trasmetterà in esclusiva il concerto di Valentina Lisitsa e Mauro Valli sul 262 del digitale terrestre, sul 462 di TìvuSat e 816 di Sky.

Scegli di assistere in prima fila a un nuovo, eccezionale capitolo nella storia della musica.

Quando guardare il concerto in Tv:
Sabato 2 dicembre alle 20:30

Repliche:
Venerdì 8 dicembre alle 17:00
Lunedì 11 dicembre alle 22:00
Domenica 17 dicembre alle 11:00
Sabato 23 dicembre alle 21:30
Lunedì 25 dicembre alle 14:00

Concerto : https://www.byoblu.com/valentina-lisitsa-secondo-concerto/


*

Intervistas a Valentina Lisitsa, a Mauro Valli : https://www.byoblu.com/valentina-lisitsa-secondo-concerto/

Questa intervista sarà trasmessa in replica su Byoblu TV:

Giovedì 7 dicembre alle 18:00

Domenica 10 dicembre alle 9:00

Domenica 17 dicembre alle 16:00

Book: Vax-Unvax: Let the Science Speak

December 5th, 2023 by Prof. Brian S. Hooker

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

 

 

The Studies the CDC Refuses to Do

This book is based on over one hundred studies in the peer-reviewed literature that consider vaccinated versus unvaccinated populations. Each study is analyzed, and health differences among infants, children, and adults who have been vaccinated and those who have not are presented and put in context. Readers will find information on:

  • The infant/child vaccination schedule
  • Thimerosal in vaccines
  • Live virus vaccines
  • The human papillomavirus (HPV) vaccine
  • Vaccination and Gulf War illness
  • Influenza (flu) vaccines
  • Hepatitis B vaccination
  • The COVID-19 vaccine
  • Vaccines during pregnancy

Given the massive push to vaccinate the entire global population, this book is timely and necessary for individuals to make informed choices for themselves and their families.

Click here to purchase.

Reviews

“Millions of people—myself included—initially believed the Covid-19 vaccine disaster to be a one-off, the result of a novel, rapidly evolving virus combined with a rushed therapeutic packaged in an experimental delivery system.

Today I laugh at such naiveté.

In Vax-Unvax, Kennedy and Hooker shine a blinding light on the appalling lack of research and blatant propaganda behind the entire inflated and ever-expanding childhood vaccine schedule.

The authors’ painstaking investigation and rigorous analyses are rivaled only by their bravery in exposing the depth and breadth of the lies we’ve been told.

As a physician who never dreamed of questioning the safety and efficacy claims of routine immunizations and who believed he was protecting his patients and his own children by endorsing them, I am humbled and enraged.

Our government, the media, and the powerful and rapacious pharmaceutical industrial complex have deceived, endangered, and gaslit the public for far too long. I hope this explosive and important book finds a worldwide audience and becomes a staple in every pediatrician’s and parent’s library.”

—Dr. Pierre Kory, author of The War on Ivermectin, cofounder of the Front Line Covid-19 Critical Care Alliance, cofounder of the Leading Edge Tele-Health Clinic

“As the threat of fatal infectious diseases in childhood has dissipated, there has been a lagged increase in the intensity of vaccination for rare illnesses. Modern treatment and supportive care have taken much of the concern out of the infections on the childhood vaccine schedule. However, with the rise of hyper-vaccination, Kennedy and Hooker uncover a concurrent explosion of childhood allergic, immune, and neuropsychiatric illnesses. Massive systemic perturbation of the immune system with indiscriminate immunization has come at a sobering cost. Read Vax-Unvax carefully and keep it close at hand—this dawn of a new age in public health will be tumultuous for years to come.”

—Dr. Peter McCullough, author of The Courage to Face COVID-19

“In this book, Kennedy and Hooker provide the complete, definitive demolition of the mythos and propaganda that tells the public vaccines improve the health of children. Not a plank of this false house remains by the end of this book. The lies are dismantled in cool, clear language void of bombast, which allows the facts, figures, and data to shine through, to a devastating conclusion. This is the book you can hand to people who are still in trance states about vaccines.”

—Celia Farber, journalist and author of Serious Adverse Events

“‘The Science’ is finally here in one place. If you want to follow the science related to vaccines and health problems, this is a must read. With over one hundred references, the actual harm being caused by vaccines is exposed. Parents, don’t listen to an authority figure without doing your own research. This book is required reading for every informed parent.”

—Paul Thomas, MD, author of The Vaccine-Friendly Plan and The Addiction Spectrum; founder and host of With the Wind: Science Revealed; cofounder KidsFirst4Ever.com

“This clear, compelling, timely book lays to rest most myths about the ‘science’ and safety of many existing vaccines and exposes shoddy testing, shocking damage to health, and corrupt business practices. An important follow-up to Kennedy’s The Real Anthony Fauci.”

—Naomi Wolf, bestselling author of The Beauty Myth and The Bodies of Others

“While the CDC continues to refuse to do the type of vaccinated versus unvaccinated study that parents have long been demanding, independent researchers have forged ahead, and the results are now quite clear: unvaccinated children are healthier. In Vax-Unvax: Let the Science Speak, Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and Dr. Brian Hooker review that data as well as many additional studies comparing health outcomes between those who did or did not receive individual vaccines. This is an essential resource for the serious researcher and a valuable guide for anyone wishing to exercise truly informed consent. The graphs helpfully included with the discussion of each study covered speak for themselves. It is past time for the ‘public health’ establishment to stop deceiving the public with their proclamations of official dogma about the ostensible safety of these pharmaceutical products.”

—Jeremy R. Hammond, independent journalist and author of The War on Informed Consent

“In 1999, I gave a vaccine that caused such a bad side effect that it altered the trajectory of my patient’s life. Thus began my journey into vaccine safety research. This book is a great compilation of scientific studies you never heard about on the news. With easy-to-understand graphics and explanations of statistics, you can analyze data from clinicians and researchers from around the world. You may find yourself doubting the simplistic ‘safe and effective’ doctrine repeated by health authorities. You will find yourself more empowered to make vaccine decisions for your child.”

—Elizabeth Mumper, MD, IFMCP, president & CEO, Rimland Center for Integrative Medicine

“RFK Jr. and Dr. Hooker present the science that supports what I have personally witnessed in my twenty-five years as a pediatrician—unvaccinated children are healthier and have fewer chronic medical problems compared to vaccinated kids. Today’s parents, and a growing number of my colleagues, are now coming to recognize this grand irony in our modern pediatric health care system.”

—Dr. Bob Sears, author of The Vaccine Book and host of TheVaccineConversation.com podcast

“Bobby Kennedy and Brian Hooker are tireless heroes on the front line of a great battle to protect our health freedom. Biomedical studies are being falsified and the masses are being deceived by health authorities, the vaccine industry, and a complicit media. Read this book and let the true science speak!”

—Neil Z. Miller, author of Miller’s Review of Critical Vaccine Studies

“When I met Dr. Hooker on August 29, 2014, he was more than a decade into his relentless efforts through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) to reveal not only the studies the CDC refused to do but the plague of corruption surrounding CDC whistleblower William Thompson’s confession regarding the censorship and fraud in the MMR vaccine trial by the CDC to cover up the fraud in the in clinical literature surrounding all vaccines. Stunned by the blatant corruption in Dr. Hooker’s presentation that day, Kent Heckenlively and I, in collaboration with Robert F. Kennedy Jr., began to write Plague of Corruption. Throughout 2019, Dr. Hooker and Kennedy collaborated to reveal much of the CDC, FDA, and NIH corruption in the thirty-four page foreword to Plague of Corruption that revealed manipulation of hundreds of basic research studies showing dangers of xenotransplantation, microbial contamination, and environmental toxins including mercury, aluminum, PEG, and the corruption of the agencies tasked to protect public health.

Vax-Unvax is the result of their heroic effort to reveal the censored science and truth behind the role of a failure by these agencies tasked to conduct safety studies in three decades of liability-free vaccines and the resultant explosion of chronic disease and disability facing our world today. Given the massive push to vaccinate a new generation, this book is a must read supporting a moratorium on inoculations in favor of oral and mucosal immunization strategies.”

—Judy A. Mikovits, PhD

“In Vax-Unvax: Let the Science Speak, authors Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. and Brian Hooker have provided a deep dive into vaccine safety by looking at published data from independent researchers. The resulting review of vaccinated and unvaccinated children’s health outcomes clearly shows the damage, much of it neurological, that blind adherence to the CDC’s current vaccine schedule can induce. The studies highlighted are those that both the FDA and CDC have routinely refused, and continue to refuse, to do themselves. The official reason for not providing such studies is based on the erroneous notion that conducting vaccinated-unvaccinated evaluations would somehow be ‘unethical.’ Kennedy and Hooker demolish this argument and then proceed to review the safety of different vaccines, many that contain adjuvant aluminum or Thimerosal, the latter an ethyl mercury compound. Overall, for those trying to understand the often-confusing claims and counterclaims, particularly lay people, the book provides some badly needed clarity.

The book also considers the current Covid-19 mRNA vaccines in context to the older childhood vaccine platforms. This is a particularly timely contribution in that the Covid-19 pandemic and resulting vaccine mandates have paradoxically served to make more people question the official ‘safe and effective’ mantra that tends to surround all vaccines: If the conventional vaccine platforms using compounds with aluminum and mercury are not safe, then why should anyone trust the completely new and largely experimental vaccine platforms developed for Covid (and soon numerous vaccines)? For parents it can be both confusing and frightening to consider the pros and cons of vaccines against childhood diseases: What if they make the wrong decision, in either direction, and their child is harmed?

While many in the medical profession may not like the book because it exposes the outright deception of the pharmaceutical industry, the CDC and FDA, I strongly believe that many parents, or parents-to-be, will be grateful for the information it contains. Simply put, at the end of the day the ability to consider all aspects of vaccine safety in order to make an informed choice for one’s children, or oneself, is an absolutely critical aspect of real health freedom. In turn, health freedom is intimately tied to the concept of ‘security of the person,’ perhaps the most fundamental of natural rights.

Kennedy and Hooker should be commended for tackling this crucial issue in order to bring clarity to the mass of ‘dis-’ and ‘mis-’ information peddled by the health establishment and the mainstream media. If indeed the ‘truth can set you free,’ then this book is a huge step in the right direction.”

—Christopher Shaw, neuroscientist and professor of ophthalmology at University of British Columbia, author of Dispatches from the Vaccine Wars

“If there is only one book you read in your entire life, let it be this one! If you want the science to speak . . . then have the courage to look at the actual science, data, and truth found in the pages of Vax-Unvax. Arm yourself with the information that puts the power back into the hands of parents where it belongs, not in the hands of corrupt Pharma, captured government officials, and incentivized doctors spouting catch phrases with little to no evidence to back it up. RFK Jr. and Dr. Brian Hooker are the bold voices of truth, presenting evidence that cannot be disputed. The main purpose of a parent is to love your child and keep them safe. If you have not had the courage before, I boldly implore you to find the courage now, and educate before you vaccinate!”

—Leigh-Allyn Baker, actress, producer, and star of the global hit Good Luck Charlie

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

What’s with the world’s fascination with dead, dying and orphaned children? Wait, before you condemn what seems to be callousness, my point is this: our focus is to the exclusion of those children’s fathers, uncles and big brothers? Intentional or not. 

Fascination or fixation, it’s basically the same – it amounts to a diversion, perhaps to make the toll appear lower than it really is. Perhaps because our compassion is measured.

Today, it’s dead young Palestinians.

Months ago, it was Ukrainian (although its fallen fighters have ample attention—after all they’re European);

before that we had fleeting glimpses of starved and bombed youngsters in Yemen.

(Dead Syrian kids never warrant notice; except a single little boy washed up on a beach somewhere; even then, he was said to be Kurdish, maybe blue-eyed, not quite Arab.)

Don’t forget Iraq: we hardly remember the 50,000 Iraqi children (a handy media number), and then only when Albright, former U.S. foreign secretary, commented that “yes, their deaths were worth it.”

Neat rows of white, gently-shrouded Palestinian bodies lengthen, day by day.

Deposited wordlessly, one after another, on hospital corridors, or in the danger zones beyond – every square meter being a target for Israeli guns. Not to mention as many souls, if not more, still unaccounted for—unwrapped, rotting in rubble, missing under their bombed homes, shops, play-grounds and schools. No longer targets.

My distaste of our society’s focus on child victims may seem unappreciative, dispassionate. The child is the most vulnerable, you say. Helpless, thereby more deserving.

More deserving of what? More deserving than whom? By and large, our narrowly focused pity is gratuitous sympathy. It fits the model of our enduring colonialist mentality, our determination to appear humane. A child seems most precious, most worthy of need and thus arouses our pity. Is it because we have too little of this to dispense to everyone who’s been killed and wounded in these calamitous weeks?

As Chris Hedges writes,

“There are no … fathers, teachers, doctors, lawyers, cooks, poets, taxi drivers or shopkeepers…. Palestinians, in the Israeli lexicon, are a single contagion that must be eradicated.”

So if Israel does not distinguish, why do those of us far away, witnessing that deadly indiscrimination?

Yes, those images are ugly. We can be counted on to gasp and stir uncomfortably. It’s embarrassing. But, reflect on it: do they arouse our guilt? I think not – not for the vast majority of us.

The toll mounts day by day. Numbers of this and that; numbers of those missing, presumed dead unmeasurable. Today’s number is after October 7th. What about this figure set against those accumulated over 4, 11, 14, or 17 and more years ago.

Numbers have become the news focus. Quantification is easy. Registering a 4-year-old’s corpse’s name, or her surviving sister or his missing father, those of her aunt or grandfather is complicated, and unmanageable as the carnage goes on, and on, and on.

Many years ago, I documented the embargo war in Iraq, 13 years of the shameless and deadly U.S.-engineered, U.N.-endorsed sanctions regime.

The absence of adult male victims in foreign news reports of the death toll did more than alarm me – it was callous, disgraceful, hypocritical. Being inside the country for sustained periods, I was privy to reports of fathers who died of heart attack and stroke, of conscripted students’ careers cut short, of women stricken by cancer, dying due to blockaded medication leaving grieving fathers and orphans. Noah, whose disease was kept in abeyance for years with drugs obtained only from abroad, perished when that supply was unavailable, embargoed.

A bookstore owner, a young woman, I would later learn, simply went mad from trauma. (That disease was not uncommon during the war.) All were somebody’s child; they were also somebody’s cherished elder – father, sister, brother, uncle. It seemed they didn’t seem to count.

Those weeping, wounded children you may glance in passing are not just crying for their mothers, least of all for outside help. They want their elder brother, the comforting arms of big sister; they want their Aba; they want their Jido. They need them at any time, more desperately at these moments. Thousands of them are gone; many more too wounded to help their babies.

Then there are the walking wounded – surely we can’t miss those many thousands of young men, who, forgetting their own families, scratch through rubble, even for corpses. If lucky they may discover someone breathing and rush them out in search of medical care. In hospital corridors, they move the newly expired to make room for more wounded; they wrap corpses and take them for identification, then burial prayers. They search for someone who may be their father. Where do these fellows go at the end of a day? How can they survive what is surely to be a lasting trauma in their lives?

What about those young men recruited to help in the hospitals (where 198 medics have been killed)? Such heroes: washing bloodied bodies, wrapping bandages, cuddling, comforting, playing with wounded toddlers.

Can they even stop to ponder, “When this is over, I will resume my studies; I will marry, I will find a job in the bakery, in a phone-repair shop”?

As the years of the Iraqi embargo lengthened, as food shortages rose, as electrical cuts increased, as whoever could flee, left, as diseases spread – those remaining moaned: “Only, we know today is better than tomorrow.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Barbara Nimri Aziz whose anthropological research has focused on the peoples of the Himalayas is the author of the newly published “Yogmaya and Durga Devi: Rebel Women of Nepal”, available on Amazon

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Source of all images in this article is the author


“Yogmaya and Durga Devi: Rebel Women of Nepal”

By Barbara Nimri Aziz

A century ago Yogmaya and Durga Devi, two women champions of justice, emerged from a remote corner of rural Nepal to offer solutions to their nation’s social and political ills. Then they were forgotten.

Years after their demise, in 1980 veteran anthropologist Barbara Nimri Aziz first uncovered their suppressed histories in her comprehensive and accessible biographies. Revelations from her decade of research led to the resurrection of these women and their entry into contemporary Nepali consciousness.

This book captures the daring political campaigns of these rebel women; at the same time it asks us to acknowledge their impact on contemporary feminist thinking. Like many revolutionaries who were vilified in their lifetimes, we learn about the true nature of these leaders’ intelligence, sacrifices, and vision during an era of social and economic oppression in this part of Asia.

After Nepal moved from absolute monarchy to a fledgling democracy and history re-evaluated these pioneers, Dr. Aziz explores their legacies in this book.

Psychologically provocative and astonishingly moving, “Yogmaya and Durga Devi” is a seminal contribution to women’s history.

Click here to order.

CJPME Condemns Israel’s Expulsion of Canadian UN Aid Official

December 5th, 2023 by Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East (CJPME) condemns Israel’s decision not to renew the visa of a top United Nations humanitarian aid official, who is also a Canadian national. Israel has notified the UN that it will not renew the visa for Lynn Hastings, resident humanitarian coordinator for the occupied Palestinian territories, when her visa expires later this month. CJPME urges the Canadian government to demand that Israel renew Hastings’ visa, and take action to hold Israel accountable for its attacks on humanitarian workers.

“It is outrageous that Israel is expelling a UN humanitarian official at the same time as it is creating a humanitarian catastrophe in Gaza through bombardment and siege,” states Michael Bueckert, Vice President of CJPME. “This is a vindictive action against the UN itself, and only adds to the chaos and catastrophe inflicted by Israel’s lethal and unparalleled attacks on humanitarian workers,” continued Bueckert.”

CJPME warns that the expulsion of a top humanitarian official undermines the UN’s efforts to respond to the grave humanitarian catastrophe in Gaza, which is already significantly restrained by Israeli actions. Israel’s strategy of ‘total siege’ has cut off access to water, food, electricity, medicine, and fuel, bringing the hospital system to collapse and deliberately harming the basic conditions of health of the civilian population. Former ICC prosecutor Luis Moreno Ocampo has said that Israel’s siege is itself “a form of genocide” under the Genocide Convention because – backed by the genocidal statements of Israeli leaders – it is inflicting conditions designed to destroy an entire group.

Israel’s expelling of a UN official is part of a series of malicious actions taken against UN humanitarian efforts in Gaza. Israel has repeatedly bombed facilities run by UNRWA, the UN agency for Palestine refugees, killing over 100 UNRWA staff, while claiming at the UN Security Council that many UN staff are members of Hamas and therefore constitute legitimate military targets. The UN Secretary-General has said that this represents the “highest number of aid workers killed in UN history in such a short time.”

“Israel’s open contempt for the UN should prompt Canada to harshly censure Israel at the UN. It is a moral failing of Canada to continue to protect Israel from criticism at the UN as Israel is bombing UN facilities, killing UN staff in large numbers, and expelling their top officials,” said Bueckert.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image source

Maternal mRNA SARS-CoV-2 Vaccination Fails to Protect Babies

December 5th, 2023 by Dr. Peter McCullough

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Bio-Pharmaceutical Complex pushed COVID-19 vaccines on pregnant women with a false message that vaccination would “protect” their babies. The CDC makes this deceptive claim on their website:

CDC Website accessed December 4, 2023

For a vaccine to be considered in my practice, the theoretical vaccine efficacy would have to meet a lower bound of the confidence interval of >50%. Because we do not have randomized trials, we must consider the point estimate of VE in non-randomized studies to be a statistical blur. Reality could be any value within the 95% confidence interval. Therefore a conservative position would be to focus on the lower bound of the confidence interval as the FDA does commonly with other products.

Goh and colleagues from Singapore recently reported on infants testing positive for COVID-19 within 6 months of delivery. There was no mention of any of the babies with adjudicated COVID-19 illness. Nevertheless, the theoretical VE for passive protection to the newborn was abysmal for the poorly conceived vaccines as shown in the table.

Goh O, Pang D, Tan J, Lye D, Chong CY, Ong B, Tan KB, Yung CF. mRNA SARS-CoV-2 Vaccination Before vs During Pregnancy and Omicron Infection Among Infants. JAMA Netw Open. 2023 Nov 1;6(11):e2342475. doi: 10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.42475. PMID: 37948079; PMCID: PMC10638647.

Lesson learned, do not to be deceived by a vaccine syndicate trying to tap into maternal instincts to “protect” their babies. In contradistinction, an astute mother would recognize the potential dangers of her injection with mRNA coding for the lethal Spike protein.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Ukrainian counteroffensive, which began in June with much confidence amid expectations that assault brigades equipped with Western military equipment would easily crush Russian defensive lines and reach Crimea, ended with a sobering humiliation as the dreams and aspirations of strategists in Kiev did not survive the harsh reality.

It calls into question why Ukraine is continuing the war, especially since President Volodymyr Zelensky admits that many in Donbass do not want to live under Kiev’s rule.

The former chief of staff of the Ukrainian Armed Forces, Viktor Muzhenko, told Western media that the summer counteroffensive “disappointed many” in Kiev and beyond.

Having admitted that Kiev’s expectations of capturing Russian territory had not translated into reality, Muzhenko advocated a switch to a “strategically active defence” and the creation of a “powerful reserve, not only quantitative, but also qualitative.”

“A quality reserve is the presence of military organisations: a brigade, a corps, and so on. Prepared, equipped, coordinated, with high morale and able to solve problems,” he told Newsweek magazine.

Muzhenko also questioned previous suggestions by Ukrainian generals that Kiev regime forces could force their way into Crimea in just a few months, wondering aloud whether the “Ukrainian side” would “really able to adequately assess the enemy and its capabilities.”

The former chief of staff questioned Ukraine’s military leadership for suggesting that Ukrainian forces could reach Crimea within four months of the counteroffensive, referencing Ukraine’s commander-in-chief, General Valery Zaluzhny, who made remarks in an interview with The Economist in November.

“If you look at NATO’s textbooks and at the maths which we did, four months should have been enough time for us to have reached Crimea, to have fought in Crimea, to return from Crimea and to have gone back in and out again,” Zaluzhny said.

In fact, as NBC News wrote on December 3, “With its much-vaunted counteroffensive fizzling into the snow, with little to show for months of planning and billions in allied military support, Kiev is also beset by growing internal wrangling.”

The outlet cited Kiev-based political analyst Volodymyr Fesenko as saying,

“Many Ukrainians are disappointed that a quick victory was not achieved. There is severe fatigue from the war.”

Besides former military commanders and experts noting the failure and disappointment of the counteroffensive, this acknowledgement is only now beginning to be heard in the upper echelons of Kiev’s leadership.

Speaking to the AP during a visit to the Kharkov region on December 1, Zelensky acknowledged the failure of the counteroffensive, saying that he would have liked to see “faster” results and that “from that perspective, unfortunately, we did not achieve the desired results. And this is a fact.” He attributed the failure of the counteroffensive to the West not sending the weapons that the Ukrainian military needed.

Regarding the weapons he wanted but did not receive, Zelensky claimed that it limited the size of his military force and a quick advance, a ridiculous notion since the US alone has provided more than $43 billion in military aid since February 2022. This is even coming at a political cost for US President Joe Biden, as a recent survey found that nearly half of Americans think too much is being spent on Ukraine aid.

According to the Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research published on December 2, 45% of Americans say Washington is spending too much on aid to Ukraine in the war against Russia. 38% of Americans believe that current spending is “about the right amount.”

When Zelensky was asked about the poll result, he bluntly replied that “the choice of Americans is the choice of Americans” and falsely claimed that Americans are also helping themselves by helping Ukraine.

“In the case of Ukraine, if resilience fails today due to lack of aid and shortages of weapons and funding, it will mean that Russia will most likely invade NATO countries,” he said. “And then the American children will fight.”

In a lecture to university students in Nikolaev days before the AP interview, Zelensky commented on the situation in Donetsk and Lugansk, which were bombed for eight years by Ukrainian forces, and admitted that the population of the two territories did not express their desire to also become part of Ukraine again.

“I believe that all territories should return, but if people don’t want to, it will be very difficult. Before, there were separatist militants who fought in the contact zone. This means that not all families from Donbass returned. And when Russia fights against us, the separatists are with them,” he said in a video released on Telegram by the El Ojo channel.

It is recalled that the accession of the People’s Republics of Donetsk and Lugansk, as well as the regions of Zaporozhye and Kherson, to the Russian Federation, was decided in referendums that took place in September 2022. The results were indisputable, as 99.23% of people voted in favour of Donetsk’s accession, 98.42% in Lugansk, 87.05% in Kherson and 93.11% in Zaporozhye.

With the counteroffensive having failed, as acknowledged now by every echelon of Ukraine, it brings into question why Zelensky is stubbornly continuing the war, especially since he knows that the people of Donetsk, Lugansk, Kherson and Zaporozhye no longer wanted to live under Kiev’s ultranationalist and racist regime.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Suicides Due to COVID-19 Vaccine Side Effects

December 5th, 2023 by Dr. William Makis

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Nov. 13, 2023 – 21 year old Emilia Brangefalt was a professional Swedish trail runner (for Adidas Terrex) who won bronze in the 2022 Trail World Championships. She took her own life on Nov.13, 2023 after developing an extremely high heart rate in July 2023 that ended her training and running.

Story by R.Ghosh, Ibtimes.sg, Nov.23, 2023

Swedish trail runner Emilia Brangefalt has died by suicide.

She was just 21 years old. The accomplished long-distance runner won a bronze medal in the 40km race at the 2022 Trail World Championships in Chiang Mai. This year, she achieved a fifth-place finish in a world championship race in Innsbruck.

However, Brangefalt had to take a prolonged hiatus from the sport after being diagnosed with an exceptionally high heart rate. In a post shared to her Instagram account on November 4, Brangefalt openly discussed the physical and mental challenges she was facing after being compelled to take a break from the sport.

“Just taking a walk is painful right now,” Brangefalt wrote. “Have been to the hospital and visit the medical over 20 times but every single blood test/ ekg/ cycle test is good. Still my body is super stressed although I have given it so much love the past months.”

“Maybe it was to much for a 21 year old girl to run Transvulcania 48k and WMTRC 45k with less then one month in between. I am super sad because running and training means so much,” the athlete added.

“But now, just living a normal life is difficult. I have spent more hours in bed than on my feet this past month. Maybe one day I will be back. Or I won’t. I hope my body can recover from this.”

On Wednesday evening, the Swedish Athletics Federation officially confirmed that Brangefalt had taken her own life earlier this month.

“During her last months, Emilia felt very bad, both physically and mentally. She had good support from those closest to her, but on November 13, she ended her life,” a statement from the Swedish Athletics Federation read.

Tributes Pour In

The statement also contained remarks from Kasja Bergqvist, the captain of the Swedish Athletics Federation (SAF), who said that Emilia Brangefalt’s death was “so deeply tragic” that she struggled to find words to convey the sorrow.

“I didn’t know Emilia personally but have understood that she was a very nice person, a forward-thinking, lovely, talented girl with her whole life ahead of her,” she said.

Brangefalt’s running association, Vasteras FK, also released a statement on its website expressing that they are all “in mourning” over her sudden death.

The club plans to commemorate Brangefalt’s life at their annual gala on Friday.

In a tribute to his sister on Instagram, Brangefalt’s brother, Adam, shared that she sought psychiatric support on November 12 but was unable to receive treatment due to a “lack of staff.”

Adam paid tribute to his sister’s athletic prowess and passion, writing, “Your love for your sport and being able to move, was indescribable. A love for sports that we have always shared. All the hundreds of kilometers we skied, all the jumps we made and all the nice memories we created through movement.

“But love is difficult. When your love for what you loved most painfully rips from you and your body. You couldn’t take it anymore.”

My Take

Emilia is presumed to have been COVID-19 Vaccinated. The only question is how many COVID-19 Vaccines did she take and when did she take them?

She was sponsored by Adidas Terrex and she traveled extensively for competitions, including the Nov.3-6, 2022 World Trail Championships in Chiang Mai, Thailand. Thailand required proof of COVID-19 Vaccination until Oct.1, 2022 and she was preparing for the competition for months.

“Since the end of July (2023), my body shut down. Haven’t been able to train anything due to a extremely high heart rate (120-150 bpm) just standing up.”

She may have developed COVID-19 Vaccine Induced POTS which is an extremely common side effect.

Postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (POTS) is a condition that causes your heart to beat faster than normal when you transition from sitting or lying down to standing up

  • Postural: Related to the position of your body.
  • Orthostatic: Related to standing upright.
  • Tachycardia: A heart rate over 100 beats per minute.
  • Syndrome: A group of symptoms that happen together. 

Dec. 1, 2023 – UK – 39 year old Kelly Louise Smith-May, mother of four, has spent the last 18 months battling a long Covid ‘death sentence’ that has left her ‘imprisoned’ in a dark room in constant agony and unable to care for her children – she wants to end her life in Switzerland and is raising funds for it. Her husband believes it was the COVID-19 Vaccine.

Mrs Smith-May’s condition gradually deteriorated after she caught Covid in December 2021.

It has now gotten so bad that the 39-year-old, from Chipping Sodbury, Gloucestershire, has ‘reached the point where dying would end her suffering’. 

After a loved one launched a £10,000 fundraiser to finally end her ‘torture’, Mr. May shared his heartbreaking account of how they have come to this decision. 

Speaking to MailOnline from his home, Mr. May — who has become his wife of eight year’s full-time carer, quitting his job as a digger driver in order to do so — said they wanted to make the most of what might be their last Christmas together.

Mr. May said: ‘I had no choice but to give up work and step in and do absolutely everything.

‘People say we’ve got a lovely home but that’s all the stuff we had when Kelly was fit and well.

‘Kelly was very house proud, she wanted the best for her children like any mum.

‘But for more than 18 months she’s been bed bound – I wash her hair once a month and I have to turn her over. She’s in so much pain.’

Mr May said his wife was diagnosed with long Covid shortly after catching the virus nearly two years ago.

She was, it is claimed, later diagnosed with chronic fatigue syndrome, also known as myalgic encephalomyelitis (ME).

But, although unable to prove it, Mr May believes the Covid vaccine, which his wife received in April 2022, exacerbated her symptoms. 

‘I know it’s difficult to prove,’ he said.

‘At first doctors said it was psychological, then she was diagnosed with long Covid. 

‘After they said it was chronic fatigue and ME but they didn’t know which because the symptoms are the same.’

There is no scientific evidence the jab is responsible for Kelly’s condition or if the timing was a coincidence. 

Regardless of the trigger, Mr May said the process of getting his wife help has been a terrible ordeal.

‘Kelly has been let down by doctors for the last two years and now she has reached the point where dying would end her suffering,’ he said.   

Mr May said that, at first, the GP didn’t believe Kelly was ill and ‘tried to fob her off with the mental health team’.

He said: ‘They made out she was lying. They said cancer patients could get themselves to the surgery so Kelly should be able to.

‘The doctors treated her badly, they were ignoring what she was telling them when she was in so much agony she couldn’t get off the bed.

‘They wanted her to go into respite care for two weeks but it was a place where you had to do your own cooking and look after yourself. Kelly wasn’t able to do any of those things.

‘Every doctor we’ve had come round here has not really believed her. All the health professionals who have seen her don’t give a toss.’

Mrs Smith-May, once a bubbly, loud and creative person, hasn’t left her bedroom at the couple’s three-bedroomed house since June last year.

Mr May said: ‘The health service has left her like a dying dog. She’s been left to suffer, a doctor comes out every few weeks but we are not getting anywhere.

‘The blinds are down, she has no TV, there’s just an electric bed and a commode in there. It’s torture, like being prison.

She was in regular contact with a woman from Florida seriously ill with ME, who travelled to Switzerland to end her life at the Swiss Pegasos clinic.

Mr May said: ‘That’s where the idea came from, we’ve talked about it a lot and it’s what Kelly wants.

My Take 

I believe the husband is absolutely correct – whatever COVID-19 Vaccines she took would have made her Long COVID symptoms much worse.

Describes her illness as “being poisoned every minute of the day” and a “living death sentence”.

This is what COVID-19 Vaccines have done to millions of people.

*

June 1, 2023 – 41yo model and Hollywood actress Katerina Pavelek ended her life at an assisted suicide clinic in Basel, Switzerland on June 1, 2023, due to COVID-19 vaccine booster injuries (ME, CFS, ALS).

Los Angeles, CA – Katerina Pavelek, a Slovakian model and Hollywood actress, ended her life in a Swiss clinic this past weekend at the age of 41 (June 1, 2023) (Pegasos Swiss Association, Basel).

*

May 25, 2023 – Alysia was a young lady who was receiving financial help from Synergy Talk Show Host Stephan Reis after she took the first Pfizer vaccine in order to keep her job at a restaurant. She became paralyzed from the waist down, a condition better known as Transverse Myelitis, & could no longer work. Unfortunately, Alysia committed suicide on May 25, 2023, leaving her husband behind.

Mar. 14, 2023 – Sassari, Italy – 37 year old personal trainer, swimmer and triathlete Claudio Rais committed suicide by jumping off the Rosello Bridge, the highest bridge in the city of Sassari in Italy, on March 14, 2023. He took first two Pfizer doses in 2021 and Moderna booster on Feb. 10, 2022. By Sep. 2022, he was severely vaccine injured (click here).

Claudio Rais had his first two COVID-19 mRNA vaccine doses with Pfizer in 2021, and then had a Moderna booster shot on Feb. 10, 2022.

He had a successful swimming summer season of 2022, winning multiple championships.

But by September 2022, he described suffering horrible injuries from his Moderna COVID-19 booster shot. In his own words:

By December 2022, he was seriously contemplating suicide:

Claudio Rais would go on to commit suicide only 3 months later on March 14, 2023, by jumping off the Rosello bridge in his town of Sassari, Italy.

*

Nov. 3, 2022 – Hungary – 36 year old Timike Timea Balogh took her own life on Nov. 3, 2022. “Since the two Moderna shots, my body is constantly inflamed and my hair loss is unstoppable. I’ve tried everything” “Please somebody help me.”

Image

Nov. 11, 2021 – 29 year old Kyle Warner, professional Mountain biker, developed pericarditis, POTS + reactive arthritis following 2nd dose of Pfizer’s COVID shot – posted a video on Instagram stating that 6 vaccine injured people committed suicide in a month (Nov. 11, 2021).

Click here to read the full article.

*

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Days before the Oct. 7 Hamas attack on Israel, stock traders magically began anticipating events to come:

Research by law professors Robert Jackson Jr from NYU and Joshua Mitts of Columbia reveals MASSIVE short-selling leading up to the attacks:

The short-selling before Oct. 7 was so extreme it “exceeded the short-selling that occurred during numerous other periods of crisis” including after the Great Recession of 2008, the 2014 Israel-Gaza war, and the COVID pandemic.

“Our findings suggest that traders informed about the coming attacks profited from these tragic events…”

In the days before the attack, bets against Israeli securities traded on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange “increased dramatically,” the paper said.

For example, the researchers found that between September 14 and October 5, there were 4.4 million new shares sold short in Bank Leumi, one of Israel’s largest banks. Bank Leumi’s share prices tumbled 23% between October 4 and October 23.”

What on earth is going on here? Who knew what and when?

Why are we allowing these people to get away with this? We need criminal investigations immediately.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

 

Please enjoy – to the extent you can – my Foreword to ‘The Indoctrinated Brain’, by Dr Michael Nehls. The book, which explains the neuroscience of propaganda, will chill your soul, but may explain a great deal.

‘The fact that the brain is plastic—modifiable—has become much better understood by the public in the past few decades.

General readers understand by now that the human brain can be altered; and that experiences can modify its reactions and processes. We understand now for example that PTSD leaves lasting changes in brain functioning. It’s been established that motherhood changes the brain and that bonding itself is a chemical process modified by the brain.

We also understand, as general readers, that propaganda is real.

Some of us have studied propaganda in the past. We have a working knowledge of Joseph Goebbels, and of the artistry and craft that underlay his manufacturing of National Socialist consent. The work of Edward Bernays, one of the earliest practitioners of what became the field of public relations, has been widely read in English. Decades-old bestsellers such as Subliminal Seduction by Wilson Bryan Key exposed the fact that advertisers use every tool at their disposal to alter our reactions to their products—down to the level of the subconscious mind.

Modern general audiences also understand that governments use “messaging”—and often, heavy-handed propaganda—to lead us to take actions that can be against our interests or our better conscious judgments; to create prejudices and divisions that may not otherwise exist; to heighten fears and to trigger a sense of vulnerability in us, so that we can be better manipulated and guided to goals that are not our own.

But Dr. Michael Nehls’s thesis in this book is revolutionary because it brings together all of these fields of inquiry and proposes a set of questions so radical that they make the mysteries of the past three years fall into place. This is the indispensable book. In The Indoctrinated Brain, Dr. Nehls brings these areas of study together in a way that has never been done before. By applying neuroscience to the otherwise bizarre events of the recent past, he explains what has happened to humanity.

Many of us have noted that our loved ones and colleagues have changed. Post- mRNA injection rollout, we notice that people who were highly educated critical thinkers, have become unable to think outside of two simple binaries. We watch in astonishment as formerly sophisticated loved ones and friends regurgitate talking points with no self-awareness. We wonder why there is a sense of something inchoately missing when we sit with a vaccinated or COVID-fearful friend. We cannot fathom what has caused this sea change.

Dr. Nehls’s hypothesis can explain it.

The Indoctrinated Brain introduces a largely unknown, powerful neurobiological mechanism whose externally induced dysfunction underlies these catastrophic developments,” as the publisher notes.

Dr. Nehls argues that the spike protein, along with other COVID measures, represents an intentional attack on the human hippocampus—where autobiographical memory and individuality itself originate—and that “fear porn” keeps us from holding on to the autobiographical memories that encompass our former selves. As a result, humans have become deindividualized, more suggestible, more forgetful, more compliant, and less able to engage in critical thinking and creative reasoning. This argument utterly accords with what many of us are seeing, to our horror, every day. Dr. Nehls’s The Indoctrinated Brain is an indispensable book because it applies neuroscience to politics and especially to the politics of fascism. The need for that has existed for as long as modern fascism has existed.

Neuroscience should be applied to politics and to social change, but it is rare indeed when those fields of analysis meet. By bringing these fields of knowledge together and mapping neurological science against propaganda, and vice versa, Dr. Nehls brings vast new insights to the reader that would not have been attainable previously.

After you read The Indoctrinated Brain, you will think: Of course. Of course, the propaganda of the past few years must have been predicated upon intensive study of the brain and its reactions. Of course, the hundreds of millions of dollars that were recently spent and are currently being spent by the US and other governments on behavioral science and behavior modification would result in insights that would be applied by the US and other governments to making populations more tractable, less able to reason, less creative and more compliant.

Why else would they so heavily have invested in such studies? Of course, the constant messaging, especially about fear, over the past three years, would have an effect that is not just about public health or perhaps not at all about public health—but that it is rather about making humans in free societies more tractable—with public health as the excuse, the proxy, for this deployment of life-altering and consciousness-altering fear. It is not the fear porn about the specific scary thing that matters, Dr. Nehls persuasively argues here: the fear itself is deliverable. The fear itself changes and indeed damages the brain.

I’ve long been interested in the psychiatric effects and, as I guessed, intentionalities behind “lockdowns” and “pandemic” messaging. But I did not have the neuroscientific background to understand exactly what was being done to people via “lockdowns” and the “fear porn” of the pandemic years related to the virus—to other human beings.

Through my study of the psychiatric effects of torture and isolation, that I took on for a book about closing democracies, I realized that isolation causes profound and sometimes permanent changes in the brain. I knew intuitively in the post-9/11, “Global War on Terror” years, that constant fear would wear down faculties needed for critical thinking. And I applied those insights to the isolation and fear messaging of 2020–22. But I did not have the complete picture.

This book provides it. It is the “aha” hypothetical for our time.

The Indoctrinated Brain provides the missing practical knowledge of neuroscience, that explains why isolating people creates a more befuddled, more easily manipulated population. It explains exactly why a message that closeness with other human beings can kill you, or you can kill others (especially your grandma) through physical closeness, might rewire the human brain to create the vulnerability to delusion and bad science and cultlike thinking, that many of us observed in formerly critically thinking loved ones and friends, post-2020. It even raises the question of whether the spike protein contributes to brain fog and to the erasure of a sense of an autonomous, resilient, individuated, and questing self.

If Dr. Nehls is right, his theory here will be as important as Dr. Sigmund Freud’s discovery of the subconscious, if not more so. If he is right, his theory explains why governments around the world mandated “lockdown” measures and mRNA injections, which would not ultimately then be about public health but about creating manipulable, passive citizens.

If Dr. Nehls is right, it explains so many baffling features of the past three years—notably the fact that formerly thoughtful, highly individuated leaders of institutions, down to rank-and-file citizens, followed cultlike dicta without a mur- mur, and pursued nonsensical goals such as isolation, masking, and submission to vaccine mandates, without protest. Dr. Nehls’s thesis would explain the bizarre experience many of us are having of watching our formerly analytical loved ones, find themselves unable to keep two thoughts in their heads at the same time, unable to engage in calm debate without exploding emotionally, unable to maintain contact and connection with people with whom they disagree.

As I write, another global crisis is being spun up, this one in the Middle East. Within a day, highly educated and formerly skeptical loved ones of mine are repeating glaring legacy media talking points without any self-consciousness. It’s upsetting not to know why they would change in this way—and it is even more upsetting, though incredibly enlightening, to read Dr. Nehls’s argument and realize what the cause may be of their submissiveness to propaganda narratives. It makes it both easier and harder to contend with loved ones, friends, and colleagues who have been intellectually blunted in this way, to understand Dr. Nehls’s point of view and realize that this sad change in cognition might be simply physical—the spike protein—and neuropsychiatric: the repetition of fear messages and their impact on the brain.

In my social media feed today—on a day when the news has brought images of endless atrocities to our media streams, and when we are being told that this Friday will be a “Day of Jihad” with plenty of stabbings—someone wrote, “Protect your amygdala.” That meant, do not expose yourself to endless scenes of rape, murder, beheadings, atrocities, and horrors.

Dr. Nehls’s book is ultimately a hopeful one, since if we understand the damage to our brains from both spike proteins and fear pornography, we can find ways to prospect ourselves and our conscious minds. I appreciate the practical suggestions Dr. Nehls gives us to do just that.

It is scary that we are living in a time in which there is, as Dr. Nehls so powerfully points out, a war on our brains. But it must be less scary to understand what is being done to us, with Dr. Nehls’s help, so we can protect and strengthen our autobiographical memory and critical thinking, and so we can survive this onslaught with the full range of our intelligence—and our humanity—intact.‘


The Indoctrinated BrainThe Indoctrinated Brain

How to Successfully Fend Off the Global Attack on Your Mental Freedom

By Michael Nehls, Naomi Wolf

Global War on the Human Brain

Throughout the world, mental capacity is declining, especially among young people, while depression rates are rising dramatically. Meanwhile, one in forty men and women suffers from Alzheimer’s, and the age of onset is falling rapidly. But the causes are not being eliminated, quite the opposite. Can this just be coincidence?

The Indoctrinated Brain introduces a largely unknown, powerful neurobiological mechanism whose externally induced dysfunction underlies these catastrophic developments.

Michael Nehls, medical doctor and internationally renowned molecular geneticist, lays out a shattering chain of circumstantial evidence indicating that behind these numerous negative influences lies a targeted, masterfully executed attack on our individuality. He points out how the raging wars against viruses, about climate change, or over national borders are—more likely intended than not—fundamentally providing the platform for such an offensive against the human brain that is steadily changing our being and is aimed at depriving us of our ability to think for ourselves.

But it is not too late. By exposing these brain-damaging processes and describing countermeasures that anyone can take, Nehls brings light and hope to this fateful chapter in human history. Nothing less will be decided than the question of whether our species can retain its humanity and its creative power or whether it will lose them irretrievably.

  • 288 Pages
  • December 12, 2023
  • ISBN: 9781510778368
  • Imprint: Skyhorse Publishing
  • Trim Size: 6in x 9in x 0in

Click here to purchase.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Permissive airstrikes on non-military targets and the use of an artificial intelligence system have enabled the Israeli army to carry out its deadliest war on Gaza, a +972 and Local Call investigation reveals.

*

The Israeli army’s expanded authorization for bombing non-military targets, the loosening of constraints regarding expected civilian casualties, and the use of an artificial intelligence system to generate more potential targets than ever before, appear to have contributed to the destructive nature of the initial stages of Israel’s current war on the Gaza Strip, an investigation by +972 Magazine and Local Call reveals. These factors, as described by current and former Israeli intelligence members, have likely played a role in producing what has been one of the deadliest military campaigns against Palestinians since the Nakba of 1948.

The investigation by +972 and Local Call is based on conversations with seven current and former members of Israel’s intelligence community — including military intelligence and air force personnel who were involved in Israeli operations in the besieged Strip — in addition to Palestinian testimonies, data, and documentation from the Gaza Strip, and official statements by the IDF Spokesperson and other Israeli state institutions.

Compared to previous Israeli assaults on Gaza, the current war — which Israel has named “Operation Iron Swords,” and which began in the wake of the Hamas-led assault on southern Israel on October 7 — has seen the army significantly expand its bombing of targets that are not distinctly military in nature. These include private residences as well as public buildings, infrastructure, and high-rise blocks, which sources say the army defines as “power targets” (“matarot otzem”).

The bombing of power targets, according to intelligence sources who had first-hand experience with its application in Gaza in the past, is mainly intended to harm Palestinian civil society: to “create a shock” that, among other things, will reverberate powerfully and “lead civilians to put pressure on Hamas,” as one source put it.

Several of the sources, who spoke to +972 and Local Call on the condition of anonymity, confirmed that the Israeli army has files on the vast majority of potential targets in Gaza — including homes — which stipulate the number of civilians who are likely to be killed in an attack on a particular target. This number is calculated and known in advance to the army’s intelligence units, who also know shortly before carrying out an attack roughly how many civilians are certain to be killed.

In one case discussed by the sources, the Israeli military command knowingly approved the killing of hundreds of Palestinian civilians in an attempt to assassinate a single top Hamas military commander. “The numbers increased from dozens of civilian deaths [permitted] as collateral damage as part of an attack on a senior official in previous operations, to hundreds of civilian deaths as collateral damage,” said one source.

“Nothing happens by accident,” said another source. “When a 3-year-old girl is killed in a home in Gaza, it’s because someone in the army decided it wasn’t a big deal for her to be killed — that it was a price worth paying in order to hit [another] target. We are not Hamas. These are not random rockets. Everything is intentional. We know exactly how much collateral damage there is in every home.”

According to the investigation, another reason for the large number of targets, and the extensive harm to civilian life in Gaza, is the widespread use of a system called “Habsora” (“The Gospel”), which is largely built on artificial intelligence and can “generate” targets almost automatically at a rate that far exceeds what was previously possible. This AI system, as described by a former intelligence officer, essentially facilitates a “mass assassination factory.”

According to the sources, the increasing use of AI-based systems like Habsora allows the army to carry out strikes on residential homes where a single Hamas member lives on a massive scale, even those who are junior Hamas operatives. Yet testimonies of Palestinians in Gaza suggest that since October 7, the army has also attacked many private residences where there was no known or apparent member of Hamas or any other militant group residing. Such strikes, sources confirmed to +972 and Local Call, can knowingly kill entire families in the process.

In the majority of cases, the sources added, military activity is not conducted from these targeted homes. “I remember thinking that it was like if [Palestinian militants] would bomb all the private residences of our families when [Israeli soldiers] go back to sleep at home on the weekend,” one source, who was critical of this practice, recalled.

Another source said that a senior intelligence officer told his officers after October 7 that the goal was to “kill as many Hamas operatives as possible,” for which the criteria around harming Palestinian civilians were significantly relaxed. As such, there are “cases in which we shell based on a wide cellular pinpointing of where the target is, killing civilians. This is often done to save time, instead of doing a little more work to get a more accurate pinpointing,” said the source.

The result of these policies is the staggering loss of human life in Gaza since October 7. Over 300 families have lost 10 or more family members in Israeli bombings in the past two months — a number that is 15 times higher than the figure from what was previously Israel’s deadliest war on Gaza, in 2014. At the time of writing, around 15,000 Palestinians have been reported killed in the war, and counting.

“All of this is happening contrary to the protocol used by the IDF in the past,” a source explained. “There is a feeling that senior officials in the army are aware of their failure on October 7, and are busy with the question of how to provide the Israeli public with an image [of victory] that will salvage their reputation.”

‘An excuse to cause destruction’

Israel launched its assault on Gaza in the aftermath of the October 7Hamas-led offensive on southern Israel. During that attack, under a hail of rocket fire, Palestinian militants massacred more than 840 civilians and killed 350 soldiers and security personnel, kidnapped around 240 people — civilians and soldiers — to Gaza, and committed widespread sexual violence, including rape, according to a report by the NGO Physicians for Human Rights Israel.

From the first moment after the October 7 attack, decisionmakers in Israel openly declared that the response would be of a completely different magnitude to previous military operations in Gaza, with the stated aim of totally eradicating Hamas. “The emphasis is on damage and not on accuracy,” said IDF Spokesperson Daniel Hagari on Oct. 9. The army swiftly translated those declarations into actions.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, Defense Minister Yoav Gallant, and Minister without Portfolio Benny Gantz hold a joint press conference at the Defense Ministry, Tel Aviv, November 11, 2023. (Marc Israel Sellem/POOL)

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, Defense Minister Yoav Gallant, and Minister without Portfolio Benny Gantz hold a joint press conference at the Defense Ministry, Tel Aviv, November 11, 2023. (Marc Israel Sellem/POOL)

According to the sources who spoke to +972 and Local Call, the targets in Gaza that have been struck by Israeli aircraft can be divided roughly into four categories. The first is “tactical targets,” which include standard military targets such as armed militant cells, weapon warehouses, rocket launchers, anti-tank missile launchers, launch pits, mortar bombs, military headquarters, observation posts, and so on.

The second is “underground targets” — mainly tunnels that Hamas has dug under Gaza’s neighborhoods, including under civilian homes. Aerial strikes on these targets could lead to the collapse of the homes above or near the tunnels.

The third is “power targets,” which includes high-rises and residential towers in the heart of cities, and public buildings such as universities, banks, and government offices. The idea behind hitting such targets, say three intelligence sources who were involved in planning or conducting strikes on power targets in the past, is that a deliberate attack on Palestinian society will exert “civil pressure” on Hamas.

The final category consists of “family homes” or “operatives’ homes.” The stated purpose of these attacks is to destroy private residences in order to assassinate a single resident suspected of being a Hamas or Islamic Jihad operative. However, in the current war, Palestinian testimonies assert that some of the families that were killed did not include any operatives from these organizations.

In the early stages of the current war, the Israeli army appears to have given particular attention to the third and fourth categories of targets. According to statements on Oct. 11 by the IDF Spokesperson, during the first five days of fighting, half of the targets bombed — 1,329 out of a total 2,687 — were deemed power targets.

“We are asked to look for high-rise buildings with half a floor that can be attributed to Hamas,” said one source who took part in previous Israeli offensives in Gaza. “Sometimes it is a militant group’s spokesperson’s office, or a point where operatives meet. I understood that the floor is an excuse that allows the army to cause a lot of destruction in Gaza. That is what they told us.

“If they would tell the whole world that the [Islamic Jihad] offices on the 10th floor are not important as a target, but that its existence is a justification to bring down the entire high-rise with the aim of pressuring civilian families who live in it in order to put pressure on terrorist organizations, this would itself be seen as terrorism. So they do not say it,” the source added.

Various sources who served in IDF intelligence units said that at least until the current war, army protocols allowed for attacking power targets only when the buildings were empty of residents at the time of the strike. However, testimonies and videos from Gaza suggest that since October 7, some of these targets have been attacked without prior notice being given to their occupants, killing entire families as a result.

The wide-scale targeting of residential homes can be derived from public and official data. According to the Government Media Office in Gaza — which has been providing death tolls since the Gaza Health Ministry stopped doing so on Nov. 11 due to the collapse of health services in the Strip — by the time the temporary ceasefire took hold on Nov. 23, Israel had killed 14,800 Palestinians in Gaza; approximately 6,000 of them were children and 4,000 were women, who together constitute more than 67 percent of the total. The figures provided by the Health Ministry and the Government Media Office — both of which fall under the auspices of the Hamas government — do not deviate significantly from Israeli estimates.

The Gaza Health Ministry, furthermore, does not specify how many of the dead belonged to the military wings of Hamas or Islamic Jihad. The Israeli army estimates that it has killed between 1,000 and 3,000 armed Palestinian militants. According to media reports in Israel, some of the dead militants are buried under the rubble or inside Hamas’ underground tunnel system, and therefore were not tallied in official counts.

UN data for the period up until Nov. 11, by which time Israel had killed 11,078 Palestinians in Gaza, states that at least 312 families have lost 10 or more people in the current Israeli attack; for the sake of comparison, during “Operation Protective Edge” in 2014, 20 families in Gaza lost 10 or more people. At least 189 families have lost between six and nine people according to the UN data, while 549 families have lost between two and five people. No updated breakdowns have yet been given for the casualty figures published since Nov. 11.

The massive attacks on power targets and private residences came at the same time as the Israeli army, on Oct. 13, called on the 1.1 million residents of the northern Gaza Strip — most of them residing in Gaza City — to leave their homes and move to the south of the Strip. By that date, a record number of power targets had already been bombed, and more than 1,000 Palestinians had already been killed, including hundreds of children.

In total, according to the UN, 1.7 million Palestinians, the vast majority of the Strip’s population, have been displaced within Gaza since October 7. The army claimed that the demand to evacuate the Strip’s north was intended to protect civilian lives. Palestinians, however, see this mass displacement as part of a “new Nakba” — an attempt to ethnically cleanse part or all of the territory.

‘They knocked down a high-rise for the sake of it’

According to the Israeli army, during the first five days of fighting it dropped 6,000 bombs on the Strip, with a total weight of about 4,000 tons. Media outlets reported that the army had wiped out entire neighborhoods; according to the Gaza-based Al Mezan Center for Human Rights, these attacks led to “the complete destruction of residential neighborhoods, the destruction of infrastructure, and the mass killing of residents.” 

As documented by Al Mezan and numerous images coming out of Gaza, Israel bombed the Islamic University of Gaza, the Palestinian Bar Association, a UN building for an educational program for outstanding students, a building belonging to the Palestine Telecommunications Company, the Ministry of National Economy, the Ministry of Culture, roads, and dozens of high-rise buildings and homes — especially in Gaza’s northern neighborhoods.

The ruins of Al-Amin Muhammad Mosque which was destroyed in an Israeli airstrike on October 20, Khan Younis refugee camp, southern Gaza Strip, October 31, 2023. (Mohammed Zaanoun/Activestills)

The ruins of Al-Amin Muhammad Mosque which was destroyed in an Israeli airstrike on October 20, Khan Younis refugee camp, southern Gaza Strip, October 31, 2023. (Mohammed Zaanoun/Activestills)

On the fifth day of fighting, the IDF Spokesperson distributed to military reporters in Israel “before and after” satellite images of neighborhoods in the northern Strip, such as Shuja’iyya and Al-Furqan (nicknamed after a mosque in the area) in Gaza City, which showed dozens of destroyed homes and buildings. The Israeli army said that it had struck 182 power targets in Shuja’iyya and 312 power targets in Al-Furqan.

The Chief of Staff of the Israeli Air Force, Omer Tishler, told military reporters that all of these attacks had a legitimate military target, but also that entire neighborhoods were attacked “on a large scale and not in a surgical manner.” Noting that half of the military targets up until Oct. 11 were power targets, the IDF Spokesperson said that “neighborhoods that serve as terror nests for Hamas” were attacked and that damage was caused to “operational headquarters,” “operational assets,” and “assets used by terrorist organizations inside residential buildings.” On Oct. 12, the Israeli army announced it had killed three “senior Hamas members” — two of whom were part of the group’s political wing.

Yet despite the unbridled Israeli bombardment, the damage to Hamas’ military infrastructure in northern Gaza during the first days of the war appears to have been very minimal. Indeed, intelligence sources told +972 and Local Call that military targets that were part of power targets have previously been used many times as a fig leaf for harming the civilian population. “Hamas is everywhere in Gaza; there is no building that does not have something of Hamas in it, so if you want to find a way to turn a high-rise into a target, you will be able to do so,” said one former intelligence official.

“They will never just hit a high-rise that does not have something we can define as a military target,” said another intelligence source, who carried out previous strikes against power targets.

“There will always be a floor in the high-rise [associated with Hamas]. But for the most part, when it comes to power targets, it is clear that the target doesn’t have military value that justifies an attack that would bring down the entire empty building in the middle of a city, with the help of six planes and bombs weighing several tons.”

Indeed, according to sources who were involved in the compiling of power targets in previous wars, although the target file usually contains some kind of alleged association with Hamas or other militant groups, striking the target functions primarily as a “means that allows damage to civil society.” The sources understood, some explicitly and some implicitly, that damage to civilians is the real purpose of these attacks.

In May 2021, for example, Israel was heavily criticized for bombing the Al-Jalaa Tower, which housed prominent international media outlets such as Al Jazeera, AP, and AFP. The army claimed that the building was a Hamas military target; sources have told +972 and Local Call that it was in fact a power target.

“The perception is that it really hurts Hamas when high-rise buildings are taken down, because it creates a public reaction in the Gaza Strip and scares the population,” said one of the sources. “They wanted to give the citizens of Gaza the feeling that Hamas is not in control of the situation. Sometimes they toppled buildings and sometimes postal service and government buildings.”

Although it is unprecedented for the Israeli army to attack more than 1,000 power targets in five days, the idea of causing mass devastation to civilian areas for strategic purposes was formulated in previous military operations in Gaza, honed by the so-called “Dahiya Doctrine” from the Second Lebanon War of 2006.

According to the doctrine — developed by former IDF Chief of Staff Gadi Eizenkot, who is now a Knesset member and part of the current war cabinet — in a war against guerrilla groups such as Hamas or Hezbollah, Israel must use disproportionate and overwhelming force while targeting civilian and government infrastructure in order to establish deterrence and force the civilian population to pressure the groups to end their attacks. The concept of “power targets” seems to have emanated from this same logic.

The first time the Israeli army publicly defined power targets in Gaza was at the end of Operation Protective Edge in 2014. The army bombed four buildings during the last four days of the war — three residential multi-story buildings in Gaza City, and a high-rise in Rafah. The security establishment explained at the time that the attacks were intended to convey to the Palestinians of Gaza that “nothing is immune anymore,” and to put pressure on Hamas to agree to a ceasefire. “The evidence we collected shows that the massive destruction [of the buildings] was carried out deliberately, and without any military justification,” stated an Amnesty report in late 2014.

In another violent escalation that began in November 2018, the army once again attacked power targets. That time, Israel bombed high-rises, shopping centers, and the building of the Hamas-affiliated Al-Aqsa TV station. “Attacking power targets produces a very significant effect on the other side,” one Air Force officer stated at the time. “We did it without killing anyone and we made sure that the building and its surroundings were evacuated.”

Previous operations have also shown how striking these targets is meant not only to harm Palestinian morale, but also to raise the morale inside Israel. Haaretz revealed that during Operation Guardian of the Walls in 2021, the IDF Spokesperson’s Unit conducted a psy-op against Israeli citizens in order to boost awareness of the IDF’s operations in Gaza and the damage they caused to Palestinians. Soldiers, who used fake social media accounts to conceal the campaign’s origin, uploaded images and clips of the army’s strikes in Gaza to Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and TikTok in order to demonstrate the army’s prowess to the Israeli public.

During the 2021 assault, Israel struck nine targets that were defined as power targets — all of them high-rise buildings. “The goal was to collapse the high-rises in order to put pressure on Hamas, and also so that the [Israeli] public would see a victory image,” one security source told +972 and Local Call.

However, the source continued,

“it didn’t work. As someone who has followed Hamas, I heard firsthand how much they did not care about the civilians and the buildings that were taken down. Sometimes the army found something in a high-rise building that was related to Hamas, but it was also possible to hit that specific target with more accurate weaponry. The bottom line is that they knocked down a high-rise for the sake of knocking down a high-rise.”

‘Everyone was looking for their children in these piles’

Not only has the current war seen Israel attack an unprecedented number of power targets, it has also seen the army abandon prior policies that aimed at avoiding harm to civilians. Whereas previously the army’s official procedure was that it was possible to attack power targets only after all civilians had been evacuated from them, testimonies from Palestinian residents in Gaza indicate that, since October 7, Israel has attacked high-rises with their residents still inside, or without having taken significant steps to evacuate them, leading to many civilian deaths.

Such attacks very often result in the killing of entire families, as experienced in previous offensives; according to an investigation by AP conducted after the 2014 war, about 89 percent of those killed in the aerial bombings of family homes were unarmed residents, and most of them were children and women.

Tishler, the air force chief of staff, confirmed a shift in policy, telling reporters that the army’s “roof knocking” policy — whereby it would fire a small initial strike on the roof of a building to warn residents that it is about to be struck — is no longer in use “where there is an enemy.” Roof knocking, Tishler said, is “a term that is relevant to rounds [of fighting] and not to war.”

The sources who have previously worked on power targets said that the brazen strategy of the current war could be a dangerous development, explaining that attacking power targets was originally intended to “shock” Gaza but not necessarily to kill large numbers of civilians. “The targets were designed with the assumption that high-rises would be evacuated of people, so when we were working on [compiling the targets], there was no concern whatsoever regarding how many civilians would be harmed; the assumption was that the number would always be zero,” said one source with deep knowledge of the tactic.

“This would mean there would be a total evacuation [of the targeted buildings], which takes two to three hours, during which the residents are called [by phone to evacuate], warning missiles are fired, and we also crosscheck with drone footage that people are indeed leaving the high-rise,” the source added.

However, evidence from Gaza suggests that some high-rises — which we assume to have been power targets — were toppled without prior warning. +972 and Local Call located at least two cases during the current war in which entire residential high-rises were bombed and collapsed without warning, and one case in which, according to the evidence, a high-rise building collapsed on civilians who were inside.

Devastation is seen in the area of Al-Rimal at the heart of Gaza City after Israeli bombing, October 23, 2023. (Mohammed Zaanoun/Activestills)

Devastation is seen in the area of Al-Rimal at the heart of Gaza City after Israeli bombing, October 23, 2023. (Mohammed Zaanoun/Activestills)

On Oct. 10, Israel bombed the Babel Building in Gaza, according to the testimony of Bilal Abu Hatzira, who rescued bodies from the ruins that night. Ten people were killed in the attack on the building, including three journalists.

On Oct. 25, the 12-story Al-Taj residential building in Gaza City was bombed to the ground, killing the families living inside it without warning. About 120 people were buried under the ruins of their apartments, according to the testimonies of residents. Yousef Amar Sharaf, a resident of Al-Taj, wrote on X that 37 of his family members who lived in the building were killed in the attack: “My dear father and mother, my beloved wife, my sons, and most of my brothers and their families.” Residents stated that a lot of bombs were dropped, damaging and destroying apartments in nearby buildings too.

Six days later, on Oct. 31, the eight-story Al-Mohandseen residential building was bombed without warning. Between 30 and 45 bodies were reportedly recovered from the ruins on the first day. One baby was found alive, without his parents. Journalists estimated that over 150 people were killed in the attack, as many remained buried under the rubble.

The building used to stand in Nuseirat Refugee Camp, south of Wadi Gaza — in the supposed “safe zone” to which Israel directed the Palestinians who fled their homes in northern and central Gaza — and therefore served as temporary shelter for the displaced, according to testimonies.

According to an investigation by Amnesty International, on Oct. 9, Israel shelled at least three multi-story buildings, as well as an open flea market on a crowded street in the Jabaliya Refugee Camp, killing at least 69 people. “The bodies were burned … I didn’t want to look, I was scared of looking at Imad’s face,” said the father of a child who was killed. “The bodies were scattered on the floor. Everyone was looking for their children in these piles. I recognized my son only by his trousers. I wanted to bury him immediately, so I carried my son and got him out.”

According to Amnesty’s investigation, the army said that the attack on the market area was aimed at a mosque “where there were Hamas operatives.” However, according to the same investigation, satellite images do not show a mosque in the vicinity.

The IDF Spokesperson did not address +972’s and Local Call’s queries about specific attacks, but stated more generally that “the IDF provided warnings before attacks in various ways, and when the circumstances allowed it, also delivered individual warnings through phone calls to people who were at or near the targets (there were more from 25,000 live conversations during the war, alongside millions of recorded conversations, text messages and leaflets dropped from the air for the purpose of warning the population). In general, the IDF works to reduce harm to civilians as part of the attacks as much as possible, despite the challenge of fighting a terrorist organization that uses the citizens of Gaza as human shields.”

‘The machine produced 100 targets in one day’

According to the IDF Spokesperson, by Nov. 10, during the first 35 days of fighting, Israel attacked a total of 15,000 targets in Gaza. Based on multiple sources, this is a very high figure compared to the four previous major operations in the Strip. During Guardian of the Walls in 2021, Israel attacked 1,500 targets in 11 days. In Protective Edge in 2014, which lasted 51 days, Israel struck between 5,266 and 6,231 targets. During Pillar of Defense in 2012, about 1,500 targets were attacked over eight days. In Cast Lead” in 2008, Israel struck 3,400 targets in 22 days.

Intelligence sources who served in the previous operations also told +972 and Local Call that, for 10 days in 2021 and three weeks in 2014, an attack rate of 100 to 200 targets per day led to a situation in which the Israeli Air Force had no targets of military value left. Why, then, after nearly two months, has the Israeli army not yet run out of targets in the current war?

The answer may lie in a statement from the IDF Spokesperson on Nov. 2, according to which it is using the AI system Habsora (“The Gospel”), which the spokesperson says “enables the use of automatic tools to produce targets at a fast pace, and works by improving accurate and high-quality intelligence material according to [operational] needs.” 

In the statement, a senior intelligence official is quoted as saying that thanks to Habsora, targets are created for precision strikes “while causing great damage to the enemy and minimal damage to non-combatants. Hamas operatives are not immune — no matter where they hide.”

According to intelligence sources, Habsora generates, among other things, automatic recommendations for attacking private residences where people suspected of being Hamas or Islamic Jihad operatives live. Israel then carries out large-scale assassination operations through the heavy shelling of these residential homes.

Habsora, explained one of the sources, processes enormous amounts of data that “tens of thousands of intelligence officers could not process,” and recommends bombing sites in real time. Because most senior Hamas officials head into underground tunnels with the start of any military operation, the sources say, the use of a system like Habsora makes it possible to locate and attack the homes of relatively junior operatives.

One former intelligence officer explained that the Habsora system enables the army to run a “mass assassination factory,” in which the “emphasis is on quantity and not on quality.” A human eye “will go over the targets before each attack, but it need not spend a lot of time on them.” Since Israel estimates that there are approximately 30,000 Hamas members in Gaza, and they are all marked for death, the number of potential targets is enormous.

In 2019, the Israeli army created a new center aimed at using AI to accelerate target generation. “The Targets Administrative Division is a unit that includes hundreds of officers and soldiers, and is based on AI capabilities,” said former IDF Chief of Staff Aviv Kochavi in an in-depth interview with Ynet earlier this year.

“This is a machine that, with the help of AI, processes a lot of data better and faster than any human, and translates it into targets for attack,” Kochavi went on. “The result was that in Operation Guardian of the Walls [in 2021], from the moment this machine was activated, it generated 100 new targets every day. You see, in the past there were times in Gaza when we would create 50 targets per year. And here the machine produced 100 targets in one day.”

“We prepare the targets automatically and work according to a checklist,” one of the sources who worked in the new Targets Administrative Division told +972 and Local Call. “It really is like a factory. We work quickly and there is no time to delve deep into the target. The view is that we are judged according to how many targets we manage to generate.”

A senior military official in charge of the target bank told the Jerusalem Post earlier this year that, thanks to the army’s AI systems, for the first time the military can generate new targets at a faster rate than it attacks. Another source said the drive to automatically generate large numbers of targets is a realization of the Dahiya Doctrine.

Automated systems like Habsora have thus greatly facilitated the work of Israeli intelligence officers in making decisions during military operations, including calculating potential casualties. Five different sources confirmed that the number of civilians who may be killed in attacks on private residences is known in advance to Israeli intelligence, and appears clearly in the target file under the category of “collateral damage.” 

According to these sources, there are degrees of collateral damage, according to which the army determines whether it is possible to attack a target inside a private residence. “When the general directive becomes ‘Collateral Damage 5,’ that means we are authorized to strike all targets that will kill five or less civilians — we can act on all target files that are five or less,” said one of the sources.

“In the past, we did not regularly mark the homes of junior Hamas members for bombing,” said a security official who participated in attacking targets during previous operations. “In my time, if the house I was working on was marked Collateral Damage 5, it would not always be approved [for attack].” Such approval, he said, would only be received if a senior Hamas commander was known to be living in the home.

“To my understanding, today they can mark all the houses of [any Hamas military operative regardless of rank],” the source continued. “That is a lot of houses. Hamas members who don’t really matter for anything live in homes across Gaza. So they mark the home and bomb the house and kill everyone there.”

A concerted policy to bomb family homes

On Oct. 22, the Israeli Air Force bombed the home of the Palestinian journalist Ahmed Alnaouq in the city of Deir al-Balah. Ahmed is a close friend and colleague of mine; four years ago, we founded a Hebrew Facebook page called “Across the Wall,” with the aim of bringing Palestinian voices from Gaza to the Israeli public.

The strike on Oct. 22 collapsed blocks of concrete onto Ahmed’s entire family, killing his father, brothers, sisters, and all of their children, including babies. Only his 12-year-old niece, Malak, survived and remained in a critical condition, her body covered in burns. A few days later, Malak died.

Twenty-one members of Ahmed’s family were killed in total, buried under their home. None of them were militants. The youngest was 2 years old; the oldest, his father, was 75. Ahmed, who is currently living in the UK, is now alone out of his entire family.

Al-Nasser Hospital in Khan Younis overflows with the bodies of Palestinians killed and wounded overnight in Israeli airstrikes, Gaza Strip, October 25, 2023. (Mohammed Zaanoun/Activestills)

Al-Nasser Hospital in Khan Younis overflows with the bodies of Palestinians killed and wounded overnight in Israeli airstrikes, Gaza Strip, October 25, 2023. (Mohammed Zaanoun/Activestills)

Ahmed’s family WhatsApp group is titled “Better Together.” The last message that appears there was sent by him, a little after midnight on the night he lost his family. “Someone let me know that everything is fine,” he wrote. No one answered. He fell asleep, but woke up in a panic at 4 a.m. Drenched in sweat, he checked his phone again. Silence. Then he received a message from a friend with the terrible news.

Ahmed’s case is common in Gaza these days. In interviews to the press, heads of Gaza hospitals have been echoing the same description: families enter hospitals as a succession of corpses, a child followed by his father followed by his grandfather. The bodies are all covered in dirt and blood.

According to former Israeli intelligence officers, in many cases in which a private residence is bombed, the goal is the “assassination of Hamas or Jihad operatives,” and such targets are attacked when the operative enters the home. Intelligence researchers know if the operative’s family members or neighbors may also die in an attack, and they know how to calculate how many of them may die. Each of the sources said that these are private homes, where in the majority of cases, no military activity is carried out.

+972 and Local Call do not have data regarding the number of military operatives who were indeed killed or wounded by aerial strikes on private residences in the current war, but there is ample evidence that, in many cases, none were military or political operatives belonging to Hamas or Islamic Jihad.

On Oct. 10, the Israeli Air Force bombed an apartment building in Gaza’s Sheikh Radwan neighborhood, killing 40 people, most of them women and children. In one of the shocking videos taken following the attack, people are seen screaming, holding what appears to be a doll pulled from the ruins of the house, and passing it from hand to hand. When the camera zooms in, one can see that it is not a doll, but the body of a baby.

One of the residents said that 19 members of his family were killed in the strike. Another survivor wrote on Facebook that he only found his son’s shoulder in the rubble. Amnesty investigated the attack and discovered that a Hamas member lived on one of the upper floors of the building, but was not present at the time of the attack.

The bombing of family homes where Hamas or Islamic Jihad operatives supposedly live likely became a more concerted IDF policy during Operation Protective Edge in 2014. Back then, 606 Palestinians — about a quarter of the civilian deaths during the 51 days of fighting — were members of families whose homes were bombed. A UN reportdefined it in 2015 as both a potential war crime and “a new pattern” of action that “led to the death of entire families.”

In 2014, 93 babies were killed as a result of Israeli bombings of family homes, of which 13 were under 1 year old. A month ago, 286 babies aged 1 or under were already identified as having been killed in Gaza, according to a detailed ID list with the ages of victims published by the Gaza Health Ministry on Oct. 26. The number has since likely doubled or tripled.

However, in many cases, and especially during the current attacks on Gaza, the Israeli army has carried out attacks that struck private residences even when there is no known or clear military target. For example, according to the Committee to Protect Journalists, by Nov. 29, Israel had killed 50 Palestinian journalists in Gaza, some of them in their homes with their families.

Roshdi Sarraj, 31, a journalist from Gaza who was born in Britain, founded a media outlet in Gaza called “Ain Media.” On Oct. 22, an Israeli bomb struck his parents’ home where he was sleeping, killing him. The journalist Salam Mema similarly died under the ruins of her home after it was bombed; of her three young children, Hadi, 7, died, while Sham, 3, has not yet been found under the rubble. Two other journalists, Duaa Sharaf and Salma Makhaimer, were killed together with their children in their homes.

Israeli analysts have admitted that the military effectiveness of these kinds of disproportionate aerial attacks is limited. Two weeks after the start of the bombings in Gaza (and before the ground invasion) — after the bodies of 1,903 children, approximately 1,000 women, and 187 elderly men were counted in the Gaza Strip — Israeli commentator Avi Issacharoff tweeted: “As hard as it is to hear, on the 14th day of fighting, it does not appear that the military arm of Hamas has been significantly harmed. The most significant damage to the military leadership is the assassination of [Hamas commander] Ayman Nofal.”

‘Fighting human animals’

Hamas militants regularly operate out of an intricate network of tunnels built under large stretches of the Gaza Strip. These tunnels, as confirmed by the former Israeli intelligence officers we spoke to, also pass under homes and roads. Therefore, Israeli attempts to destroy them with aerial strikes are in many cases likely to lead to the killing of civilians. This may be another reason for the high number of Palestinian families wiped out in the current offensive.

The intelligence officers interviewed for this article said that the way Hamas designed the tunnel network in Gaza knowingly exploits the civilian population and infrastructure above ground. These claims were also the basis of the media campaign that Israel conducted vis-a-vis the attacks and raids on Al-Shifa Hospital and the tunnels that were discovered under it.

Israel has also attacked a large number of military targets: armed Hamas operatives, rocket launcher sites, snipers, anti-tank squads, military headquarters, bases, observation posts, and more. From the beginning of the ground invasion, aerial bombardment and heavy artillery fire have been used to provide backup to Israeli troops on the ground. Experts in international law say these targets are legitimate, as long as the strikes comply with the principle of proportionality.

In response to an enquiry from +972 and Local Call for this article, the IDF Spokesperson stated: “The IDF is committed to international law and acts according to it, and in doing so attacks military targets and does not attack civilians. The terrorist organization Hamas places its operatives and military assets in the heart of the civilian population. Hamas systematically uses the civilian population as a human shield, and conducts combat from civilian buildings, including sensitive sites such as hospitals, mosques, schools, and UN facilities.”

Intelligence sources who spoke to +972 and Local Call similarly claimed that in many cases Hamas “deliberately endangers the civilian population in Gaza and tries to forcefully prevent civilians from evacuating.” Two sources said that Hamas leaders “understand that Israeli harm to civilians gives them legitimacy in fighting.”

At the same time, while it’s hard to imagine now, the idea of dropping a one-ton bomb aimed at killing a Hamas operative yet ending up killing an entire family as “collateral damage” was not always so readily accepted by large swathes of Israeli society. In 2002, for example, the Israeli Air Force bombed the home of Salah Mustafa Muhammad Shehade, then the head of the Al-Qassam Brigades, Hamas’ military wing. The bomb killed him, his wife Eman, his 14-year-old daughter Laila, and 14 other civilians, including 11 children. The killing caused a public uproar in both Israel and the world, and Israel was accused of committing war crimes.

That criticism led to a decision by the Israeli army in 2003 to drop a smaller, quarter-ton bomb on a meeting of top Hamas officials — including the elusive leader of Al-Qassam Brigades, Mohammed Deif — taking place in a residential building in Gaza, despite the fear that it would not be powerful enough to kill them. In his book “To Know Hamas,” veteran Israeli journalist Shlomi Eldar wrote that the decision to use a relatively small bomb was due to the Shehade precedent, and the fear that a one-ton bomb would kill the civilians in the building as well. The attack failed, and the senior military wing officers fled the scene.

In December 2008, in the first major war that Israel waged against Hamas after it seized power in Gaza, Yoav Gallant, who at the time headed the IDF Southern Command, said that for the first time Israel was “hitting the family homes” of senior Hamas officials with the aim of destroying them, but not harming their families. Gallant emphasized that the homes were attacked after the families were warned by a “knock on the roof,” as well as by phone call, after it was clear that Hamas military activity was taking place inside the house.

After 2014’s Protective Edge, during which Israel began to systematically strike family homes from the air, human rights groups like B’Tselem collected testimonies from Palestinians who survived these attacks. The survivors said the homes collapsed in on themselves, glass shards cut the bodies of those inside, the debris “smells of blood,” and people were buried alive.

This deadly policy continues today — thanks in part to the use of destructive weaponry and sophisticated technology like Habsora, but also to a political and security establishment that has loosened the reins on Israel’s military machinery. Fifteen years after insisting that the army was taking pains to minimize civilian harm, Gallant, now Defense Minister, has clearly changed his tune. “We are fighting human animals and we act accordingly,” he said after October 7.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Yuval Abraham is a journalist and activist based in Jerusalem.

Featured image: Palestinian rescue services remove the bodies of members of the Shaaban family, all six of whom were killed in an Israeli airstrike on the Sheikh Radwan neighborhood, western Gaza, October 9, 2023. (Mohammed Zaanoun)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The World Health Organization’s institutional transparency and public perception have been very problematic during the past couple decades. Many critics perceive the WHO as a dire threat to global health and the sovereignty of nations’ domestic health policies. The organization largely operates under a veil of secrecy. It is not uncommon for leaked information from the WHO’s internal affairs and closed door meetings to contradict its public statements to the media. 

Regardless of whether you view the Covid-19 pandemic as a natural and very real global health threat or as an orchestrated release of a human engineered virus to enforce Western nations to usurp greater social control over their populations, in either scenario the US, the WHO, UK and many EU nations performed dismally in a scientifically valid pandemic response. Consequently, and in light of global pandemic unpreparedness, the WHO in alignment with Western nations began undertaking a major overhaul of existing legally binding global health policies, rules and regulations. New amendments to the World Health Assembly’s International Health Regulation (IHR) treaty and the creation of a WHO Pandemic Treaty have raised alarms worldwide among politicians, public health professionals, and health policy advocates. 

The pandemic treaty and IHR pandemics would tighten the existing enforcement of nations’ behavior and policies during pandemic responses.  It entrusts the WHO with overreaching powers that undermine national sovereignty, including the final word on health and vaccine passports, testing and tracing, permissible medical treatments, lockdown and border crossing protocols and quarantine zones. Rather than functioning as a counsel proposing recommendations, the WHO would be a dictator over nations’ emergency response. It would strengthen the pharmaceutical industry’s intellectual property rights for diagnostics, drugs and vaccines; and the WHO would pay itself 20 percent for “pandemic-related products.” 

Even worse, lower income nations would find themselves economically subservient to wealthy nations that would threaten their domestic health security. Finally, the treaty would be anchored in the UN health agency’s constitution and endow the WHO with policing policies and the authority to impose judicial charges upon nations who violate the treaty’s rules. This could even include the imposition of international sanctions against a country. According to Human Rights Watch, the treaty has come under strong attack by human rights organizations for failing to enshrine core human rights protections under international law.

The good news is that during the last World Health Assembly in May 2022 with the majority of the 194 member nations participating, the WHO confronted a surprising backlash.

Although there was no formal vote, 47 African nations, all of the five original BRICS countries (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) and others rejected the treaty amendments. At the time, Brazil threatened to leave the Assembly if the treaty were to be approved.

This has pushed the WHO against the wall since a formal vote in May 2024 will require a two-thirds majority. Given the events during the past year, the weakening of the US’ global prestige, the West’s debacle in Ukraine, Europe’s economic crises, and the expansion and influence of BRICS, current trends seem to indicate it will be a very difficult uphill battle for the WHO to get the treaty passed. 

Seventy-fifth World Health Assembly – Daily update: 27 May 2022

Source: World Health Organization

However, the pandemic treaty also exposes deeper nefarious motivations by the Western nations and the WHO itself that demand attention. Although many critics of both the WHO and China have accused the two operating in cahoots together, China’s rebuking of the treaty has left some mouths open.

Other critics wrongly associate the WHO treaty as a China project because of China’s past support of the WHO’s current Director-General Tedros Ghebreyesus. But that relationship seems to have soured after the WHO reproached China’s zero Covid policy and regulations. Therefore, the treaty may be best understood from several competing motivations by different players.

On the one hand, the WHO represents the worst of the transnational globalist intentions to grab control from sovereign nations. The WHO in effect is the informal servant of the World Economic Forum’s stakeholder vision of a global unipolar architecture to write and control all rules that will lead humanity into the future. Second, Western nations, notably the US and European Union—which are already entrenched in the missions of WHO and the UN—may benefit from the treaty’s harsh policing measures on other nations.

Penalties for violating the treaty’s rules can ideally serve as an economic weapon against nations on America’s enemies list such as China, Iran and Russia.  For example, if during a future pandemic China or Russia decide to enact their own pandemic response measures that may contradict the rules of the WHO treaty, economic sanctions or perhaps bank or investment freezes could be enforced. And since the US has always been slap happy to impose sanctions on any country that turns its nose up to American demands and threats, what sane nation outside of the US’s sphere of control would agree to ratify a draconian treaty?

It shouldn’t be difficult to understand the BRICS’ rejection of the pandemic treaty. As the most vital emerging economic bloc spearheading a multipolar order to challenge globalist unipolarity, an underlying principle in the BRICS’ economic development and trade relations is respect for each other’s national sovereignty. National sovereignty and the BRICS’ reluctance to interfere in the political affairs and culture of a nation is diametrically opposed to a treaty basically written and enforced by unelected officials in an international organization with a dreadful track record in upholding his mandate to protect public health.

The third important player in the pandemic treaty is the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and Gates’ GAVI Vaccine Alliance on which the WHO is one of its four permanent Board members.

Other friendly observers in the pandemic planning include the Gates’ funded Global Fund and the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI).  Besides China, Director-General Tedros gained his WHO job with Gates’ backing. Consequently, the treaty may be viewed as an ancillary expansion of Gates’ funded projects and financial philanthropic interests and investments. It has the potential to serve as a backdoor for his own global empire.

Gates has publicly stated his admiration for the Chinese Community Party’s draconian zero Covid policy, which has terrorized millions of Chinese citizens and deprived them of their human rights.

In the topsy-turvy universe philanthropic capitalism, humans simply serve technology that reward private coffers. The perversion of such philanthropy can lead to the dehumanization and mechanization of humanity in order to further drive technological progress and capital profits, as the French sociologist Jacques Ellul presciently warned in the early 1960s.  

During the Covid-19 pandemic, Gates took the opportunity to expand his influence over international responses by creating some rather odd organizations such as Act Accelerator (a public-private partnership) and its vaccine enterprise Covax.

Acting in parallel to the WHO’s early backdoor strategic efforts to write amendments to the IHR and begin the design of a pandemic treaty, these new ventures were motivated by the need to develop a new structure for an international pandemic response specifically for Covid. According to Health Policy Watch, because this was a plan of action created and funded by the world’s most renowned “humanitarian altruist”, governments complacently supported his efforts.

The architecture, goals and motivation of the WHO pandemic treaty are clearly antidemocratic and violate basic human rights. As the second largest WHO funder, we urgently need to evaluate all of Bill Gates’ donations, grants, credit lines, new ventures and partnerships in a similar light.

For example, his Foundation has donated to the neoconservative war mongering Council of Foreign Relations’ Global Health Program to chart global disease outbreaks and provide analysis to governments, policymakers and business leaders. Despite the apparent benefits of mapping the course of infectious diseases, such as measles, pertussis, polio and others, this program is not professionally peer-reviewed. The Program is largely based upon anecdotal evidence and offers no science-based analysis or solutions for confronting real-time health risks. 

Bill Gates’ role in the research and development of new vaccines and efforts behind global vaccination campaigns are public and very well documented. In 2012, he called upon the global health community to inaugurate a decade of vaccines. For Gates, vaccines are God’s work, a “miracle” but also a “fantastic investment.”  His determination to get every child fully vaccinated, and to establish the infrastructure for a robust and everlasting treadmill to bring new vaccines into the market is seemingly a personal mission.  In his own words, he has stated there is nothing “to stop us succeeding.”

GAVI - Wikipedia

In 2000, the Gates Foundation founded GAVI Vaccine Alliance and that organization’s Global Fund for Children’s Vaccines.

GAVI is a global collaboration that includes governments, the WHO, the Rockefeller Foundation, the World Bank, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers, UNICEF, private vaccine companies, and other influential entities. Each has been a zealot vaccination promoter. The organization’s mission is to vaccinate every child in Africa. In addition to donations and traditional grant giving, it also provides lines of credit. For example, the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative received a $100 million line of credit to empower the nonprofit organization to influence HIV vaccine development within the vaccine industrial complex.

But Gates’ vaccination mission has been overly enthusiastic and in some documented cases clearly nefarious. Some of the Gates’ funded vaccination projects have had very serious consequences: 

  • In 2014, Foundation funds went to experimental HPV vaccine trials in India, in joint collaboration with Glaxo and Merck, that violated ethical standards. Over 1,000 girls between the ages of 9 and 15 developed severe autoimmune diseases and fertility disorders. Seven girls died. The Gates’ Foundation faced a lawsuit by the Supreme Courts of India following an investigation into the scandalous trial fraud. 
  • Gates’ collaboration with India’s National Technical Advisory Group resulted in a catastrophe of unmonitored overlapping polio immunization programs triggering an epidemic of non-polio acute flaccid paralysis that affected 49,000 children. Gates vaccine programs were forced to leave India. Cases of vaccine derived polio now outnumber cases from wild polio
  • In December 2012, in the small village of Gouro, Chad on the edge of the Sahara Desert, 500 children were locked in their school and force-vaccinated with an unlicensed meningitis A vaccine. Students who refused would have their education terminated. These children were vaccinated without their parents’ knowledge. During investigations, the entire operation was discovered to be run by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation through the WHO’s and UNICEF’s on-the-ground networks. Despite the scandal, the Gates Foundation statement to the press reported, “MenAfriVac is a tremendous success story for the global health community. It is the first vaccine developed specifically for Africa, and it proves that global partnerships can develop and deliver high-quality, low-cost vaccines.” 
  • In 2010, the Foundation’s support for Glaxo’s experimental malaria vaccine trials killed 151 African infants and seriously injured another 1,000. 
  • A tetanus vaccine administered to Kenyan women in child bearing years was laced with Human Chorionic Gondatropin (hCG), which causes miscarriage and renders a woman sterile. The discovery was made by the Kenyan Catholic Doctors Association and the UNICEF vaccine campaign’s funding was traced back to Gates Foundation. 

Gates is also the major funder for the Vaccine Confidence Project with the mission to “to monitor public confidence in immunization programs by building an information surveillance system for early detection of public concerns around vaccines; by applying a diagnostic tool to data collected to determine the risk level of public concerns in terms of their potential to disrupt vaccine programs; and, finally, to provide analysis and guidance for early response and engagement with the public to ensure sustained confidence in vaccines and immunization.”

Shortly after the WHO officially announced the Covid-19 pandemic as a global threat, Gates announced he would spend billions of dollars to fund seven separate coronavirus vaccine development projects. The pandemic leveraged the Foundation to emerge as the foremost leader in the vaccine industry’s response to the Covid crisis. Gates gained free entrance into the offices and boardrooms of all the leading players savoring the opportunity to launch a fast-tracked vaccine in the hopes it would become mandatory and reap astronomical revenues. 

However, in our opinion, Gates’ honesty and integrity has always been questionable.

Duplicity between his organizations’ actual financial investments and humanitarian funding are common.

For example, frequently Gates has stated his opposition to Big Tobacco and claims he refuses to invest or fund any organization and company contributing to smoking. However, an investigation uncovered the Foundation had invested in Big Tobacco for quite some time. Similarly, behind his verbiage on tackling climate change and shifting to non-fossil fuel technologies at the TED conference,

Gates remains a heavy investor in Big Oil, particularly Exxon-Mobile and British Petroleum—perhaps the two most corrupt oil companies in recent decades. Therefore as a billionaire investor, irrespective of the persona he exhibits as a humanitarian and admirable philanthropist, the motivations of the Foundation’s funding should be held with a great deal of suspicion.  

During his time as the president of Microsoft, Gates’ reputation as an upstanding tech entrepreneur and genius was destroyed during an antitrust lawsuit. What Gates managed to achieve was to monopolize the PC operating system by leveraging what economists call “network effects,” which drive monopolization.

According to Rob Larson, an economics professor at Tacoma College, who writes about the corruption of Silicon Valley, network effects are the ability to dominate a young market and take advantage of a product’s rapid usage. In effect, a company is legally bribing customers’ loyalty. In many respects, this is what Gates has been doing in his faux philanthropy.

Stories and accounts about Gates present the picture of a man-child with a caustic and often crass personality. It is no secret that Gates was a difficult boss to work with. He was known to be extremely critical, belligerent, sarcastic and his anger would often degrade employees. He was a fierce taskmaster as the Washington Post reported, and Fortune magazine listed him as an “egotistical jerk” along with other billionaires such Steve Jobs and Jeff Bezos. Often he would vow to destroy competitors or put them out of business, such as Apple, Netscape, Lotus, Sun Microsystems, etc. Temper tantrums involving yelling and fist pounding were spectacles during Microsoft’s internal meetings. Therefore to regard Gates as a legitimate philanthropist is in our opinion an oxymoron. The Greek word “philanthropy” means to love humanity. And Gates is anything but.  

Before embarking upon his philanthropic crusade, Gates’ reputation took a beating in the media as a very unlikeable person. As one commenter observed, “his philanthropy… helped rebrand his name.” This raises questions about the transformation of Gates into a benevolent benefactor to human needs and crises. Or his philanthropy another act of genius to earn exorbitant profits? Yet profit earned under the disguise of charity only serves Gates’ more unquenchable ambition for power. 

Rabia Zakaria writing for The Baffler notes that the large NGOs, funded by billionaires, end up taking the place of governments, and this enables “the individuals who control them [to] function as a quasi-autocracy, where Gates, Bezos and Zuckerberg are free to meddle in anything, forcing the world’s poorest to tolerate their megalomaniacal and stupid plans.” Nobody ever elected any of these wealthy moguls to lead the world in any public health endeavor; nevertheless their wealth alone empowers them to do so. British sociology professor Linsey McGoey described Bill Gates’ philanthropy as “asking an arsonist to hose down your house after he just set it on fire.” And in his book Winners Take All, Anand Giridharadas defined corporate-based philanthropy as “marketworld” – a world where billionaires like Gates play the market based upon who and what companies will most prosper from their charitable giving.

This has been very evident in the enormous wealth Gates has acquired through his philanthropic giving to vaccine development for illnesses in the developing world while donating to the World Health Organization, which pilots widespread vaccination campaigns. The Foundation is another “network effect” designed to gain from a monopoly again; however now Gates has camouflaged it as a humanitarian enterprise. Furthermore, Tim Schwab, author of The Bill Gates Problem, observes the oligarchic elites’ fake philanthropy is best understood as “tax-privileged political power.”

Of course, Gates’ philanthropic enterprises are not limited to medicine, vaccines and public health. In order to capture the power and influence of a monopolist “network effect” funding needs to reach into other industries and private and public programs, ventures and activities. The Foundation’s funding, therefore, has penetrated chemical agriculture and farming, GMO PR groups such as the Cornell Alliance for Science and Emerging Ag, the latter a covert coalition of academics to infiltrate the UN’s decision-making regarding genetics, and education.

To give an idea of the extent to which the Foundation has penetrated academia and scientific literature, it has bequeathed to universities $8 billion during the past two decades and has funded over 20,000 scientific papers in the Web of Science database.

For example, the Chicago Times reported that the Foundation poured $4 billion into projects to transform American public school education by developing “engagement pedometers—biometric devices students would wear to enable teachers to determine students’ attention in the classroom. One critic charged Gates with viewing children as Pavlov dogs.

Other disturbing projects include “temporary sterilization microchips” for women in low income countries, non-profit health education projects to undermine traditional medicine such as Ayurveda in India, the Better

Than Cash Alliance to push for a cashless society, a massive 5G structured smart city near Phoenix, and solar engineering projects to dim the sun by high altitude dispersion of chemical dust. Finally, the Gates Foundation has become a major force in for-profit and nonprofit media and journalism to control narratives favorable towards his investments. Among the media outlets that have received Gates’ funding and coaching are ABC, the PBS NewsHour, NPR, New York Times, Huffington Post, the Guardian and many health policy and medical magazines and journals. 

This portrait of the WHO and its leading private funder painted above leaves with a serious question.  What can we do to put the breaks on the WHO pandemic treaty amendment?  It seems certain that if the World Health Assembly vote next May defeats the treaty, this would be a harsh blow to the Gates’ empire. Although only sovereign nations will participate in the vote, Gates evidently has been banking on its success. 

What can be done at the grassroots level is to keep abreast of the pandemic treaty’s developments and updates. Recognize that the treaty is not only an assault on the sovereign rights of nations, but also a direct attack on your personal human rights and freedoms.  

Passing laws, bills, and binding treaties, either by honest or by unscrupulous means, is always easier to accomplish than to undo. If passed, the treaty will inevitably become a new template, a new operating system, for even more draconian and oppressive globalist measures to be added. There are voices in Congress, largely within the GOP, who realize the WHO’s threat to American sovereignty and oppose the treaty.

These are times when citizens need to drop their delusional partisanship and support whatever is morally and ethically correct regardless of which side of the aisle states simple common sense truths that protect individual freedoms rather private interests. Therefore, write and nag your Senators and Representatives on a regular basis. Likewise, badger the mainstream media with condemnations for ignoring the WHO”s pandemic treaty’s human rights violations and for their negligent reporting.  

Oddly, this may be an occasion when the US worst real or imagined enemies, such as China, Iran and Russia are actually on your side. Go figure. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Richard Gale is the Executive Producer of the Progressive Radio Network and a former Senior Research Analyst in the biotechnology and genomic industries.

Dr. Gary Null is host of the nation’s longest running public radio program on alternative and nutritional health and a multi-award-winning documentary film director, including his recent Last Call to Tomorrow.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 05, 2023

The implications are far-reaching because the article refutes and invalidates ‘everything” pertaining to Covid pandemic. These include the policies  related to The Lockdown and the  Covid-19 “Vaccine”, not to mention the infamous Pandemic Treaty and The World Economic Forum’s “Great Reset”. 

Failure of Kiev’s “Counter-Offensive”. Russia’s “Operation Z”. Will Russia Take Avdeyevka?

By Drago Bosnic, December 04, 2023

Ever since the failure of the Kiev regime’s much-touted counteroffensive, one that was supposed to “turn the tables” and “drive Russian forces behind the Urals”, the mainstream propaganda machine has been fighting tooth and nail to justify the failure, while some have engaged in straight up denial and stubbornly tried to portray it as a supposed “win”.

Religious Diversity of the Middle East

By Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović, December 04, 2023

The Middle East is commonplace from which three global religions originated: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.  All three confessions recognize the Prophet, Abraham.  

The War on Gaza: How the West Is Losing. Accelerating the Transition to a Multipolar Global Order?

By Amir Nour, December 04, 2023

What is of a paramount importance to assert at the outset is that the ongoing assault on Gaza did not start when Hamas militants launched the “Al-Aqsa Flood” military operation on 7 October. In this respect, an epic parallel information warfare is raging, pitting Israel’s backers in the West against the Palestinians and their supporters across the world.

Whistleblower Calls for WEF Founder Klaus Schwab to be Arrested Over “Crimes Against Humanity”

By Ethan Huff, December 04, 2023

Pascal Najadi, the son of fellow WEF co-founder Hussain Najadi, is speaking out as a whistleblower against the current top dog at the globalist foundation, accusing him and other leaders of “crimes against humanity.”

Who Are You Betting On to Win, Hamas or the US and Israel?


By Rima Najjar, December 04, 2023

There may be no evidence to support the claim of an international Jewish conspiracy for world domination, but there certainly is plenty of evidence to support Jewish domination of Palestine and the Middle East region as a whole.

The Fools on Capitol Hill. Washington Is Run by Israel’s Proxies

By Philip Giraldi, December 04, 2023

Americans remain largely ignorant about the extent to which foreign influence pervades the United States government, and I am not referring to the fraudulent claims made by Hillary Clinton that Russia has interfered materially in US elections. The real threat comes from elsewhere.

Fetuses Are Developing Cancers. These May be Turbo Cancers. Worse, DNA Contamination, Contained Within Lipid Nanoparticles (LNP), May be Crossing the Placenta Into the Fetus

By Dr. William Makis, December 04, 2023

Pilar Peters was pregnant with triples in 2022. However, in Dec. 2022, doctors found a lump on one triplet, and babies were born via emergency C-section on Dec. 27, 2022.  Baby Theo was diagnosed with Stage 4 Sarcoma and died on Jan. 31, 2023.

Never-ending Wars, Famine and Injustice: This Society Is Making People Ill. Mental Causes of Physical Illness

By Dr. Rudolf Hänsel, December 04, 2023

Many decades ago, the World Health Organisation of the United Nations (WHO) published statistics on neuroses among the peoples of Europe and the United States, which showed that ten percent of people in Western Europe and America suffer from acute neuroses (mental illnesses). A further 30 per cent of the population are more or less neurotic. Today, there will be many more. Neurosis has psychological causes, but often triggers organic, physical complaints.

Two Months that Shook the World: The First Phase of the Gaza War

By Mouin Rabbani, Jeremy Scahill, and Murtaza Hussain, December 04, 2023

On December 1, Israel resumed its bombing campaign against Gaza, and the civilian death toll is once again rising. Both Hamas and Israel accused the other of violating the temporary truce.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Many countries, including the UK, have continued to experience an apparent excess of deaths long after the peaks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 and 2021.[1,2] Numbers of excess deaths estimated in this period are considerable. The UK Office for National Statistics (ONS) has calculated that there were 7.2% or 44,255 more deaths registered in the UK in 2022 based on comparison with the five-year average (excluding 2020).[1] This persisted into 2023 with 8.6% or 28,024 more deaths registered in the first six months of the year than expected.[1] The Continuous Mortality Investigation (CMI) found a similar excess (28,500 deaths) for the same period using different methods.[3] Several methods can be used to estimate excess deaths, each with limitations which should be considered in interpretation, however the overall trends tend to be consistent across the various methods.

The causes of these excess deaths are likely to be multiple and could include the direct effects of Covid-19 infection,[1] acute pressures on NHS acute services resulting in poorer outcomes from episodes of acute illness,[4] and disruption to chronic disease detection and management.[5] Further analysis by cause and by age- and sex-group may help quantify the relative contributions of these causes.

Since July 2020, the Office for Health Improvement and Disparities (OHID) has published estimates of excess mortality based on a Poisson regression model for England week by week, overall and decomposed by age, ethnicity, region and cause.[6] This model finds that in the period from week ending 3rd June 2022 to 30th June 2023, excess deaths for all causes were relatively greatest for 50–64 year olds (15% higher than expected), compared with 11% higher for 25–49 and < 25 year olds, and about 9% higher for over 65 year old groups. While the median age of these groups has changed since 2020, age-standardised mortality analysis breaking down death rates by sex find clearer age differences still. The age-standardised CMI found similar patterns with the largest relative excess deaths for 2022 observed in young (20–44 years) and middle-aged (45–64 years) adults.[7] These findings should be interpreted carefully because of greater than usual delay in registration of deaths in the latter part of 2022.[8]

Several causes, including cardiovascular diseases, show a relative excess greater than that seen in deaths from all-causes (9%) over the same period (week ending 3rd June 2022–30th June 2023), namely: all cardiovascular diseases (12%), heart failure (20%), ischaemic heart diseases (15%), liver diseases (19%), acute respiratory infections (14%), and diabetes (13%).[6]

For middle-aged adults (50–64) in this 13-month period, the relative excess for almost all causes of death examined was higher than that seen for all ages. Deaths involving cardiovascular diseases were 33% higher than expected, while for specific cardiovascular diseases, deaths involving ischaemic heart diseases were 44% higher, cerebrovascular diseases 40% higher and heart failure 39% higher. Deaths involving acute respiratory infections were 43% higher than expected and for diabetes, deaths were 35% higher. Deaths involving liver diseases were 19% higher than expected for those aged 50–64, the same as for deaths at all ages.[9]

Looking at place of death, from 3rd June 2022 to 30th June 2023 there were 22% more deaths in private homes than expected compared with 10% more in hospitals, but there was no excess in deaths in care homes and 12% fewer deaths than expected in hospices. For deaths involving cardiovascular diseases the relative excess in private homes was higher than all causes at 27%. Deaths in hospital were 8% higher and deaths in care homes only 3% higher.[9]

The greatest numbers of excess deaths in the acute phase of the pandemic were in older adults. The pattern now is one of persisting excess deaths which are most prominent in relative terms in middle-aged and younger adults, with deaths from CVD causes and deaths in private homes being most affected. Timely and granular analyses are needed to describe such trends and so to inform prevention and disease management efforts. Leveraging such granular insights has the potential to mitigate what seems to be a continued and unequal impact on mortality, and likely corresponding impacts on morbidity, across the population.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

[1] Office for National Statistics. Deaths involving coronavirus (COVID-19) by month of registration. 2023 (UK)

https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulationandcommunity/birthsdeathsandmarriages/deaths/datasets/deathsinvolvingcovid19bymonthofregistrationuk

[2] Alicandro G., La Vecchia C., Islam N., et al. A comprehensive analysis of all-cause and cause-specific excess deaths in 30 countries during 2020.

Eur J Epidemiol. 2023; https://doi.org/10.1007/s10654-023-01044-x

[3] Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, England & Wales mortality monitor – week 26. 2023

https://www.actuaries.org.uk/system/files/field/document/Mortality%20monitor%20Week%202023-26%20v01%202023-07-11.pdf

[4] Katsoulis M., Gomes M., Lai A.G., et al.

Estimating the effect of reduced attendance at emergency departments for suspected cardiac conditions on cardiac mortality during the COVID-19 pandemic. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2020; 14e007085

[5] Dale C.E., Takhar R., Carragher R., et al. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on cardiovascular disease prevention and management. Nat Med. 2023; 29: 219-225

[6] Office for Health Improvement and Disparities, Excess mortality in England and English regions. 2023

https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/excess-mortality-in-england-and-english-regions

[7] Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, CMI mortality monitor – Q4 2022. 2023

https://www.actuaries.org.uk/system/files/field/document/Mortality%20monitor%20Q4%202022%20v01%202023-01-17_0.pdf

[8] Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, CMI mortality monitor – Q3 2023. 2023

https://www.actuaries.org.uk/system/files/field/document/Mortality%20monitor%20Q3%202023%20v01%202023-10-10.pdf

[9] Office for Health Improvement and Disparities, Excess mortality: bespoke analyses. 2023

https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/excess-mortality-bespoke-analyses 

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Israel Reopens the Gaza Slaughterhouse. Chris Hedges

December 5th, 2023 by Chris Hedges

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

The skies over Gaza are filled — after a seven-day truce — with projectiles of death. Warplanes. Attack helicopters. Drones. Artillery shells. Tank shells. Mortars. Bombs. Missiles. Gaza is a cacophony of explosions and forlorn screams and cries for help beneath collapsed buildings. Fear, once again, is coiling itself around every heart in the Gazan concentration camp. 

By Friday evening, 184 Palestinians — including three journalists and two doctors — had been killed by Israeli air strikes in the north, south and central Gaza, and at least 589 injured, according to the Ministry of Health in Gaza. Most of them are women and children. Israel will not be deterred. It plans to finish the job, to obliterate what is left in the north of Gaza and decimate what remains in the south, to render Gaza uninhabitable, to see its 2.3 million people driven out in a massive campaign of ethnic cleansing via starvation, terror, slaughter and infectious diseases. 

The aid convoys, which brought in token amounts of food and medicine — the first batch was shrouds and coronavirus tests according to the director of al-Najjar hospital — have been halted. No one, least of all President Joe Biden, plans to intervene to stop the genocide. Secretary of State Antony Blinken visited Israel this week, and while calling for Israel to protect civilians, refused to set conditions that would disrupt the $3.8 billion Israel receives in annual military assistance or the $14.3 billion supplemental aid package. The world will watch passively, muttering useless bromides about more surgical strikes, while Israel spins its roulette wheel of death. By the time Israel is done, the 1948 Nakba, where Palestinians were massacred in dozens of villages and 750,000 were ethnically cleansed by Zionist militias, will look like a quaint relic of a more civilized era. 

Nothing is off limits. Hospitals. Mosques. Churches. Homes. Apartment blocks. Refugee camps. Schools. Universities. Media offices. Banks. Sewer systems. Telecommunications infrastructure. Water treatment plants. Libraries. Wheat mills. Bakeries. Markets. Entire neighborhoods. Israel’s intent is to destroy Gaza’s infrastructure and daily kill or wound hundreds of Palestinians. Gaza is to become a wasteland, a dead zone that will be incapable of sustaining life. 

Israel began to bomb Khan Younis on Friday after dropping leaflets warning civilians to evacuate further south to Rafah, located on the border crossing with Egypt. Hundreds of thousands of displaced Palestinians had sought refuge in Khan Younis. Once Palestinians are pushed to Rafah, there is only one place left to flee — Egypt. The Israeli Ministry of Intelligence, in a leaked report, calls for the forcible transfer of Gaza’s population to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula. A detailed plan to intentionally displace the Palestinians in Gaza and push them into Egypt has been embedded in Israeli doctrine for five decades. Already, 1.8 million Palestinians in Gaza have been driven from their homes. Once Palestinians cross the border into Egypt — which the Egyptian government and Arab leaders are seeking to prevent despite pressure from the U.S. — Palestinians will never return. 

This is not a war against Hamas. It is a war against Palestinians.

Israeli strikes are generated at a dizzying rate, many of them from a system called “Habsora” — The Gospel — which is built on artificial intelligence that selects 100 targets a day. The AI-system is described by seven current and former Israeli intelligence officials in an article by Yuval Abraham on the Israeli sites +972 Magazine and Local Call, as facilitating a “mass assassination factory.” Israel, once it locates what it assumes to be a Hamas operative from a cell phone, for example, bombs and shells a wide area around the target, killing and wounding tens, and at times hundreds of Palestinians, the article states.

“According to intelligence sources,” the story reads, “Habsora generates, among other things, automatic recommendations for attacking private residences where people suspected of being Hamas or Islamic Jihad operatives live. Israel then carries out large-scale assassination operations through the heavy shelling of these residential homes.”

Some 15,000 Palestinians, including 6,000 children and 4,000 women, have been killed since Oct. 7. Some 30,000 have been wounded. Over six thousand are missing, many buried under the rubble. More than 300 families have lost 10 or more members of their families. More than 250 Palestinians have been killed in the West Bank since Oct. 7, and more than 3,000 injured, although the area is not controlled by Hamas. The Israeli military claims to have killed between 1,000 and 3,000 of some 30,000 Hamas fighters, a relatively small number given the scale of the assault. Most resistance fighters shelter in their vast tunnel system. 

Source: OCHA

Israel’s playbook is the “Dahiya Doctrine.” The doctrine was formulated by former Israel Defense Forces (IDF) Chief of Staff Gadi Eizenkot, who is a member of the war cabinet, following the 2006 war between Israel and Hezbollah in Lebanon. Dahiya is a southern Beirut suburb and a Hezbollah stronghold. It was pounded by Israeli jets after two Israeli soldiers were taken prisoner. The doctrine posits that Israel should employ massive, disproportionate force, destroying infrastructure and civilian residences, to ensure deterrence.

Daniel Hagari, spokesman of the IDF, conceded at the start of Israel’s most recent attack on Gaza that the “emphasis” would be “on damage and not on accuracy.”

Israel has abandoned its tactic of “roof knocking” where a rocket without a warhead would land on a roof to warn those inside to evacuate. Israel has also ended its phone calls warning of an impending attack. Now dozens of families in an apartment block or a neighborhood are killed without notice.

The images of mass destruction feed the thirst for revenge within Israel following the humiliating incursion by Hamas fighters on Oct. 7 and the killing of 1,200 Israelis, including 395 soldiers and 59 police officers. There is a sadistic pleasure voiced by many Israelis over the genocide and a groundswell of calls for the murder or expulsion of Palestinians, including those in the occupied West Bank and those with Israeli citizenship. 

The savagery of the air strikes and indiscriminate attacks, the cutting off of food, water and medicine, the genocidal rhetoric of the Israeli government, make this a war whose sole objective is revenge. This will not be good for Israel or the Palestinians. It will fuel a conflagration throughout the Middle East. 

Israel’s attack is the last desperate measure of a settler colonial project that foolishly thinks, as many settler colonial projects have in the past, that it can crush the resistance of an indigenous population with genocide. But even Israel will not get away with killing on this scale. A generation of Palestinians, many of whom have seen most, if not all, of their families killed and their homes and neighborhoods destroyed, will carry within them a lifelong thirst for justice and retribution. 

This war is not over. It has not even begun.  

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Slaughterhouse – by Mr. Fish

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Now that the international legal system of humanitarian protection from war has been thrown in the bin by the Israeli government, in Gaza, no one is safe. It has already killed 60 journalists in addition to the 15,000 defenceless women and children of Palestine, in their revenge drive for the October massacre by Hamas.

No one, Muslim, Hindu, Christian, Druze or Jain is now safe from the indiscriminate killing capacity of the US-supplied strike aircraft of the IAF with its lethal missiles, rockets and bombs, in its quest for complete domination of the Middle East and, in particular, of all that land from Cairo to the River Jordan – as, apparently, promised to them by God: notwithstanding that Netanyahu, the chief protagonist, is a secular Jew who never goes near a synagogue.

However, he has his career prospects to consider, so the deliberate killing, by the IDF, of acclaimed Al Jazeera journalist, Shireen Abu Akleh, just a year ago together with, now, at least 59 other unarmed, media reporters, is just another bloodied step along his career path, as he tears up international treaties on human rights and the rules of war.

Eventually, of course, he will be indicted before the ICC, under charges of war crime.

Meanwhile, however, this Likud leader of the Political Zionists, is power-hungry, as was his mentor and idol, Vladimir Jabotinsky, the leader of the former terrorist paramilitary, ETZEL, the Irgun Zvai Leumi, and, incidentally, the previous employer of Netanyahu’s father, Benzion.

Of course, Jabotinsky has long since gone but Political Zionism and the principle of forcibly annexing land to double or treble the size of the Israeli state, is still extant in the mind and actions of this now aging demagogue who still decides who will live, and who will die, among the 2.2 million of now destroyed Gaza.

If he is not stopped, WW3 is likely to ensue as a direct consequence of this escalating attack on 2.2 million civilians, and then both Israel and Gaza will be immaterial in the context of a global war with nuclear and chemical weapons being deployed.  Already, the EU and other nation states around the world are preparing for war.   At some point, soon, human survival itself will be at risk.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Hans Stehling is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from The Unz Review

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Read Part I:

The Hidden Reasons Behind the War on Gaza. Netanyahu’s Plan for “A New Middle East”

By Richard Medhurst, December 04, 2023


“Israel” and the United States have been planning for decades to build the so-called “Ben Gurion Canal,” a rival to the infamous Suez Canal in Egypt. This Ben Gurion Canal would begin at “Eilat”, and finish right next to, if not directly through, Gaza.

The Suez Canal is one of the most important construction and irrigation projects in history, connecting the Red Sea to the Mediterranean Sea. So vital to trade is the Suez Canal that a war was even fought over it in 1956: “Israel”, Britain, and France attacked Egypt for daring to nationalize the Suez Canal – its own land.

A document declassified in the 1990s showed that just a few years after the Suez Crisis, the Americans hatched a secret plan in 1963 to detonate 520 nuclear bombs in al-Naqab desert to help “Israel” construct the “Ben Gurion Canal.”

US classified document from 1963 proposing the use of nuclear bombs to clear a path for the “Ben Gurion Canal” in al-Naqab Desert, Palestine 

How the opening of Egypt’s Suez Canal revolutionized world trade and cut shipping time and costs

The Suez Canal is a geostrategic asset in every sense of the word: it sits at the intersection of three continents and two bodies of water.

It cuts shipping times and costs by so much that today 12% of global trade and 30% of global container traffic pass through the Suez Canal.

Egyptian President el-Sisi was told in the last weeks that if he accepts “Israel’s” plan to take Palestinians in Gaza and put them in the Sinai desert, which “Israel” would pay for, then the United States would wipe Egypt’s national debt.

This is why “Israel” is absolutely obliterating Gaza – they want to seize Gaza for themselves and kill off all Palestinians and the Resistance.

Nile River

In addition to offering debt relief, the United States and “Israel” have another incentive for Egypt lined up.

Egypt has been suffering from acute water shortages since its neighbor Ethiopia built the so-called Renaissance Dam in 2011, cutting much-needed water from the Nile to both Sudan and Egypt. It has caused a huge dispute ever since that has yet to be resolved.

Ethiopia’s Renaissance Dam, built in 2011

Ethiopia has a significant Jewish population. The United States and “Israel” could theoretically lean on Ethiopia, as they have done before, and pressure it not to fill up its reservoirs, which would be detrimental to Egypt and incentivize el-Sisi to take in Palestinians from Gaza.

While it is a natural human response to flee war, Palestinians have refused to abandon their homes in Gaza for a very good reason: they know that if they leave, they will never see their homes again. Most people in Gaza originally came from other parts of Palestine. They already lost their homes once to Israeli settlers from 1948 onward, and they are not willing to lose their homes again.

So despite the appeal of having Gazans move to supposed “safety” in the Sinai, this would be a betrayal of the Palestinian cause and the surrender of even more land to the Zionist occupation. The Israelis would then build their “Ben Gurion Canal,” cementing Washington and “Tel Aviv’s” control over the world’s most important shipping lane and global maritime trade.

The “Ben Gurion Canal” is the last piece of the puzzle in “Israel” and the United States attempts to control all strategic shipping lanes

1. The Red Sea

The Red Sea, which would feed into the “Ben Gurion Canal,” already has a huge presence of American and Israeli troops. Did you know that “Israel’s” biggest military base is located in the Red Sea, on the Island of Dahlak, in Eritrea?

This base was hit by Yemen in the last few weeks, in support of Gaza, as Yemen is an integral part of the Resistance Axis.

2. The Gulf of Aden and Bab el-Mandab Strait

Yemen is located near Eritrea, in a crucial area: the Gulf of Aden and Bab al-Mandab Strait. Tens of thousands of ships pass this area every year, including a large percentage of the world’s petroleum vessels.

The US has been trying for decades to control this important shipping lane by putting troops right opposite Yemen, inside Djibouti, Somalia, and the region known as the Horn of Africa.

The United States has also tried to control this area by attacking Yemen from the rear, using Saudi Arabia and other Gulf countries, and carrying out its own drone strikes. This war has been ongoing for 8 years; it devastated Yemen, and the media barely covered it.

3. Socotra Island

We come then to the Yemeni island of Socotra. To remind you how strategic this area is, it is located between the Horn of Africa, the Gulf of Aden, the Arabian Sea, and the Indian Ocean.

The UAE, after normalizing ties with “Israel”, helped “Israel” to establish a military presence and spy bases on Socotra.

The importance of the Bab al-Mandab Strait is that both Iran and China need to use this shipping lane, for Iran to export fuel and for China as the world’s largest economy and largest trading partner of most countries.

4. The Strait of Hormuz

Continue up the Arabian coast, and you get to another vital strait: the Strait of Hormuz.

There is an entire de facto Cold War taking place here: a tanker war.

The US and “Israel” constantly try to sink Iranian fuel ships, and Iran responds in kind by hitting Israeli-owned ships. Britain also tried playing this game in the Strait of Gibraltar by hijacking an Iranian ship. Only when Iran gave Britain a taste of its own medicine did Britain get the message and let the Iranian ship go.

The US has gone so far as to even steal Iranian fuel tankers and sell off the cargo – a practice commonly referred to as piracy.

The US and “Israel” want to control this vital part of the world, so they can attack Iranian and Chinese ships in Bab al-Mandab Strait, up into the Red Sea, and of course by replacing the Suez Canal with the “Ben Gurion Canal.”

This final piece of the puzzle will allow the US and “Israel” to dominate world maritime trade.

They can use this not only to the benefit of their own economies but also to damage and attack other countries’ economies, such as those of China, Iran, Egypt, Syria, and Lebanon. It is literally a robbery highway on the high seas.

And the “Ben Gurion Canal” is the key to all of this.

Where Are the Arabs and Muslims?

Egypt could stop this war in Gaza right now by shutting down the Suez Canal. Were late Egyptian President Gamal Abdel Nasser still here, he wouldn’t have even thought twice.

It’s bewildering that Egypt doesn’t shut the Suez– if not for Gaza’s sake, then for its own sake. It is Egypt’s economy and the Suez Canal that will suffer if “Israel” gets away with genocide in Gaza and building its “Ben Gurion Canal.”

Why doesn’t Saudi Arabia threaten to cut oil production for one week – even just for a day to try and stop the war? Or is there something in it for them, were Gaza to be replaced with a canal?

Where are the Arabs? Where are the Muslims? Why don’t the kingdoms in the Gulf use their wealth and resources to help Gaza?

If you look at the European Union, they have nothing in common except geography. They speak over 24 languages. Whereas the Arab world today, from Morocco to Oman, has a common tongue, common geography, common religion, common history, and common culture.

This automatically makes the Arabs a global superpower – not to mention the enormous wealth of natural resources, the geographical landmass, and the population, which are all essential criteria of “hard power”.

It is not only the size of the Arab world, but look at the straits: all the vital straits and shipping lanes are located in Arab countries: The strait of Gibraltar, (originally Jabal Ṭāriq), the Suez Canal, the Bab al-Mandob Strait, and the Strait of Hormuz between Iran and Oman.

All vital straits are located in Arab countries

European colonial powers understood how powerful Arab countries were a long time ago, so they planted “Israel” right in the middle to create chaos. And then they worked on bringing the Arab kingdoms over to their side and to make them normalize ties with “Israel”.

All these borders in the Middle East didn’t even exist until Britain and France – the same European powers that created and back “Israel” today – drew them.

Europe’s foreign policy toward the Middle East is a divide-and-conquer strategy. It is all about colonialism and theft. It is about dividing up the Arab world, creating instability, and controlling the resources and straits.

European colonial powers always play the sectarian card to achieve this: they pitted Sunni against Shia in Iraq and Lebanon. Now they try to do it between Arabs and Iran. In Palestine, they lie again and say the struggle is “between Jews and Muslims”. It has never been about that. This war has nothing to do with Hamas or religion. It has always been about colonialism because the West is afraid of unity between Arabs and Muslim countries.

The entire world can’t believe how “Israel” is allowed to slaughter Palestinians like this in broad daylight and get away with it. How is it that the so-called “civilized West” supports this behavior? Why won’t Western leaders even call for a ceasefire? The answer is that this genocide in Gaza is their project too. “Israel” itself is a European and American imperialist project, and these “leaders” are all complicit.

The theft of Arab resources and control over the straits and canals will ultimately impact everybody in the Middle East negatively – not to mention all the suffering Palestinians have had to endure. And that is precisely why the whole Axis of Resistance – Palestine, Yemen, Iran, Iraq, Syria, Lebanon – is involved in this fight on multiple fronts. It is about time for other Arab and Muslim countries to do their part for Gaza too: cut all ties with “Israel”, impose an oil embargo on the West, and shut down the Suez Canal. The entire world is watching you.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image: Illustrated By Zeinab al-Hajj; Al Mayadeen English

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

High-level Israeli military officers are conducting private briefings for members of the U.S. Congress on Israel’s war on Gaza, according to documents reviewed by The Intercept. The briefings ramped up as questions emerged on Capitol Hill about Israel’s conduct in the war and ceasefire calls gained steam.

“There’s an Israel PR blitz happening this week facilitated by a handful of senators,” said a source familiar with the meetings in the upper chamber. “Practically all of the briefings on this issue these last few weeks have been members-only,” meaning congressional staff and the public are not welcome.

One briefing exclusive to members of the Senate scheduled on Monday and organized by Sen. Tammy Duckworth, D-Ill., involved three senior Israel Defense Forces officers stationed at the Israeli Embassy.

“Sen. Duckworth would like to invite your boss to a last-minute meeting with Israeli Defense officials to discuss Israel’s strategy, how they are waging the war and what to expect in the day after the scenarios,” according to a memo obtained by The Intercept. (Duckworth did not immediately respond to a request for comment.)

The briefings are coming as Israel faces an international backlash over its assault on the Gaza Strip. Israel says it is seeking to eliminate Hamas, the Palestinian terror group that killed hundreds of Israeli civilians in its October 7 surprise attack.

The Intercept has learned of around half a dozen events coordinated with Israeli officials during recent weeks. The Intercept reviewed materials relating to four of the briefings. Sen. J.D. Vance, R-Ohio, who said he had not spoken with the Israel Defense Forces in recent days, told The Intercept,

“I know there are going to be some folks from the IDF here tomorrow or the day after to brief members of Congress.”

Sen. Kirsten Gillibrand, D-N.Y., told The Intercept,

“I have had private conversations with IDF officials but I didn’t attend any briefings.” (She declined to comment on her meetings.)

In response to the Hamas attack, Israel launched airstrikes against Gaza and undertook a ground invasion. Israel’s offensive has faced criticisms for its death toll, with more than 14,000 Palestinians dying, according to the Gaza Health Ministry, and enormous damage to Gaza, one of the most densely populated places on Earth. Over the weekend, Hamas and Israel agreed to a “pause” in fighting to allow for the release of Israeli hostages in Gaza in exchange for humanitarian aid for Palestinians. The temporary truce is set to expire, but talks for an extension are ongoing.

Calls for a ceasefire on Capitol Hill started slowly but have gained steam in recent weeks. As of Tuesday morning, a total of 43 members from both chambers of Congress had called for a ceasefire. Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., a progressive who had publicly sided with Israel after the October 7 attack, said on Tuesday he may put forward a bill conditioning aid to Israel, The Intercept reported.

The shifts spurred the increased pace of congressional briefings with IDF officials, some of which were hastily arranged.

“The IDF didn’t anticipate that there would be this much backlash to Israel,” said the source, who asked for anonymity because they were not authorized to speak. “And, with the prospect of an even longer-term ceasefire, are putting together an all-hands-on-deck PR blitz to keep Senators at bay.”

Frequent and Secret Briefings

While members of Congress and their staff frequently hold meetings with foreign officials, including military officials, the invitations for briefings with current and former Israeli officials have come in rapid succession over recent weeks.

“It isn’t entirely unusual for senators to have member-only meetings or briefings on sensitive or classified issues,” said the source. “What is unusual is the frequency with which they’ve happened recently — especially this week — the secrecy involved, and the single-issue focus.”

Sen. Cory Booker, D-N.J., appeared to suggest some of the briefings were secret.

“My friend, I would not speak about those classified meetings,” Booker told The Intercept when asked about the IDF briefings. (None of the materials reviewed by The Intercept indicated the briefings were classified.)

Briefers in the closed-door meetings were to include several senior Israeli military officials stationed at the embassy, including Maj. Gen. Tal Kelman, former head of the strategic directorate and Iran Division; Col. Itai Shapira, a former senior Israeli Defense Intelligence officer; and Lt. Col. Yotam Shefer of the Coordinator of Government Activities in the Territories, the Israeli military unit responsible for mediating between Israel and the Palestinian Authority. (The Israeli Embassy referred questions to the IDF, which did not immediately respond.)

One briefing was scheduled to take place in-person on Capitol Hill for an hour on Monday evening.

Another briefing, scheduled for Tuesday, is slated to have the former chief of Israeli military intelligence, retired Maj. Gen. Amos Yadlin, brief Sen. Martin Heinrich, D-N.M. Yadlin has issued fiery statements following the Hamas attack, saying that Hamas “will pay like the Nazis paid in Europe.” (Heinrich and Yadlin did not immediately respond to requests for comment.)

Another briefing, scheduled for Tuesday morning and organized by Sens. Richard Blumenthal, D-Conn., and Marco Rubio, R-Fla., is a closed screening of 47 minutes of footage of Hamas atrocities committed on October 7.

“It’s important to bear witness in real time,” Sen. Jacky Rosen, D-Nev., who helped arrange the viewing, told reporters. “Sometime in the future, we’ll go — there’ll be a museum, there’ll be a memorial, there’ll be another Yad Vashem or Holocaust museum.”

“It isn’t a coincidence that these briefings are now happening as public opinion is shifting and the pressure to corral lawmakers,” the source said, “and the recipients of their campaign contributions.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Funeral for Palestine TV journalist Mohammad Abu Hattab. Credit: X/@MuhammadSmiry

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Ever since the failure of the Kiev regime’s much-touted counteroffensive, one that was supposed to “turn the tables” and “drive Russian forces behind the Urals”, the mainstream propaganda machine has been fighting tooth and nail to justify the failure, while some have engaged in straight up denial and stubbornly tried to portray it as a supposed “win”.

However, the Neo-Nazi junta frontman Volodymyr Zelensky himself just admitted that they will be going on the defense.

In reality, this was neither his decision, nor that of his NATO overlords, but the logical consequence of the failed counteroffensive.

As the Kiev regime is trying to stay afloat amid disastrous losses, both in manpower and equipment, as well as a chronic lack of virtually everything needed to wage a war, the Russian military is slowly moving from active defense and defense-in-depth to careful and incremental offensive operations.

This process is yet to be launched on the entirety of the frontline, but it’s already ongoing in several important directions, including in Avdeyevka, a town some 15 km north/northwest of Donetsk.

Before the NATO-orchestrated war that started in 2014, it was effectively part of the wider Donetsk conurbation.

However, since then, the Kiev regime turned it into a stronghold from which it has kept shelling Donetsk daily for the last nearly ten years.

The Neo-Nazi junta and NATO invested enormous resources into making Avdeyevka a virtual fortress, packed with artillery and various types of munitions necessary to keep the deadly attacks on Donetsk as regular as possible. Thousands of people, the vast majority of them civilians, have been killed, with many more wounded. The town itself was left without most of its inhabitants as the Kiev regime forces took over and heavily militarized it, particularly after the start of the SMO (special military operation).

MAP

Avidiika (Part of Donesk Oblast).

North of the City of Donesk, 

Ever since, Russian forces have been targeting the artillery installations in Avdeyevka to prevent the near-constant shelling. The effort has been largely successful, but the high command in Moscow has been reluctant to launch any massive offensive operations towards the area and for good reason. Namely, the Neo-Nazi junta, aided by the best NATO specialists, spent nearly a decade building an elaborate network of fortifications in the entirety of the western part of Donbass, including Avdeyevka. A series of complex strongholds of that sort would’ve required tens of thousands of soldiers and thousands of pieces of equipment of various kinds concentrated in the area, an exceedingly difficult and dangerous task that would’ve resulted in enormous Russian casualties. Not willing to turn the area into another meatgrinder, Moscow simply kept it in check by preventing the concentration of any large enemy formations (particularly artillery).

These would’ve jeopardized not only Donetsk and the surrounding areas, but the entirety of the frontline in central DNR. However, with the failure of the Kiev regime’s counteroffensive, the situation has changed drastically.

Namely, Russia has not only managed to defeat the abortive attacks by inflicting insurmountable losses on the enemy, with relatively negligible losses for itself, but has also amassed considerable forces.

Supported by its increasingly deadly Aerospace Forces (VKS) and continuous enhancements to its electronic and drone warfare, Moscow exponentially amplified its strike capabilities. Along with massively improved tactical ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance), these pinpoint strikes have helped mechanized infantry to make incremental advances in areas surrounding Avdeyevka, putting the Neo-Nazi junta’s garrison there in an extremely difficult position.

It could be said that the Russian military is attempting to repeat the strategic success at Artyomovsk (previously known as Bakhmut) when the garrison there was defeated after several months of heavy fighting.

It should be noted that Avdeyevka is not defended by the ideologically driven Neo-Nazi battalions, but the regular units of the Kiev regime. These formations are much less motivated to resist, while their equipment and training are almost certainly not on the same level. In addition, heavy losses have made it virtually impossible for the Neo-Nazi junta to ensure proper rotation of units in the area, while the opposite is true for Russian forces. This gives Moscow the ability to send fresh troops into the fray, while their opponents are exhausted by over 20 months of heavy attrition warfare in which they’ve never had any sort of advantage. However, this doesn’t mean Russia will mindlessly throw assault units into the fire and sacrifice them for a propaganda “win”.

It’s important to note that Moscow is in no hurry. On the contrary, the time is working against the Kiev regime that’s now facing an increasingly disillusioned populace, both at home and abroad, with many in the political West talking about the so-called “Ukraine fatigue”.

Russian military sources, such as the “Operation Z: War Correspondents of the Russian Spring” Telegram channel, are reporting extensively on the incremental progress of their forces.

Citing Ukrainian assessments, Russian experts claim that their troops have “a total advantage”. This is not an exaggeration, as Moscow has sent some of its best and most experienced troops to the area, supported by heavy armor, all sorts of artillery and frontline aviation, among other things. This includes thousands of drones that are conducting tactical ISR and strikes against Neo-Nazi junta forces, which is affecting both their already crumbling morale and increasingly scarce resources.

According to “Operation Z”, as of December 3, Russian troops are steadily carrying out assault operations, concentrating mainly on Stepovoye (just northwest of Avdeyevka) and its outskirts. The delivery of equipment and personnel takes place in Krasnogorovka, the main point of troop concentration, with which they keep advancing further west. Russian forces are currently trying to take control of all areas between the railways to secure their flank and continue advancing toward Ocheretino.

North of Stepovoye, the Russian military is attempting the encirclement of Berdychi. They currently control the eastern part, the most populated area of the settlement, but are closing in on the center. The Russians are advancing in large numbers to the south of Berdychi, trying to press on toward Stepovoye. Their advantages are overwhelming, particularly in terms of numerical superiority, equipment, logistics and other modern battlefield aspects.

Target acquisition, aided by force reconnaissance (conducted by special forces), artillery, drones, attack helicopters, tanks and infantry are all used to great effect against the entrenched Kiev regime forces. According to Semyon Pegov, a prominent Russian war blogger (known for his WarGonzo Telegram channel), Avdeyevka is effectively a fortress due to its countless reinforced bunkers.

He has also compared the fighting to the infamous trench warfare of World War One. Pegov recently reported that Russian forces took control of Avdeyevka’s industrial zone and that the cluster munitions used by the VKS are inflicting enormous losses on the Neo-Nazi junta forces. However, as previously mentioned, Moscow will need to tread carefully to avoid massive casualties. It’s impossible to conduct this sort of offensive operation without losses, but the goal of the high command is to keep them at a minimum.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Residential building in Avdiivka city (Donetsk region of Ukraine) after Russian shelling and airstrikes on the city on 17 March 2023 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

 

 

June 23, 2022 – I unplugged my 39-year-old husband, Dan Boken, from life support. It was the worst day of my life. 

We were a happy family of four, torn into a thousand pieces in an instant. The nine long months leading up to that night felt like I was in an abyss.

Dan, a commercial airline pilot, had spent the past year training to become a Boeing 737 captain at Canadian North. His dedication was unwavering, and we were incredibly proud of him. However, his job came with sacrifices, including extended periods away from our family.

When Transport Canada introduced COVID vaccine mandates for airline employees, Dan was faced with a difficult choice. He had an underlying auto-immune condition and was uncertain about the vaccine’s safety for him. Nevertheless, he chose to get vaccinated in order to provide for our family. But, almost immediately after his second dose, he became gravely ill.

His health deteriorated for months, and once hospitalized, he was diagnosed with hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis (HLH), an autoimmune condition linked to vaccine side effects. He was hospitalized and became a medical mystery, undergoing numerous treatments, but his condition only worsened.

Dan was in the hospital for just under a month, isolated due to COVID measures. The dire reality of his situation weighed heavily on our family because visitation was heavily restricted. On Father’s Day, a special visit was planned so he could see our young boys, but it was canceled as Dan ended up on a ventilator the day before. Our sons never got to say goodbye to their dad.

Dan’s battle ended with a brain bleed caused by blood clots throughout his body. The loss was devastating, leaving an unfillable void in our lives. We, like thousands of others, navigated the labyrinth of healthcare, learning a new vocabulary of medical terms.

I waited patiently for 14 months after, for his final autopsy report. Once received, I noticed that they had changed his cause of death from a brain bleed, to COVID-19. His vaccination status wasn’t even mentioned in the report, despite that fact that the injury was officially reported by two separate doctors to Ottawa Public Health.

I was suspicious, and that led me to get a second opinion from an experienced Pathologist. I knew something was off. He reviewed Dan’s entire medical history as well as the autopsy and confirmed what I already knew. The vaccine was a contraindication to Dan’s Crohn’s disease, and was the reason he initially became so ill.

I’ve struggled to talk about this because I knew it would be censored. I didn’t want to be attacked or ridiculed for sharing the truth about what happened because it might go against the beliefs of others. I’m at the point now where I don’t care what people say. I know what happened and the truth must come out. For Dan’s sake.

This tragedy didn’t need to happen, but from the depths of despair, I found the strength to persevere. Having our two boys to care for is what got me out of bed in the morning and gave me a purpose. Through it all, I remained committed to self-care. I stayed consistent with my nutrition, exercise, and yoga, providing another lifeline to pull me from the abyss. I’m now ready to use these practices to channel my grief into a mission – helping other women facing their biggest challenges and obstacles.

Today, I am a women’s wellness coach, dedicated to supporting and empowering women to overcome their adversities. My journey from heartbreak to healing has given me a unique perspective and a newfound purpose. I’ve learned that even in the darkest of times, we can find the resilience within ourselves to triumph over tragedy.

My story is a testament to the strength of the human spirit and the power of self-care in the face of unimaginable loss. While I will always carry the memory of that fateful day, I’ve learned to transform my pain into a source of strength and motivation, driven to make a difference in the lives of others.

Thanks for reading this story. It was very hard for me to write, but I feel a lot better now that I’ve shared.

Leah B 💖

Nov. 19, 2022 – 54 year old Captain Patrick James Ford, American Eagle (Envoy) pilot, age 54, died in-flight after departure from Chicago O’Hare.

Image

On Saturday, November 19th, Captain Patrick Ford was in command of American Eagle (Envoy Air) flight 3556 from Chicago’s O’Hare International Airport (ORD) en route to John Glenn Columbus International Airport (CMH) in Ohio. The Embraer E175 had just taken off when the co-pilot reported to ATC the Ford was incapacitated. The co-pilot took control of the aircraft carrying 57 passengers & crew and returned safely to land at ORD. According to online reports, Ford was a captain in training and was accompanied on the flight by Line Check Captain Brandon Hendrickson, indicating that Ford was possibly performing a training flight. 

The airline confirmed that Captain Ford was later pronounced dead after reaching the hospital. 

“Despite heroic efforts by those on board and first responders on the ground, our colleague passed away at the hospital,” Envoy Air, a regional carrier owned by American Airlines, said in a statement. “We’re deeply saddened and are doing all we can to support his family and our colleagues at this time.”

Ikar Airlines Boeing pilot died in-flight across Russia (Sep. 18, 2022)

A pilot died suddenly during a flight between the Russian cities of Novokuznetsk and St.Petersburg on Sunday (Sep. 18, 2022), officials told state-run media (click here)

Authorities told RIA Novosti that the unnamed pilot, identified as a flight commander, felt sick during the trip. The commander died before medical attention could be given to the pilot, officials said. Ikar Airlines is also known as Pegas Fly.

The cause of death of the pilot has not been revealed.

Citilink Indonesia Flight pilot, age 48, died after landing plane (July 21, 2022)

Citilink Indonesia flight – an Airbus A320 carrying more than 100 passengers – had departed from Surabaya’s international airport in East Java province and was headed to Ujung Pandang city in South Sulawesi province on July 21, 2022 (click here).

The pilot, 48 year old Boy Awalia, suffered a health emergency 15 minutes after take-off and was forced to return to the airport before being rushed to a hospital where he later died (click here).

The airline said it had conducted health checks prior to the flight for all crew on duty and that they were “declared fit or airworthy,” according to a statement from Dewa Kadek Rai, the president director of PT Citilink Indonesia.

June 29, 2022 – UK Pilot Instructor, age 57, died suddenly in-flight

June 2022 – A flying instructor died in-flight after suffering a cardiac arrest, but his co-pilot thought he was fooling around (click here).

According to a newly published safety report on the incident, the pilot thought the instructor was pretending to be asleep as the pair flew a circuit near Blackpool Airport in Lancashire, England, on June 29, 2022.

Shortly after takeoff, the instructor’s head rolled back. The pilot knew the 57-year-old instructor well and thought he was just pretending to take a nap. However, when he landed the plane and his co-pilot was still resting on his shoulder and not responding, he realized something was amiss (click here).

A post-mortem examination concluded that the instructor died from acute cardiac failure. He had passed a medical four months earlier. The report found there was no indication that the instructor was unwell.

“People who had spoken to him on the morning of the incident said he was his normal cheerful self and there were no indications that he was feeling unwell,” the report said.

June 22, 2022 – Philippines Pilot Jose Mari Chua had a ruptured brain aneurysm and died suddenly

Pilot Incapacitations and In-flight Deaths (16) 

Dec. 18, 2022 – Air Canada flight AC-51 from Delhi (India) to Montreal, QC (Canada), pilot was incapacitated along with two cabin crew. The pilot was replaced by the relief pilot, cabin crew duties were redistributed and the aircraft continued to destination.

Nov. 19, 2022 – Envoy flight AA-3556 from Chicago O’Hare, IL to Columbus, OH (USA), was in the initial climb, when the training captain in the right hand seat reported the captain in training was incapacitated and “knocked out” and they needed to return. The first officer indicated paramedics should proceed to the gate. The captain in training was later reported to have passed away despite resuscitation.

Nov. 16, 2022 – Westjet flight WS-661 from Toronto, ON to Calgary, AB (Canada) with 117 passengers and 5 crew, was enroute at FL360 about 110nm east of Winnipeg, MB (Canada) when one of the pilots became briefly incapacitated. A pilot travelling as passenger was utilized as a precautionary measure while the aircraft diverted to Winnipeg for a safe landing.

Oct. 27, 2022 – Flydubai flight FZ-1942 from Tashkent (Uzbekistan) to Dubai (united Arab Emirates) with 172 people on board, was enroute 260nm northeast of Shiraz (Iran) when the captain became unconscious prompting the first officer to declare emergency and divert to Shiraz, where the aircraft landed safely.

Oct. 22, 2022 – Austrian Airlines flight OS-87 from Vienna (Austria) to New York JFK,NY (USA), was climbing out of Vienna when the captain stopped the climb after the first officer became incapacitated and returned the aircraft to Vienna for a safe landing.

Sep. 26, 2022 – Air Canada flight AC-1097 from Toronto, ON (Canada) to San Jose (Costa Rica), was enroute over the Gulf of Mexico about 350nm southwest of Orlando, FL (USA) when one of the pilots became incapacitated. The other pilot declared PAN PAN and diverted the aircraft to Orlando, where the aircraft landed safely about 60 minutes after the decision to divert.

Sep. 22, 2022 – JET2 flight LS-662 from Larnaca (Cyprus) to East Midlands, EN (UK). About 70nm southeast of Frankfurt/Main (Germany) the captain declared an emergency reporting the first officer was incapacitated and decided to divert to Frankfurt for a safe landing.

Aug. 27, 2022 – Air Transat flight TS-244 from Toronto, ON (Canada) to Glasgow, SC (UK) with 297 passengers and 11 crew, was enroute about 50nm west of Montreal, QC (Canada) when the aircraft diverted to Montreal due to the incapacitation of a member of the flight crew. The aircraft landed safely.

Aug. 23, 2022 – Jet2.com flight LS-1239 from Birmingham, EN (UK) to Antalya (Turkey), was enroute about 110nm northnortheast of Thessaloniki (Greece) when one of the pilots fainted prompting the other pilot to divert the aircraft to Thessaloniki, where the aircraft landed safely. Passengers reported they had just gone through turbulence when a commotion started at the front of the aircraft. Subsequently there were told one of the pilots had fainted and they were diverting to Thessaloniki. After landing in Greece they had to wait for an hour until the ambulance arrived.

July 24, 2022 – Eurowings flight EW-634 from Cologne (Germany) to Rhodes (Greece), was enroute about 10nm northwest of Munich (Germany) when the captain decided to divert the aircraft to Munich due to the first officer becoming ill and needing oxygen. The aircraft landed safely about 25 minutes later.

July 21, 2022 – Citilink flight QG-307 from Surabaya to Ujung Pandang (Indonesia) with 171 passengers. Pilot became incapacitated during take-off climb and co-pilot stopped the climb and returned to the airport. The captain was taken to a hospital, but subsequently was reported to have died.

July 3, 2022 – Jazz flight QK-8543 from Montreal, QC to Regina, SK (Canada), was enroute about 600nm northwest of Montreal when the captain became ill prompting the crew to return to Montreal, where the aircraft landed safely about 90 minutes later. Medical services took care of the captain.

June 12, 2022 – Easyjet flight U2-6938 from Heraklion (Greece) to Edinburgh, SC (UK), was nearing Edinburgh when the captain left the cockpit for the toilet but did not return. On descent into Edinburgh the first officer declared emergency and continued for a safe landing. The airline reported the first officer requested an immediate landing due to the captain’s ill health during the approach to Edinburgh. Paramedics met the captain after landing.

May 11, 2022 – Cessna 208 single engine plane – Darren Harrison with no piloting experience landed a Cessna 208 Caravan (N333LD) on May 11, 2022 at Palm Beach International Airport with the help of ATC after the airplane’s pilot reportedly suffered a medical emergency that incapacitated him. (Source)

April 10, 2022 – Easyjet flight U2-2213 from London Luton, EN (UK) to Agadir (Morocco), was enroute about 60nm north of Faro (Portugal) when one of the pilots declared emergency reporting his colleague had become ill and was incapacitated. The aircraft landed safely. Authorities in Faro reported the aircraft diverted due to sudden illness of one of the pilots, after landing the pilot was taken care of and transported to a hospital.

Jan. 18, 2022 – Corsair flight SS-925 (dep Jan 17th) from Fort de France (Martinique) to Paris Orly (France) – during flight captain lost consciousness and is believed to have had a stroke. First Officer diverted the plane to Lajes Azores Islands and Captain was hospitalized for several days.

My Take

I was not tracking pilot incapacitations and deaths in 2022, therefore I know I may have missed some in this article.

Nevertheless, as more tragic stories like Pilot Dan Boken’s come to light, I will be updating this record.

In this article, I document 20 pilot sudden deaths or incapacitations in 2022.

2023 is going to be more than double that.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Religious Diversity of the Middle East

December 4th, 2023 by Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Middle East is commonplace from which three global religions originated: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam.  All three confessions recognize the Prophet, Abraham.  

Judaism

Judaism is a monotheistic religion of the Jewish people, i.e. with a belief in one God and foundations in Mosaic and rabbinical teachings. The Jewish people have been asked to accept the worshiping of one God instead of many (polytheism). The will of this one God, the Creator, is expressed in the Torah – the first five books of the Bible (the Pentateuch) which contains the Ten Commandments. Such Jewish monotheism was later inherited and adopted by both Christianity and Islam. The essence of Judaism is that the Jews believe that as a result of the agreement between God and Abraham, they as the Chosen People have a unique relationship with God. Besides, they believe that the Messiah is going to be sent by God with a mission to collect all peoples of Israel in the promised land and bring everlasting peace to Earth. The Christians, but not the Jews, believe that Jesus Christ was such a Messiah.

There are three forms of Judaism: Orthodox Judaism, Liberal Judaism, and Reform Judaism. 

Orthodox Judaism

Orthodox Judaism teaches that the Torah or the five books of Moses has all the divine revelation that Jews require. In Orthodox Judaism, religious practice is strictly observed. However, when certain interpretations of the Torah are necessary then the reference is sought in the Talmud. Orthodox Jews practice the separation of sexes in synagogues during worship. Many Orthodox Jews support the Zionist movement and political designs but they deplore the secular origins of it and support the fact that Israel after 1948 is not a fully religious state. The Orthodox Jew recognizes a person as Jewish only if he/she has a Jewish mother or undergoes an arduous process of conversion. Nonetheless, the Israeli Law of Return, which deals with emigration to Israel, accepts all those with a Jewish grandmother as potential citizens of Israel.

Liberal Judaism

The spread of Liberal Judaism started around 1780 in Germany as a response to the need to redefine the meaning and practical performance of the Torah in the changing social atmosphere of the time of the West European Enlightenment. Therefore, Liberal Jews see the revelations of the five books of Moses as progressive rather than static as expressing God’s teaching rather than God’s law. As a direct practical consequence of such an attitude, it allowed for a significant evolution in religious law and practice. Besides, it resulted in important changes in both food and custom. In Europe, Liberal Judaism is also known as Progressive Judaism which is roughly equivalent to Reform Judaism in the USA.

Reform Judaism

Reform Judaism has also been founded in Germany by Zachariah Frankel (1801−1875) as a reaction to the perceived carelessness of Liberal Judaism. Frankel himself questioned all divine inspiration of the Torah but retained observance of some Jewish laws and traditions. In the USA, Reform Judaism is understood as the whole of the Liberal tradition that was brought to the USA by immigrants from Germany in the 19th century.

Christianity 

Christianity is the last great global religion that emerged before Islam and after Judaism.

It is dogmatically based on Judaism, originating in Palestine. Differently, compared with the case of Muhammad, it is little known and scientifically proven of the Christian founder, Jesus of Nazareth, before he started to preach, according to the Bible, about the Kingdom of God.

Nevertheless, that was a message for which the majority of Palestine Jews have been waiting for centuries. As the Jewish country was occupied by the Romans in A.D. 6 the Jews have been waiting for the long-promised Messiah or the Saviour who had the focal aim to liberate them and their land.

The Jews at first followed Jesus thinking he was the Messiah whom they waiting for. However, the Jewish authorities were suspicious about his role and his popular support soon decreased. After three years of teaching and preaching Jesus Christ was arrested as a fake Messiah, handed over to the Roman procurator, and finally crucified (as a revolutionary).

The new Christian faith proved to be inflexible, despite the fact of his founder’s early death. Whether Jesus Christ himself believed that God (Jehova/Jahve) had sent him to convert the gentiles (not Jews) is still not clear according to the sources. Nevertheless, it was left to Paul, a Jewish convert from Tarsus, to show the power and extent of Christianity’s appeal as he preached in the Aegean islands, Asia Minor, Greece, Italy, and maybe as far as the Iberian Peninsula where within all these lands there were Jewish communities. Starting with the journeys of St. Paul, Christian churches sprang up throughout the Roman Empire. By the time of Diocletian’s persecutions (A.D. 304), they had been thickly clustered around the Mediterranean and scattered as far as Britain and the Nile River.  

In essence, Christianity is a religion whose believers follow the teachings of Jesus Christ.

Originally, it was only a Jewish sect in Palestine that believed that Jesus Christ (Jesus of Nazareth) was the Messiah (Christ – a person with the divine message). Very much due to the former PhariseeSaul of Tarsus who later became St. Paul, Christianity soon became an independent organization. Christian believers experienced persecution by the state, although it was not at the beginning clear legal foundations for it until A.D. 250. Nevertheless, by the 3rd century A.D., Christians could be found throughout the Roman Empire.

The Emperor Constantine the Great ended persecutions in 313 and 380 the other Emperor, Theodosius, recognized Christianity as a state religion. 

Islam

The birth, rise, and expansion of Islam are some of the most significant and far-reaching historical events and its impact is very important in our times too. 

Islam as both religion and life philosophy started later, in A.D. 570, with the birth of Muhammad the Prophet in Mecca on the Arabian Peninsula.

The founder of Islam as a personality was a combination of a social reformer, military General, statesman, empire builder, and visionary.

Islam originated in his teaching which he framed in the Qur’an or Koran which is the holy book of Muslims like the Bible to the Christians, or the Torah to the Jews. Islam means the act of giving one’s self to God (Allah), and a person who behaves and follows the teachings of Islam is called a Muslim.

All non-Arabs, like, for instance, the Iranians or the Turks, are linked to their Muslim brothers and sisters around the world by their common religion of Islam. More than half of the world’s 1,6 billion Muslims are today not Arab according to their origin.

Muhammad spread God’s message to mankind as the last Prophet of God.

Muslims believe that God spoke through the mouth of Muhammad and that the Qur’an (recitation) is the Word of God.

A historical figure of Muhammad, according to Muslim belief, is the Seal of the Prophets, and no other Prophets will come after him. Nevertheless, he is not divine as divinity belongs only to God alone. His message to the people of West Arabia was that they should stop worshiping idols, and submit instead to the will of Allah.  

This religion soon after the death of the Prophet spread out firstly across the Middle East and later further beyond its boundaries.

At its peak, the empire of Islamic believers has been larger compared to the Roman Empire at its zenith. Formally, the Qur’an has the discourses that God revealed to his Prophet from Mecca. However, as a religion, Islam is diverse as it has different interpretations of its teachings like Sunni Muslims in North Africa and Saudi Arabia on one hand and Shia Muslims in Iran or Iraq where most believers are Shia.

It is clear to an expert in the studies of the Middle East that Islam possesses an extreme power over the life and culture of the local people since the 7th century, Islam has become the focal binder among the peoples of the Middle East – it is a way of life for them but not only a religion.  

There are five pillars of Islamic belief accepted and respected by all Muslims (visually, these five principles compose the coat of arms of the Islamic Republic of Iran):

  1. The profession of Faith or Shahadah. This is an open proclamation of submission that “there is no God but Allah and Muhammad is the messenger of God”. At Muslim shrines – mosques – this sentence is chanted five times per day.
  2. Prayer or Salah. At prescribed hours, worship or ritual prayer has to be prayed five times per day, individually if not preferably in groups. The bowing or kneeling is toward Mecca (for Christians the praying is toward Jerusalem). The Muslim prayer must be pure, hence newly washed and not dirty. For the Muslims, Friday is traditionally a day reserved for rest, when the congregational prayers of men at midday should be ordinarily performed in the mosque.
  3. Giving charities or Zakah. The teaching of Islam is that all believers must give to charities. In practice today, it ranges from 2 to 10% of one’s annual income. 
  4. Fasting or Sawm. Any Muslim must abstain from food and drink during the 30-day lunar month of Ramadan, while practicing continence in other respects, from dawn to sunset. There are some Muslim states, like, for instance, Saudi Arabia, in which this obligation is legally protected. 
  5. Pilgrimage or Haj. It is an obligation for all Muslims at least once if one is financially and physically able, to perform this act of piety by going to Mecca as a pilgrim during the month of Haj. Especially are respected those Muslim pilgrims who could stay in Meca between 8 and 13 days and perform the rites and ceremonies.

It has to be noticed that for some Muslims exists and the sixth pillar of Islam – Holy War or Al-Jihad –allegedly offers the reward of salvation. However, this effort to promote Islamic values and doctrine is not necessary to be done through the actual war as it was traditionally wrongly understood. Initially, Islam did not particularly encourage conversion.

The Qur’an enjoins Muslims to respect the “people of the book” – members of the other monotheistic religions with written scriptures.

Muslims are expected to show hospitality toward strangers, even if those strangers are not Muslims, and to enhance family relationships.

In fact, the Islamic Holy War that is practiced today by some military and fundamentalist organizations like ISIS or al-Qaeda [supported by the CIA] is a result of globalization, which transcends conventional politics and represents a radical departure from traditional Islam and Islamic values.

Islam is regarded by its followers as the last of the revealed religions after Judaism and Christianity. Muhammad of Mecca is understood as the last of the Prophets after Abraham, Moses, and Jesus. There are three basic and interrelated significations of Islam:

  1. The personal/individual submission to God (Allah).
  2. The Islamic world is a historical reality that includes a variety of communities sharing not only a common fund of cultural legacies.
  3. The concept of an ideal Muslim community is fixed in the Qur’an and some of its supporting sources.

There are two crucial types of Islam: the Sunni Muslims and the Shia Muslims. 

Sunni Islam 

Sunni Islam (in Arabic, sunna means tradition) is the belief and practice as opposed to Shia Islam. Sunni Muslims constitute today over 80% of all Muslims in the world and they follow the sunna – a code of practice based on the hadith collected in the Sihah Satta – six authentic Books of Tradition about the Prophet Muhammad. The term sunna can mean custom, code, or usage. In essence, it means whatever Prophet Muhammad demonstrated as the ideal behavior for a Muslim to follow. Consequently, it complements the Qur’an as a source of legal and ethical guidelines. The Sunni Muslims recognize the order of succession of the first four caliphs and they follow one of four schools of law. In the Middle East (and Pakistan) the Hanafi school prevailed. 

The Shia Muslims or the Shiites

The Shia Muslims or the Shiites (from Arabic – sectarians) are the minority division within Islam (between 15% and 20%). They are in the majority in Iran (where Shia Islam is the official state religion), South Iraq, Azerbaijan, parts of Yemen, Lebanon, Syria, East Africa, North India, and Pakistan. They originated as the Shiat Ali (the “party of Ali”) who was the cousin and son-in-law of Muhammad. The essence is that the Shia Muslims regard Ali and his descendants as the only right heirs to Mohammad as the leader of the Muslims. The Shia Muslims differ from the Sunni primarily concerning the importance they attach to the continuing authority of the imams – authentic interpreters of the sunna or customs, the code of conduct based on the Qur’an followed by hadith or sayings and deeds of Muhammad. They also believe in an inner hidden meaning of the Qur’an.   

Sufism

Sufism is the mystical aspect of the Islamic religion. It emerged as a reaction to strict Islamic orthodoxy. The Sufis seek personal union with God and there are many Sufi poets and scholars followed by Sufi organized orders or brotherhoods.     

In the world, there are 42 Muslim-majority nations of whom Iran, Sudan, and Mauritania are officially Islamic states by Islamic law. Religious diversity is quite visible in all Middle Eastern nations for the reason of different religious minorities like Judaism, or/and Christianity and their branches (sects). Most Muslims are distributed in a broad belt from Morocco to Indonesia and from Central Asia to Tanzania. Nevertheless, the historical and cultural center of Islam is the Middle East, especially the Arabian Peninsula. 

The spread of Islamic religion outside of the Arabian Peninsula started immediately after the death of the Prophet Muhammad in 632. By 711, Arab armies had been attacking Sind in North-East India and preparing for the crossing to the Iberian Peninsula. In practice, the Arab-Islamic conquests in the East exceeded those in the West in both size and importance. In 750, when the dynasty of Abbasids replaced the dynasty of Umayyad, the Islamic Empire ruled by them was the biggest civilization westward of China. After the subjection of Maghreb, Arab forces crossed the Straits of Gibraltar in 711 and occupied the Iberian Peninsula. There were further advances into South France, but the Arab army was defeated at Poitiers in 732, and in 759 they withdrew south of the Pyrenees. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović is a former university professor in Vilnius, Lithuania. He is a Research Fellow at the Center for Geostrategic Studies. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Read Part I:

The War on Gaza: Might vs. Right, and the Insanity of Western Power

By Amir Nour, December 01, 2023


Contextualising a Protracted Conflict: Self-Determination or Self-Defense? 

What is of a paramount importance to assert at the outset is that the ongoing assault on Gaza did not start when Hamas militants launched the “Al-Aqsa Flood” military operation on 7 October. In this respect, an epic parallel information warfare is raging, pitting Israel’s backers in the West against the Palestinians and their supporters across the world. To see through this battle of narratives and help navigate through its treacherous waters, history is critically important and matters more than any other consideration.

That’s why United Nations Secretary-General, António Guterres, was perfectly right when on 24 October 2023 he stated[1] before a special session of the Security Council convened to examine the situation in the Middle East that:

“It is important to also recognize the attacks by Hamas did not happen in a vacuum. The Palestinian people have been subjected to 56 years of suffocating occupation. They have seen their land steadily devoured by settlements and plagued by violence; their economy stifled; their people displaced and their homes demolished. Their hopes for a political solution to their plight have been vanishing”.

He uttered these undeniable facts after warning that:

“the situation in the Middle East is growing more dire by the hour. The war in Gaza is raging and risks spiralling throughout the region. Divisions are splintering societies. Tensions threaten to boil over. At a crucial moment like this, it is vital to be clear on principles – starting with the fundamental principle of respecting and protecting civilians”. He also “condemned unequivocally the horrifying and unprecedented 7 October acts of terror by Hamas in Israel. Nothing can justify the deliberate killing, injuring and kidnapping of civilians – or the launching of rockets against civilian targets. All hostages must be treated humanely and released immediately and without conditions”.

Unsurprisingly though, the Israeli government was quick to condemn this statement in the strongest terms, with Foreign Minister Eli Cohen disrespectfully lashing out at him publicly, saying:

“Mr Secretary General, in what world do you live? Definitely, this is not our world”,

while his Permanent Representative to the United Nations in New York, Gilad Erdan, demanded the Secretary General’s resignation for “ostensibly rationalizing terrorism and spreading pure blood libel”, hence losing all morality and impartiality”, and the Israeli media, jumping on the bandwagon, affirming that Mr. Guterres “has demonstrated a stunning degree of moral bankruptcy”.

Such an unprecedented public fury directed towards a serving U.N. Chief suggests that he, perhaps unwillingly, hit a sensitive nerve within Israel’s establishment and most probably also among their staunch defenders in the West, when questioning their preferred narrative of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, which they all fear to be a mortal threat to the continued existence of Israel as a “Jewish state”.

Upholding the Human Right to Resist Occupation

In an eye-opening opinion[2], Professor Ilan Pappé, a renowned Jewish historian and political scientist, provided a deep explanation for what prompted this wave of scathing Israeli criticism. He says that Israel wants to erase context and history in the war on Gaza because the contextualisation and historicisation of the October 7 attack by Hamas combatants “aid Israel and governments in the West in pursuing policies they shunned in the past due to either ethical, tactical, or strategic considerations” and because this “attack is used by Israel as a pretext to pursue genocidal policies in the Gaza Strip. It is also a pretext for the United States to try and reassert its presence in the Middle East. And it is a pretext for some European countries to violate and limit democratic freedoms in the name of a new ‘war on terror’”. The wider historical context, he added, goes back to the mid-19th century, when evangelical Christianity in the West turned the idea of the “return of the Jews” into a religious millennial imperative and advocated the establishment of a Jewish state in Palestine as part of the steps that would lead to the resurrection of the dead, the return of the Messiah, and the end of time. 

Hence, that theology became policy toward the end of the 19th century and in the years leading up to World War I, for two main reasons:

“First, it worked in the interest of those in Britain wishing to dismantle the Ottoman Empire and incorporate parts of it into the British Empire. Second, it resonated with those within the British aristocracy, both Jews and Christians, who became enchanted with the idea of Zionism as a panacea for the problem of anti-Semitism in Central and Eastern Europe, which had produced an unwelcome wave of Jewish immigration to Britain”; and when these two interests fused, “they propelled the British government to issue the famous – or infamous – Balfour Declaration in 1917”. 

From that time on, Jewish thinkers and activists who redefined Judaism as nationalism hoped this definition would protect Jewish communities from existential danger in Europe by homing in on Palestine as the desired space for “rebirth of the Jewish nation”. In the process, “the cultural and intellectual Zionist project transformed into a settler colonial one – which aimed at Judaising historical Palestine, disregarding the fact that it was inhabited by an indigenous population”.

Prof. Pappé then went on to lay out additional key historical context relevant to the present situation, consisting: the 1948 ethnic cleansing of Palestine that included the forceful expulsion of 750,000 Palestinians into the Gaza Strip from villages on whose ruins some of the Israeli settlements attacked on October 7 were built; the expulsion of 300,000 Palestinians during and in the aftermath of the 1967 war and more than 600,000 from the West Bank, East Jerusalem and the Gaza Strip ever since; the Israeli persistent collective punishment inflicted by the occupational forces on the Palestinians in the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, exposing them to constant harassment by Israeli settlers and security forces and imprisoning hundreds of thousands of them, over the past 50 years;  the increasingly aggressive Israeli policies towards Muslim and Christian holy places in Jerusalem; the 16-year old siege on Gaza where almost half the population are children; and the encirclement of the Gaza Strip by barbed wire and its disconnection from the occupied West Bank and East Jerusalem in the aftermath of the Oslo Accords. Pr Pappé draws the logical conclusion that

“Hamas, in many ways, was the only Palestinian group that promised to avenge or respond to these policies”.

Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid: Carter, Jimmy: 9780743285025: Amazon.com: Books

Also, as early as 2006 – just a few days before the first legislative elections were held in the Palestinian territories to elect the second Palestinian Legislative Council – following the publication of his book “Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid”[3], former President Jimmy Carter (in office from 1977 to 1981) declared that:

“What is being done to the Palestinians now is horrendous in their own territory by the occupying power which is Israel. They have taken away all the basic human rights of the Palestinians, as was done in South Africa against the blacks and I make it very plain in this book that the Apartheid is not based on racism as it was in South Africa but it is based on the desire of a minority of Israelis to acquire land that belongs to the Palestinians and to retain that land, they need to exclude the Palestinians from their own property and subjugate them so they can’t arise and demonstrate their disapproval of being robbed of their own property. That is what is happening in the West Bank and the people in this country, in America, never know about this, they never discuss this, there is no debate about it, there is no criticism of Israel in this country. The basic cause of the conflict is a sustained occupation of other people’s land by the Israelis and this is a direct violation of the United Nations resolutions, it’s a direct violation of the International Quartet’s Road Map. It is a direct violation of the commitments that leaders of Israel have made in the past at Camp David when I was President and in Oslo, promising that Israel will withdraw from occupied territories. They have failed to do so”.

President Carter said that since the book was published, he had been branded an anti-Semite and a bigot. 

Another Israeli writer and columnist who has for more than four decades recognised the dire plight of the Palestinian people and condemned Israeli occupation is Gideon Levy. In his book “The Punishment of Gaza”[4] published in the aftermath of the first war on Gaza (27 December 2008-18 January 2009) he asserted that Israel’s 2009 invasion of Gaza was an act of aggression that killed over a thousand Palestinians and devastated the infrastructure of an already impoverished enclave. Indeed, from 2005 – the year of the so-called Gaza’s “liberation” – through to 2009, Levy tracks the development of Israel policy, which has abandoned the pretence of diplomacy in favour of raw military power, the ultimate aim of which being to deny Palestinians any chance of forming their own independent state. Punished by Israel and the Quartet of international powers for the democratic election of Hamas, Gaza has been transformed into the world’s largest open-air prison. From Gazan families struggling to cope with the random violence of Israel’s blockade and its targeted assassinations, to the machinations of legal experts and the continued connivance of the international community, every aspect of that tragedy is eloquently recorded and forensically analysed. 

Speaking at the National Press Club in Washington D.C., in March 2018, Levy indicated that across the mainstream Israeli political spectrum, there is no challenge to the occupation of Palestinian land. Occupation is off the table in Israel, he said, and nobody talks about it. He sees three sets of deep-rooted values as the core of Israeli society, which explain everything. The first is: “We are the chosen people”. The second is: We are the victims – not only the biggest victims, but the only victims around (…) it enabled us to do whatever we want and nobody is going to tell us what to do because we are the only victims”. And the third is: “The Palestinians are not equal human beings like us. As a result of these entrenched attitudes, “the military occupation in the occupied territories is today one of the most brutal, cruel tyrannies on earth” and “there was never an Israeli statesman who really meant to put an end to the occupation – none of them”. He concluded by saying: “the basis of Zionism is that there is one people which is privileged over the other. That’s the core. This cannot go on. If it goes on, it has only one name. Here [The United States] we call it apartheid”[5]. 

With respect to apartheid precisely, it is worth citing what Benjamin Pogrund had to say in an opinion published just a month before the war on Gaza[6]. In Israel, he said,

“I am now witnessing the apartheid with which I grew up in South Africa. The Israeli government’s fascist, racist power-grab is the gift Israel’s enemies have long awaited. We deny Palestinians any hope of freedom and normal lives. We believe our own propaganda that a few million people will meekly accept perpetual inferiority and oppression. The government is driving Israel deeper and deeper into inhuman, cruel behaviour beyond any defence. I’ve lived through it before: grabbing power, fascism and racism, destroying democracy. Israel is going where South Africa was 75 years ago. He confessed that he did not want to write that article, “It was torn out of me, addressed to Israelis because the right-wing government is taking the country into institutionalised discrimination and racism. This is apartheid”.

Fulfilling the Divine Duty to Wipe Out the Amalekites

In his revelatory book[7], David Livingstone Smith looked at why we dehumanize each other, with stunning examples from world history as well as today’s headlines. “Brute”, “Cockroach”, “Lice”, “Vermin”, “Dog”, “Beast”, he writes, are among other monikers constantly in use to refer to other humans – for political, religious, ethnic, or sexist reasons. He pointed out that human beings have a tendency to regard members of their own kind as less than human. This tendency has made atrocities like the Holocaust, the genocide in Rwanda, and the slave trade possible, and yet we still find it in phenomena such as xenophobia, military propaganda, and racism. The author draws on a rich mix of history, psychology, biology, anthropology and philosophy to document the pervasiveness of dehumanization, describes its forms, and explains why we so often resort to it.

Likewise, citing as an epigraph the well-known quote by German philosopher Friedrich NietzscheWhoever fights monsters should see to it that in the process he does not become a monster”, the Chicago-based Family Institute at Northestern University rightfully observed that the atrocities throughout history – genocides, mass murders, incarcerations of large groups of people – have only been possible through the dehumanization of its victims, the gradual and widespread adoption of the view that those people are less than human. Words (like images) are an essential tool in the dehumanization process of those who are ethnically or racially different. When people are labelled monsters, it becomes easy over time to think of them as inhuman, as not like us. In the same vein, once we perceive others as inhuman, we create an opening that allows us to circumvent our hard-wired social feeling (the foundation of morality) that impedes us from causing them harm. It’s this loophole that enabled the Nazis to perpetrate the Holocaust, that made the horrors of slavery possible for hundreds of years; it’s the same loophole underlying today’s persecution of the Muslim Rohingya by the Buddhist majority in Myanmar.

For her part, as a historian who studies colonial pasts, University of Victoria historian Elizabeth Vibert argues[8] that the dismissal of Palestinians as “barbaric” or somehow “less human” is rooted in a long history of colonising narratives. Referring to renowned Palestinian-American literary scholar Edward Said’s 1978 classic book “Orientalism” – in which he explained how British colonisers wielded the “power to narrate” – she recalled that already by the 18th century, the binary of East versus West or “us” versus “them” had grown into a vast archive of western-produced “knowledge”, the relationship being cemented in the West as “superior” versus “inferior”, “civilized” versus “uncivilized”, “rational” versus “depraved” in all arenas of life: politics, culture, religion.

Israelis have long adopted such a discourse. It only got worse in the aftermath of  Al-Aqsa Operation, revolving around the same recurring themes, namely: the 7 October attack is a terrorist attack against innocent civilians; was unprovoked; is likened to 9/11 attacks; is compared to the Russian aggression against Ukraine and portraying both as part of the conflict between the “forces of good”  represented by the US and other democratic Western countries and the “forces of evil” represented by the likes of Russia, China, Iran and Hezbollah; is depicted as a war between the Democratic state of Israel and Hamas (not all Palestinians), which is an extremist Islamic group resembling or even worse than ISIS or Al-Qaeda; the Gaza Strip is no longer occupied since 2005. All of the above means that justice and legality are on the side of Israel, which therefore deserves empathy and solidarity and has the full right to retaliate, in the name of self-defence[9].

From that point onwards – shocked by the enormity of its most disastrous military and intelligence failure in decades if not in its entire history since 1948 and its ensuing lasting effect on the army’s morale and the population’s psyche – a process of extreme demonisation of Hamas and dehumanisation of the Palestinians in general, with explicit statements of intent by leaders in the Israeli government and military, started to build up. The obvious objective of this being to obtain an internally and internationally accepted justification for what was soon to become a spiral of unspeakable acts of barbaric vengeance and large-scale war crimes and crimes against humanity in the besieged enclave of Gaza, coupled with increased repression and purging rooted in ethnonationalist settler colonial ideology in the occupied West Bank and East Jerusalem. 

Image: US Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin (L) and Defense Minister Yoav Gallant meet in Brussels on June 15, 2023. (Photo Credit Elad Malcha/Defense Ministry)

When Israel’s defence minister Yoav Gallant ordered a complete siege of the Gaza Strip with “no electricity, no food, no fuel”, he said:

“We are fighting human animals and we are acting accordingly”.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu told German Chancellor Olaf Scholz that

“Hamas are the new Nazis…and just as the world united to defeat the Nazis…the world has to stand united behind Israel to defeat Hamas”.

Commenting these statements, Natasha Roth-Rowland said that the rhetorical value of 

“casting your enemies as Nazis – which the Israeli right and its supporters frequently do when discussing Palestinians writ large –is the way it suggests, implicitly or explicitly, that there is only one logical, even moral, course of action: the complete elimination of the Nazi-designates and anyone deemed to be affiliated with them. In addition, Nazi-like imagery has also been making the rounds among hasbarists on social media; in one drawing that could have come straight out of Der Stürmer, an IDF boot is pictured about to step on a cockroach with the head of a Hamas fighter”. If the legacy of the Holocaust is interpreted to present Israel with carte blanche to cage, bomb, starve, dehydrate, and otherwise exert necropolitical power over the 2.3 million Palestinians in Gaza – almost half of them children – then “never again” does not merely ring hollow. It becomes a call for unchecked violence, a war cry in an eliminationist campaign of retaliation”[10].

To be sure, in this textbook of genocidal rhetoric and policies against the defenceless Palestinian population, two statements stand out as an unbelievable public call for an outright genocide – which have yet to be publicly condemned by Western centres of power, let alone be abhorred and indicted through the concerned international institutions, mainly the International Criminal Court. Firstly, when far-right Jerusalem Affairs and Heritage minister Amichai Eliyahu said in a radio interview that dropping a nuclear bomb on the Gaza Strip is “an option”. And secondly, when in his press briefing on 27 October, Netanyahu cited a biblical reference to “Amalek” in the Old Testament to justify killing Palestinians. He said the troops that he has met in the field are determined to make Hamas pay for its actions on October 7; They are “determined to eradicate this evil from the world, for our existence and, I add, for all of humanity” before declaring: “You must remember what Amalek has done to you, says our Holy Bible. And we do remember”[11]. The reference to “eternal enmity” between the Amalekites and the Jewish people is found in the Book of Exodus (17:8-16): “Because hands were lifted up against the throne of the Lord, the Lord will be at war against the Amalekites from generation to generation”[12] and in 1 Samuel (15:1-35): “Samuel said to Saul, I am the one the Lord sent to anoint you king over his people Israel; so listen now to the message from the Lord. This is what the Lord Almighty says: ‘I will punish the Amalekites for what they did to Israel when they waylaid them as they came up from Egypt. Now go, attack the Amalekites and totally destroy all that belongs to them. Do not spare them; put to death men and women, children and infants, cattle and sheep, camels and donkeys.”[13]

Jeffrey Goldberg reminds us that tradition holds that the Amalekites are the undying enemy of the Jews, and that the rabbis teach that successive generations of Jews have been forced to confront the Amalekites: Nebuchadnezzar, the Crusaders, Torquemada, Hitler and Stalin are all manifestations of Amalek’s malevolent spirit.[14] For his part, rabbi Jill Jacobs – the head of T’ruah, a rabbinical human rights organization – said that it remains common for Israeli extremists to view Palestinians as modern-day Amalekites. In 1980, rabbi Israel Hess wrote an article that used the story of Amalek to justify wiping out Palestinians. Its title has been translated as “Genocide: A Commandment of the Torah,” as well as “The Mitzvah of Genocide in the Torah”.[15]

Lastly, Donald Wagner thinks that the “annihilate Amalek” theme, invokes support from the divine in this modern crusade to exterminate the Amalekites, interpreted today as every Palestinian. He explained that Netanyahu’s base of political support among militant settlers finds inspiration from these violent biblical texts. Another base of Netanyahu’s support is the international Christian Zionist movement. Wagner informs that shortly after the 7 October attacks, a letter of support for Israel’s war on Gaza was issued by 60 conservative evangelical leaders in the United States, including two former presidents of the Ethics and Religious Liberty Commission – Russell Moore, now editor of Christianity Today, and Richard Land. The letter was delivered to the White House and every Congressional office on Capitol Hill, lending support for the Israeli aggression on Gaza.[16]

Israeli politicians have helped drive their “Holocaustisation” narrative, and the sentiment that the Palestinians are collectively responsible for the actions of Hamas has been echoed far beyond Israel’s borders, more so in the U.S. In fact, Deborah Lipstadt, President Biden’s antisemitism envoy, for example, tweeted the day after the attack that it was the most lethal assault against Jews since the Holocaust. Not long after, in a 60 Minutes interview made less than a week after Hamas’ attack on southern Israel, President Joe Biden himself said that the Palestinian movement had “engaged in barbarism that is as consequential as the Holocaust”. For his part, Secretary of State Antony Blinken stated[17] during a live-streamed press conference in Tel Aviv on 12 October:

“I come before you not only as the United States secretary of state but also as a Jew”. My “grandfather, Maurice Blinken, fled pogroms in Russia. My stepfather, Samuel Pisar, survived concentration camps – Auschwitz, Dachau, Majdanek”, he added as he referenced both eastern European persecution and the Holocaust.

He pointed out that he viewed the destruction of the southern Jewish communities from that lens. As for U.S. Senator Lindsey Graham, he went as far as calling for the wholesale destruction of Gaza, saying:

“We are in a religious war here. I’m with Israel. Do whatever the hell you have to do to defend yourself. Level the place”[18]. 

It is a truism nowadays to say that for Western spheres of power and decision-makers, anti-Zionism is a dangerous and costly accusation at all levels. As a result, “Anti, anti-Zionism” has become synonymous with antisemitism.”[19]

The support for the Israeli discourse is so strong and pervasive that in a 2002 interview, Shulamit Aloni, a former Israeli government minister was asked: “Often when there is dissent expressed in the United States against policies of the Israeli government, people here are called antisemitic. What is your response to that as an Israeli Jew?”

Aloni replied:

“Well, it’s a trick, we always use it. When from Europe somebody is criticising Israel, then we bring up the Holocaust. When in this country [the US] people are criticising Israel, then they are antisemitic”. She explained that there was an “Israel, my country right or wrong” attitude and “they’re not ready to hear criticism” and that antisemitism, the Holocaust and “the suffering of the Jewish people” were used to “justify everything we do to the Palestinians”.[20]

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Amir Nour is an Algerian researcher in international relations, author of the books “L’Orient et l’Occident à l’heure d’un nouveau Sykes-Picot” (The Orient and the Occident in Time of a New Sykes-Picot) Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2014 and “L’Islam et l’ordre du monde” (Islam and the Order of the World),  Editions Alem El Afkar, Algiers, 2021. 

Notes

[1] https://www.un.org/sg/en/content/sg/statement/2023-10-24/secretary-generals-remarks-the-security-council-the-middle-east-delivered, 24 October 2023. It is worth pointing out that this statement was delivered on the very same day the international community was celebrating the “United Nations Day”, marking 78 years since the UN Charter entered into force. The Charter reflects the UN member states’ shared commitment to advance peace, sustainable development and human rights. 

[2] Ilan Pappé, “Why Israel wants to erase context and history in the war on Gaza”, Aljazeera, 5 November, 2023.

[3] Jimmy Carter, “Palestine: Peace Not Apartheid”, Simon & Schuster, November 2006.

[4] Gideon Levy, “The Punishment of Gaza”, Verso Books, Brooklyn, May 2010.

[5] Gideon Levy,“The Zionist Tango: Step Left, Step Right”. Read and watch: https://www.wrmea.org/2018-may/the-zionist-tango-step-left-step-right.html

[6] Benjamin Pogrund, “For Decades, I Defended Israel From Claims of Apartheid. I No Longer Can”, news24, 9 June 2023. Benjamin Pogrund, born in Cape Town, was deputy editor of the Rand Daily Mail when it was closed in 1985. He moved to Jerusalem in Israel to start a dialogue centre. South Africa awarded him the Order of Ikhamanga Silver for services to journalism and academia during apartheid.

[7] David Livingstone Smith, “Less Than Human: Why We Demean, Enslave, and Exterminate Others”, St. Martin’s Press, March 2011. 

[8] Elizabeth Vibert, “How colonialist depictions of Palestinians feed western ideas of eastern ‘barbarism’”, The Conversation, 16 November 2023.

[9] Dina Shehata, “Western media and public opinion and Israel’s war on Gaza”, 25 October 2023.

[10] Natasha Roth-Rowland, “When ‘Never Again’ Becomes a War Cry”, 28 October 2023.

[11] Noah Lanard, “The Dangerous History Behind Netanyahu’s Amalek Rhetoric”, 3 November 2023.

[12] Bible Gateway, “The Amalekites Defeated”.

[13] Bible Gateway, “The Lord Rejects Saul as King”.

[14] Jeffrey Goldberg, “Israel’s Fears, Amalek’s Arsenal”, The New York Times, 19 May 2009.

[15] Noah Lanard, op cit.

[16] Donald Wagner, “Netanyahu abuses Bible to impress US evangelicals”, The Electronic Intifada, 7 November 2023.

[17] Tovah  Lazaroff , “I come before you as a Jew,’ Blinken tells Israel after Hamas attack” Jerusalem Post, 12 October 2023.

[18] Chris McGreal, “The language being used to describe Palestinians is genocidal”, 16 October 2023.

[19] Stephen F. Eisenman,“When Anti, Anti-Zionism Becomes Anti-Semitism”,  17 November, 2023.

[20] Steve Cooke, “Is antisemitism a trick? A closer look at that Shulamit Aloni meme”, 6 June 2019.

Featured image: Entire neighborhoods have been leveled in the Israeli bombing campaigns. (Photo: Mahmoud Ajjour, Palestine Chronicle)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The days of World Economic Forum (WEF) co-founder Klaus Schwab may be numbered.

Pascal Najadi, the son of fellow WEF co-founder Hussain Najadi, is speaking out as a whistleblower against the current top dog at the globalist foundation, accusing him and other leaders of “crimes against humanity.”

Najadi says the crimes of Schwab and his buddies are so great that there needs to be an immediate arrest of both Schwab and other WEF executives such as Bill Gates, as well as the leaders of the World Health Organization (WHO), Big Pharma, and Big Tech.

In partnership with Schwab, Najadi’s father started the WEF back in 1971. He quit a decade later, citing disgust with Schwab’s dystopian vision for the future of non-elite humanity.

Pascal Najadi is also upset that he and his mother were both tricked into getting “vaccinated” for the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19), a fake “pandemic” that was aggressively pushed by the WEF and others.

According to Najadi, he and his mother are now dying from the injections, which he says are “poison” that was pushed on the world by the likes of Schwab.

“The Devil Lives in Geneva,” Says Najadi

Together with prosecutors, Najadi is pushing towards eventually holding Schwab accountable for unleashing hell on the world. His case is also drawing attention to other globalist bodies like the United Nations (UN) that cooperated in the evil scheme.

Right now, leaders of the WEF, the UN, and WHO maintain diplomatic immunity, meaning they cannot be charged and tried – but Najadi wants that diplomatic immunity revoked, followed by the issuance of arrest warrants.

Najadi is the same guy, by the way, who filed a lawsuit against longstanding Swiss Prime Minister Alain Berset for lying to the public about COVID injections. That suit ultimately led to Berset resigning from his post this past June.

Now, with that success under his belt, Najadi is moving on to the bigger fish at the UN, Gavi, the WEF, and WHO.

Click Screen to View Video

According to Najadi, the belly of the beast is Geneva, Switzerland, which he says is ground zero for globalist control over the world. “The devil lives in Geneva,” Najadi is famously quoted as saying.

“Everything evil in the world related to democide unfortunately comes from Geneva,” Najadi is quoted as saying.

“You have WHO [World Health Organization] in Geneva, you have Gavi [Bill Gates’s Vaccine Alliance], then you have the WEF, which my father was a co-founder and left Klaus Schwab out of disgust in the early eighty’s that has diplomatic immunity.”

As a Swiss citizen, Najadi has made a declaration in and of himself that the WEF is no longer eligible for diplomatic immunity. Swiss authorities, he says, need to immediately arrest the ringleaders there for advocating what he describes as a “global humanity injection by a bioweapon,” referring to COVID jabs.

Najadi and his own mother are victims of this bioweapon, he contends, and now it is the responsibility of Swiss authorities to do something about it by bringing to justice every single person who was involved in perpetrating these bioweapons on the world.

“I call on the Swiss authorities and security to arrest those people immediately,” Najadi declared. “Why? The WEF, WHO, Gavi, Big Pharma, Big Tech, and Bill Gates all advocated a global humanity injection by bioweapon injecting nanolipids into 5.7 billion people. And we Swiss are hosting them. That’s terrible.”

“We cannot tolerate any entity that promotes poison to be injected into humanity. But you have done it. I’m the victim. I’m dying from it, and my mother, too. It’s a democide and will be judged. It will be corrected in the name of humanity.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Summit News

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

I am betting on Hamas and the resistance of the Palestinian people to win, if not immediately in the next few weeks, then definitely in the near future.

I think so, not just because of the demonstrated strength and sustainability of the Palestinian armed resistance that surprised us all on October 7th, not only because the smokescreen of an Israeli ethical, invincible military power has dissipated forever revealing its barbaric reality, not only because regional dynamics have been shifted by the earthquake, but because, as Einstein put it, “no problem can be solved from the same level of consciousness that created it.”

The level of consciousness that allows Israel to exist as a Jewish state is violent domination.

I am not referring here to the anti-Semitic trope or idea of a Jewish conspiracy to control the world, which has been around since the thirteenth century and has been used to justify discrimination and violence against Jews. I am referring to the domination of Palestine and the Arab region.

There may be no evidence to support the claim of an international Jewish conspiracy for world domination, but there certainly is plenty of evidence to support Jewish domination of Palestine and the Middle East region as a whole.

I refer you to the Dalet Plan that was requested by the Jewish Agency leader and later first prime minister of Israel David Ben-Gurion, and developed by the Haganah, the largest of the Jewish underground militias in Palestine, which was involved in several massacres of Palestinian civilians and unarmed soldiers.

When the Zionist Jewish leadership declared the establishment of a Jewish state in Palestine in 1948 after the British gave the Jewish immigrants to Palestine the green light as long as doing so did not prejudice the civil and religious rights of the Arab non-Jewish majority, i.e., the indigenous Palestinians, they deliberately did not announce its borders. The borders of Israel are yet to be entirely settled, thus keeping the door open for a “greater Israel,” for more Jewish colonies, for more ethnic cleansing.

Plan Dalet was a set of guidelines to take control of Palestine and declare a Jewish state.

Plan Dalet called for the conquest of Palestinian towns and villages inside and along the borders of the area allocated to the proposed Jewish State in the UN Partition Plan, which was adopted by the United Nations General Assembly on November 29, 1947. It laid out in detail a blueprint for the forcible depopulation and destruction of Palestinians. In case of resistance, the population of conquered villages was to be expelled.

Sounds familiar? That’s the “level of consciousnesses” that inhabits both Israel and the US. It is not a level that will ever “solve the problem” of Israel as a settler-colonial entity and it doesn’t take a mathematical genius to arrive at this conclusion.

Einstein believed that we cannot solve our problems with the same level of thinking that created them. In other words, we need to experience a jump in consciousness to find the answers we need. It’s a call to action for people to think outside the box and to approach problems from a new perspective. So far, the US’s “new perspective” is to kill more softly and to rejuvenate the lie of a “two-state solution” with a new and “revitalized” Palestinian Authority.

For both Israel and the US, the strategy continues to be Israel’s domination and subjugation of the Palestinian people and theft of their land and resources.

Image: Osama Hamdan, Senior Hamas Representative (Source: Author’s blog)

And there’s the rub. The Palestinian people refuse to succumb to this and have been refusing for decades. Because the only language Israel understands, as Senior Hamas Representative Osama Hamdan said, is that of violence, the miracle of the Palestinian armed power is what will ultimately win the game.

It’s a very costly game of blood and unspeakable suffering for Palestinians. Israel is betting that this high price it continues to inflict, if not its brutal and vengeful power (its “ring of fire”), is what will force the armed resistance to give in. But such logic is misplaced, and the opposite is true. This enormous cost in precious blood is a motivation for the resistance to continue to defend Palestine, even more ferociously. The resistance is defending both Palestine’s “living martyrs” and its prisoners.

Thinking outside the box for the US and Israel will begin only when Israel’s army is renamed from Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) to Israeli Occupation Forces (IOF).

Martin Luther King believed justice is indivisible; it is a unified concept and cannot be divided into separate parts. For that reason, Palestine cannot be partitioned.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s blog.

Rima Najjar is a Palestinian whose father’s side of the family comes from the forcibly depopulated village of Lifta on the western outskirts of Jerusalem and whose mother’s side of the family is from Ijzim, south of Haifa. She is an activist, researcher and retired professor of English literature, Al-Quds University, occupied West Bank.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The Israeli government has imposed an economic blockade on food, fuel and water entering the Palestinian enclave of Gaza for over 16-years in a failed attempt at regime change.

This inhuman and illegal siege has forced the UN, the EU and the rest of the international community to supply Gaza with more than 455 truckloads of aid, every day, in order to meet the humanitarian needs of 2.2 million, mainly civilians, that Israel has tried to starve and freeze to death, in order to satisfy the aims of the Political Zionist, Likud government of which Netanyahu in the current head.

The cost to the international community of the supply of 150,000 trucks of aid, every 12 months, is enormous, at many hundreds of millions of dollars /pounds annually – all as a result of the ambition of one man, and his political party.

As a consequence of this inhuman mistreatment over so many years, Hamas militants carried out a deadly attack on kibbutzim in Israel on October 7, killing 1,400 people and kidnapping hundreds of others, in an unprecedented orgy of violence.

The Israeli government has since imposed a complete siege on food, fuel and water entering the Palestinian enclave. Rights groups have warned that more than 2 million civilians are at risk of severe dehydration and starvation.    

Amnesty International said Israel’s “collective punishment” of civilians amounts to a war crime.

This is not Judaism but political Zionism in an appalling act of brutality – an automated genocide on an industrial scale, in which the corpses of the dead now pile up in the bombed streets and houses of Gaza.

For Binyamin Netanyahu, on trial for criminal corruption, but for now, astonishingly, still Prime Minister – taking the lives of civilian Palestinians, of mothers and children is as easy as stealing Palestinian land – an act of criminality that he has performed for more than two decades.

He is the ultimate criminal politician, but one apparently still free to violently take both life and land, ad infinitum. Of course, his criminal activity will soon end with his almost certain future imprisonment, but at what cost to the world, and to the 5 million persecuted Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank?

What does this man, who orders the mass killing of women and children, and who still is an elected leader of a Westernised country, tell us about the failure of democratic systems?

What does it tell us about both the United States (and Britain), whose governments’ actually support this alleged mass murder with billions of dollars/pounds of arms: planes, guns, bombs, missiles, SLBM and ICBM etc in order to subjugate and to now kill thousands upon thousands of unarmed, indigenous Muslims in Gaza and the occupied West Bank, in a revenge mass killing for another shocking atrocity committed by Hamas militia, in October, last.

Is this how international justice works?

The violent killing of 15,000 civilians, to date is criminal, collective punishment.

This is genocide funded and armed primarily by the United States Congress. This is a holocaust committed by the aggressor on an industrial scale using Artificial Intelligence systems to target and kill as many residents of Gaza as possible, using automatic systems to locate all Muslims, under the pretext of legitimate defence in what is, in fact, a war of aggression.

The die has been cast. There is no going back, anymore than the piled corpses of the dead, lying on top of one another in the bombed ruins of the houses and streets of Gaza, can speak of the horrors of genocide perpetrated by this US funded and armed, Likud government of (undeclared) nuclear-armed Israel, in its bloody campaign of collective vengeance in Netanyahu’s campaign of mass killing and displacement.

This is potentially the end of democracy, as we know it. We now enter a nuclear, dystopian world order. It is a pivotal time in world history.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Hans Stehling is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: A woman holding a girl reacts after Israeli airstrikes hit Ridwan neighborhood of Gaza City, Gaza on October 23, 2023. (Source: Anadolu Agency)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Israeli officials obtained Hamas’s battle plan for the Oct. 7 terrorist attack more than a year before it happened, documents, emails and interviews show. But Israeli military and intelligence officials dismissed the plan as aspirational, considering it too difficult for Hamas to carry out.

The approximately 40-page document, which the Israeli authorities code-named “Jericho Wall,” outlined, point by point, exactly the kind of devastating invasion that led to the deaths of about 1,200 people.

The translated document, which was reviewed by The New York Times, did not set a date for the attack, but described a methodical assault designed to overwhelm the fortifications around the Gaza Strip, take over Israeli cities and storm key military bases, including a division headquarters.

Hamas followed the blueprint with shocking precision. The document called for a barrage of rockets at the outset of the attack, drones to knock out the security cameras and automated machine guns along the border, and gunmen to pour into Israel en masse in paragliders, on motorcycles and on foot — all of which happened on Oct. 7. 

The plan also included details about the location and size of Israeli military forces, communication hubs and other sensitive information, raising questions about how Hamas gathered its intelligence and whether there were leaks inside the Israeli security establishment.

The document circulated widely among Israeli military and intelligence leaders, but experts determined that an attack of that scale and ambition was beyond Hamas’s capabilities, according to documents and officials. It is unclear whether Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu or other top political leaders saw the document, as well.

Last year, shortly after the document was obtained, officials in the Israeli military’s Gaza division, which is responsible for defending the border with Gaza, said that Hamas’s intentions were unclear.

“It is not yet possible to determine whether the plan has been fully accepted and how it will be manifested,” read a military assessment reviewed by The Times.

Then, in July, just three months before the attacks, a veteran analyst with Unit 8200, Israel’s signals intelligence agency, warned that Hamas had conducted an intense, daylong training exercise that appeared similar to what was outlined in the blueprint.

But a colonel in the Gaza division brushed off her concerns, according to encrypted emails viewed by The Times.

“I utterly refute that the scenario is imaginary,” the analyst wrote in the email exchanges. The Hamas training exercise, she said, fully matched “the content of Jericho Wall.”

“It is a plan designed to start a war,” she added. “It’s not just a raid on a village.”

Officials privately concede that, had the military taken these warnings seriously and redirected significant reinforcements to the south, where Hamas attacked, Israel could have blunted the attacks or possibly even prevented them.

Click here to read the full article on The New York Times.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Hamas paraglider troops cross into Israel, October 7, 2023 (Source: Scott Ritter Extra)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

US Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin on 2 December urged Israel to protect civilians during its campaign against Hamas in Gaza, even as the US military continues to send 2,000-pound bombs and artillery to the Israeli army for use in the densely populated and besieged enclave. 

Austin told the Reagan National Defense Forum in California on Saturday that shielding noncombatants in the densely populated and besieged enclave is necessary for victory in the urban fight. 

Austin stated that he had “learned a thing or two about urban warfare” while fighting in Iraq and leading the campaign against the Islamic State (ISIS).

“The lesson is that you can only win in urban warfare by protecting civilians,” Austin stressed. “If you drive [Gaza’s civilians] into the arms of the enemy, you replace a tactical victory with a strategic defeat.”

Austin’s comments came one day after fighting between Israel and Hamas resumed after a week-long truce. 

On Saturday, the Gaza Health Ministry reported Israeli bombing had killed 700 Palestinians in just the past 24 hours. 

Since 7 October, Israel has killed some 20,000 Palestinians in Gaza, the majority women and children.

Despite requests by US officials that Israel kill fewer Palestinian civilians, the Wall Street Journal (WSJ) reported on 1 December that the US military continues to provide Israel large amounts of lethal weapons. 

The US has provided Israel roughly 15,000 bombs and 57,000 artillery shells since 7 October. 

This includes some 100 BLU-109, 2,000-pound bunker buster bombs, which Israel used to kill 100 Palestinians in just one strike in the Jabaliya refugee camp in Gaza, according to US officials.

Austin went on to tell lawmakers, corporate and defense leaders, and government officials attending the security conference that

“Like Hamas, ISIS was deeply embedded in urban areas. And the international coalition against ISIS worked hard to protect civilians and create humanitarian corridors, even during tough battles.” 

However, the US campaign against ISIS in urban areas of the Iraqi city of Mosul and Syrian city of Raqqa caused widespread destruction and huge numbers of civilian casualties.

Defending US support of Israel and Ukraine, Austin said

“the world will only become more dangerous if tyrants and terrorists believe that they can get away with wholesale aggression and mass slaughter.”

“You’ll hear some people try to brand an American retreat from responsibility as bold new leadership,” he said. “Make no mistake: It is not bold. It is not new. And it is not leadership.”

Austin, a former board member of weapons manufacturer Raytheon, then asked the lawmakers in the crowd to pass both the military’s budget and the supplemental funding for both wars.

However, even some Israel supporters in the US Congress are taking previously unthinkable views. A group of Senate Democrats has considered putting restrictions on the aid that the US gives to Israel, such as compelling it to follow international law.

Senator Chris Murphy expressed that “the level of civilian harm inside Gaza is unacceptable, unsustainable.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Bombs undergoing maintenance at Mountain Home Air Force Base in Idaho in 2020.(Photo credit: AIRMAN 1ST CLASS AKEEM K. CAMPBELL)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Our thanks to Al Jazeera for bringing this article to our attention

 

***

Israel has carried out deadly bombardments in Gaza for a second day after a weeklong truce with Hamas collapsed despite international calls for an extension.

Clouds of grey smoke from the strikes hung on Saturday over Gaza, where the Hamas-run Ministry of Health said nearly 200 people had been killed since the pause in hostilities expired early on Friday.

Residents feared the latest bombings presage an Israeli ground operation in the south of the Palestinian territory that would pin them into a shrinking area and possibly try to push them into Egypt.

The southern part of Gaza, including Khan Younis and Rafah, was pounded by Israeli war planes and artillery on Saturday. Thousands of displaced Palestinians are sheltering there because of fighting in the north.

Residents said houses had been hit and three mosques destroyed in Khan Younis.

Palestinian witnesses said Israeli tanks had taken up positions near the road between Khan Younis and Deir el-Balah.

“A night of horror,” said Samira, a mother of four. “It was one of the worst nights we spent in Khan Younis in the past six weeks since we arrived here. … We are so afraid they will enter Khan Younis.”

Officials said the overall death toll in Gaza since the October 7 start of the Israel-Hamas war has surpassed 15,200 while more than 40,000 people have been wounded in the Israeli attacks.

People mourn as they collect the bodies of Palestinians killed in an airstrike on December 02, 2023 in Khan Yunis, Gaza.

People mourn as they collect the bodies of Palestinians killed in an air strike in Khan Younis in the southern Gaza Strip. [Ahmad Hasaballah/Getty Images)

People mourn as they collect the bodies of Palestinians killed in an airstrike on December 02, 2023 in Khan Yunis, Gaza.

A Palestinian mourns a relative killed in Khan Younis. [Ahmad Hasaballah/Getty Images]

Palestinians injured in Israeli airstrikes arrive at Nasser Medical Hospital on December 02, 2023 in Khan Yunis, Gaza.

Palestinians injured in Israeli air strikes arrive at the Nasser Medical Complex in Khan Younis. [Ahmad Hasaballah/Getty Images]

Palestinians injured in Israeli airstrikes arrive at Nasser Medical Hospital on December 02, 2023 in Khan Yunis, Gaza.

A Palestinian child receives treatment at the Nasser Medical Complex in Khan Younis. [Ahmad Hasaballah/Getty Images]

This picture taken from southern Israel near the border with the Gaza Strip shows smoke rising from buildings after being hit by Israeli strikes, after battles resumed between Israel and Hamas militants.

This picture taken from southern Israel near the border with the Gaza Strip shows smoke rising from buildings in the enclave. [John MacDougall/AFP]

Palestinians check the damage of houses destroyed in an Israeli strike on Khan Yunis in the southern Gaza Strip.

Palestinians check the damage of houses destroyed in an Israeli strike on Khan Younis in the southern Gaza Strip. [Mahmud Hams/AFP]

Palestinians look for salvageable items in the rubble of a building destroyed during Israeli bombardment in Rafah, on the southern Gaza Strip.

Palestinians look for salvageable items in the rubble of a building destroyed during an Israeli bombardment in Rafah. [Mohammed Abed/AFP]

Palestinian workers repair a damaged water pipe following an Israeli airstrike on the main road between Rafah and Khan Yunis on the southern Gaza Strip.

Palestinian workers repair a damaged water pipe after an Israeli air strike on the main road between Rafah and Khan Younis. [Said Khatib/AFP]

Palestinian citizens inspect the destruction caused by air strikes on their homes on December 02, 2023 in Khan Yunis, Gaza.

Palestinians inspect the destruction caused by air strikes on their homes in Khan Younis. [Ahmad Hasaballah/Getty Images]

A Palestinian holds a leaflet dropped by Israeli forces, urging residents to leave Al-Qarara, Khuza'a, Bani Suheila and Maan regions of the city in Khan Yunis, Gaza.

A Palestinian holds a leaflet dropped by Israeli forces, urging residents to leave the Al-Qarara, Khuza’a, Bani Suheila and Maan regions of the city of Khan Younis. [Abed Zagout/Anadolu Agency]

Residents of the Qatari-funded Hamad Town residential complex in Khan Yunis in the southern Gaza Strip, carry some of their belongings as they flee their homes after an Israeli strike.

Residents of the Qatari-funded Hamad Town residential complex in Khan Younis carry some of their belongings as they flee their homes after an Israeli strike. [Mahmud Hams/AFP]

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Palestinians mourn their relatives killed in the Israeli bombardment in a hospital in Khan Younis. [Fatima Shbair/AP Photo]

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Israel’s fleet of Hermes 450 “Zik” armed drones carried out attacks on Israeli military bases, settlements, and civilians during the Hamas attack on 7 October, according to a 14 November report from Mishpacha Magazine.

Previous reports have emerged showing that Israeli forces used tanks to kill Israeli civilians barricaded inside homes with their Hamas captors, and Apache helicopters to fire on Hamas fighters and their Israeli captives while returning back to Gaza. 

During the fighting, some 1,200 Israelis were killed, with some killed by Hamas, and others by Israeli forces. Hamas took some 240 Israeli soldiers, civilians, and foreign workers captive.

Israel’s armed drone program was initiated in 1993 by Ehud Barak, then Chief of Staff of the army under Prime Minister Yitzak Rabin. Prime Minister Ariel Sharon later approved the use of offensive drones for assassinations in the Gaza Strip. The best known of these attacks was the killing of paraplegic Hamas founder Ahmed Yassin in 2004.

Since that time, armed drones have slowly been replacing Israel’s previous use of warplanes, including US-made F-16s.

In its 14 November report, Mishpacha interviewed members of Squadron 161, which operates Israel’s Zik drone fleet, for details of the role they played on 7 October, including in Kibbutz Be’eri.

The orthodox Jewish-focused magazine noted that Zik drones were the first aircraft to respond to the Hamas attack, and that “for the first time in history, they had to carry out strikes within Israeli territory, even on IDF [Israeli army] bases.”

“The squadron was facing a scenario they had never imagined, on an undreamt-of scale, and above all, having to carry out strikes inside Israeli territory, inside bases, inside kibbutzim, something they had never prepared for,” the magazine added.

“Who ever thought we would have to carry out strikes inside Israeli territory, and on that scale? That was a scenario we had never imagined,” stated First Lieutenant A.

He explained that there were initially no Israeli forces on the ground, and so he and other drone operators were using their cell phones to communicate with civilians in the settlements, or kibbutzim, for the locations of Hamas fighters to hit with airstrikes.

“We eliminated dozens of terrorists this way. You talk to a civilian, receive a location, release your payload, and return to base. Again and again, like a movie,” he said.

Cruciallythe drone operators targeted not only Hamas fighters but also their Israeli captives.

“On each flight, they killed dozens of terrorists, prevented them from advancing further into Israel or returning to the Strip with captives, and helped stop the attack,” Mishpacha wrote. 

The airstrikes would therefore have killed both Hamas fighters and their Israeli captives as they crossed the border into Gaza.

First Lieutenant A explained further that,

“There were images we had never seen before. One of the advantages of our aircraft is the high quality of the cameras. Now they served us well. We saw everything. The massacre, the horrors.”

When asked why they did not send aircraft to the border fence to attack every cell trying to enter Israel or return to Gaza with captives, First Lieutenant A, explained, “I can’t go into the way the air force works and what exactly we did, for understandable reasons, but I can tell you that we worked on that front too.”

He continued by saying,

“At the end of the day, there are certain prioritizations that the public is not aware of, and there are things we can’t do for a variety of reasons. But believe me that we did do that as well.”

The first lieutenant’s mention of “certain prioritizations that the public is not aware of” appears to be a reference to the Hannibal Directive.

In 2016, the Times of Israel described how the “directive allows soldiers to use potentially massive amounts of force to prevent a soldier from falling into the hands of the enemy. This includes the possibility of endangering the life of the soldier in question in order to prevent his capture.”

“Some officers, however, understand the order to mean that soldiers ought to deliberately kill their comrade to stop him from being taken prisoner,” the paper added.

Once the army did arrive in kibbutz Be’eri, the soldiers were apparently quick to call in airstrikes, despite the danger this would pose to the kibbutz residents, in particular those held captive in homes, in order to avoid endangering themselves by confronting the Hamas fighters directly. 

“When we were on the ground in Be’eri and directed air force aircraft to strike terrorists, there was no way we could divert aircraft elsewhere,” says one soldier who spoke with Mishpacha

“You should realize that the very few soldiers on the ground in Be’eri were almost entirely on their own, and if they had not had air support at that point, not only would nothing have been left of Be’eri, nothing would have been left of us, either,” he added.

According to one member of the local security detail who battled Hamas fighters at a dental clinic in Be’eri, many soldiers remained outside the kibbutz and did not join the fight. 

Yair Avital told Israel’s Channel 12 that when he was evacuated at 6:30 pm on 7 October,

“The thing I remember the most, and the most traumatizing thing for me from this ordeal, was [being evacuated after hours of fighting and] arriving at the entrance to the kibbutz and seeing 500 soldiers stationed in an organized and orderly manner, standing and looking at us.”

He said he and his team received help from a Special Forces unit known as Sayeret Matkal, but the 500 soldiers, who had dogs, equipment, weapons, and armored vehicles, did not come to their aid. 

“I remember shouting at them from the stretcher, ‘They’re slaughtering us! Go in! Save us!’ and none of them looked at me, none of them said anything,” he explained.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: The IAF’s 161st Squadron’s fleet of Hermes 450 drones at the Palmachim airbase. (Photo credit: Barak Shalev, Tomer Matzkin/Israeli Air Force)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

A film which has been produced by a group of Australian journalists has sparked an international outcry against Israel after it explicitly detailed Israel’s use of torture against Palestinian children.

The film, titled ‘Stone Cold Justice’ documents how Palestinian children, who have been arrested and detained by Israeli forces, are subjected to physical abuse, torture and forced into false confessions and pushed into gathering intelligence on Palestinian activists.

Australia’s foreign minister Julie Bishop has spoken out against Israeli’s use of torture stating that “I am deeply concerned by allegations of the mistreatment of Palestinian children,” Israel’s Foreign Ministry spokesman Yigal Palmor has described the human rights abuses documented in the film as “intolerable.” But rights groups have slammed this statement, saying that the Israelis are doing nothing to change Tel Aviv’s policy to torture Palestinian children. Last year a report by the United Nations International Emergency Children’s Fund or UNICEF concluded that Palestinian children are often targeted in night arrests and raids of their homes, threatened with death and subjected to physical violence, solitary confinement and sexual assault.

The film Stone Cold Justice has sparked an international outcry about Israel’s treatment of children in Israeli jails. However, rights groups have criticized Tel Aviv for not doing anything to create a policy that protects Palestinian children against arbitrary arrest and torture.

“The sound of the chains clanking, clanking. Even now it still rings in my ears”, a mother says bitterly after attending the trial of her son. Like many other children he shuffled in chains through proceedings taking only 60 seconds, on a conveyor belt of military justice with a conviction rate of 99.74%. Last year UNICEF released a scathing report on the justice system, finding that “children have been threatened with death, physical violence, solitary confinement and sexual assault”.

In some cases the army came for the children in the middle of the night, before taking them to unknown locations to be questioned. A mother of one of the boys describes the scene. “I was asking, ‘What do you want with him?’. They said, ‘Shut up woman.’ And then they started hitting him and pulling him out of bed.”

“I’ve never broken into houses in Jerusalem and torn apart apartments, but in Hebron where I served 14 months 24/7 that’s what we did to make our presence felt”, says ex-soldier and co-founder of ‘Breaking the Silence’ group Yehuda Shaul, explaining the huge difference in treatment that the Palestinians in the West Bank receive compared to Israelis, and the tactics used to create a culture of fear.

It’s a claim that’s dismissed out of hand by Israel’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs. “A policy to create fear? There is no such thing. The only policy is to maintain law and order, that’s all. If there’s no violence, there’s no law enforcement.” But there is clear evidence of two legal systems operating, one for Israeli children and one for young Palestinians. Israeli settlers in the West Bank regularly attack Palestinian school children, knowing the authorities will not intervene.

Amongst Palestinians the mental battering Israel is dishing out is having a dramatic, debilitating effect. “I feel scared. I want to leave and go to Amman”, says a five-year-old boy who was arrested. It’s an impossible situation that may provide temporary security for Israel, but in the long term may well breed a new generation of Palestinians prepared to do anything to gain retribution.

Watch the trailer below.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All images in this article are from Palestine Museum US

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Americans remain largely ignorant about the extent to which foreign influence pervades the United States government, and I am not referring to the fraudulent claims made by Hillary Clinton that Russia has interfered materially in US elections. The real threat comes from elsewhere. Few outside the government itself are likely to be aware of the extent to which the state of Israel and its domestic affiliate-lobby operating out of Washington and New York have corrupted the United States political system, to the point where nurturing and enabling the Jewish state in its ambitions to dominate much of the Middle East has become effectively US policy.

As the exchanges surrounding the recent fighting in Gaza, rightly referred to as a war crime and ethnic cleansing, perhaps even the first steps in a planned genocide, demonstrate that even when the US has genuine interests at stake Israel believes itself empowered to say “no” to the president of the United States. The assault on Gaza and the ongoing killing of tens of thousands of Palestinians started again on Friday after a week long pause for hostage/prisoner exchanges. It will continue and Washington is complicit in the deaths as it has politically shielded Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s government no matter what it does while also arming and funding the Israeli actions.

Former Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon once said that “We the Jewish people control America.”

Indeed, the Israeli dominance of the “fools on the hill” in DC has been carefully contrived, cultivated and sustained. One prime example is the regular rush to the Israeli door whenever Congress is in recess. It is not widely reported how large gaggles of congressmen usually drawn in separate groups from each major party travel to Israel on all expenses paid trips where they are wined and dined and subjected to round after round of presentations that drill into their otherwise empty heads all the virtues of Israel and what it represents.

This is propaganda combined with indoctrination at its finest with many “facts” presented by the speakers conveniently fabricated to support Israel’s perpetual victimhood and to hide the fact that Israel is a strategic liability for the US rather than an actual ally or asset. Nor is it a democracy. It is a formula for dissimulation and lying that worked with the Jewish officials in the Pentagon under George W. Bush to provoke a war against Saddam Hussein that killed one million Iraqis and cost the US taxpayer nearly $2 trillion.

The trips to Israel are funded by the “educational” affiliate of the American-Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) called the American Israel Education Foundation (AIEF). One might reasonably ask why an organization connected to AIPAC, which describes itself on its website as having the “mission” to “…strengthen, protect and promote the US-Israel relationship in ways that enhance the security of the United States and Israel,” should be able to fund the annual mass migration of congress-critters to promote Israeli interests without having to register under the Foreign Agents Registration Act (FARA) as an agent of the Jewish state’s government? The answer is actually quite simple. Congress and the Justice Department have been so corrupted by pro-Israel money and other manifestations of Jewish power that they do not enforce the law when it comes to Israel. The venal creatures in Congress are a large part of why that is so.

And the trips are structured in a way that discourages any actual discussions of real issues affecting the two countries. The payoff is exceptional from Israel’s point of view, with the United States serving as, in Netanyahu’s own words, a near unlimited source of money and weapons from a country in thrall, an “America [that] is a thing you can move very easily, move it in the right direction” possessing “an inherently dupable people.”

One particularly tone-deaf recent trip to Israel occurred in 2019. In the wake of two heavily reported mass killings in Dayton and El Paso that were attributed both by the media and the Democrats to “racism” a senior US Congressman led a delegation of 41 of his Democratic Party colleagues plus spouses on a week-long luxury all-expenses-paid trip to Israel, which is one of the few countries in the world that defines its full citizenship as a matter of race and religion and which was at that time as now widely criticized for its human rights record. House Majority Leader Steny Hoyer of Maryland led the annual excursion, having made the pilgrimage to Israel more than fifteen times.

“I am pleased to join so many House Democrats in traveling to Israel to reaffirm our support for a critical US ally and to continue learning about the opportunities and the challenges facing Israel and the Middle East,” he said shortly before departing for Tel Aviv.

Other politicians at state levels have followed the federal government lead by making their way to Israel to kiss Benjamin Netanyahu’s ring. Governor Ron DeSantis of Florida, who is a presidential aspirant, has gone way overboard in expressing his love for the Jewish state. He transported his whole cabinet to Jerusalem to publicize his legislation to combat what he views as antisemitism and has followed through on that by banning Palestinian student groups at the state universities. He also opposes allowing Palestinian immigrants into the US because they are “antisemites.”

More recently, California governor Gavin Newsom has made the pilgrimage trip and his office has released his comments on just how wonderful Israel is. He wrote his heart out, meaning that the memo is totally phony and contrived bullshit which demonstrates no sympathy at all for the tens of thousands of Palestinian victims:

“As I reflect back on the extraordinary people I just met today in Israel, I am reminded of the deep connections between my home state and this country. A country that has faced many dark times before, and certainly is in one now. But amid this present struggle against terrorists are stories of unimaginable heroism — and unspeakable tragedy. I grieved with families in mourning, I met with young soldiers fresh from bomb shelters and battlefields, and I sat with leaders who bear the responsibility of response to it all. Despite the horror, what I saw and heard from the people of Israel was a profound sense of resilience. A commitment to community and common purpose, especially in these most difficult of times. That’s the Israeli spirit. And it’s also the California spirit…”

Republican presidential wannabe Chris Christie has also recently shown up in the Jewish state to kiss the ring and we expect that Nikki Haley will soon arrive bowing and scraping, particularly as it is Jewish money honoring her passion for Israel that is floating her campaign. And there is lots of love even at the bureaucratic level in a number of states to make sure Israel is getting enough American money. In some states including Virginia Israel trade commissions have been funded which have benefited Israeli businesses and investors much more than local workers or companies. In Virginia the commission is staffed by American Jews and Israelis even though it is funded by the state.

The Israeli power over Congress is also reflected in billions of tax dollars that flow from the US Treasury to the Jewish state each year in spite of the fact that Israel is a wealthy country. Also one might consider the White House’s supine behavior vis-a-vis Netanyahu and its large percentage of senior level staff appointments that are given to Jews. Donald Trump gave away the house to Netanyahu by moving the US Embassy to Jerusalem, approving the annexation of the Golan Heights, and giving the Israeli government a free hand to “deal with” the illegally occupied Palestinian areas on the West Bank and Gaza, which has produced thousands of Arab arrests without trial. Trump’s Ambassador to Israel was his lawyer David Friedman, who spent four years covering for Israel and represented its interests rather than those of the United States. Biden arguably has done even worse by becoming complicit in war crimes by enabling Netanyahu and his band of criminals to perform a developing genocide in Gaza.

One must look at how the power of the Lobby has influenced senior staffing decisions coming from the White House in Israel’s favor because that is where foreign policy is made. President Joe Biden personally considers himself to be a “Zionist.” The president’s Chief of Staff and the State Department’s top three officials have been Zionist Jews. Jews also head Treasury, Homeland Security, the Office of National Intelligence, the Justice Department, the National Security Council and the deputy director slot at CIA.

Regarding some other appointments that smell very bad, two recent stories stand out. The first, entitled “Tel Aviv’s Man in Washington”, comes from journalist James Carden. It concerns Amos Hochstein who, has been reportedly tapped as President Joe Biden senior adviser for consultations with top Israeli officials in order to mediate between Israel and Lebanon. Hochstein is an odd choice as he was born and raised in Jerusalem and is a Jewish Israeli-US dual national who served in the Israeli Defense Forces in the early 1990s and who still has a mother and father living in Israel. He moved to Washington after military service and began his unusually rapid ascent to the highest levels of the US government, beginning with a staff position for Jewish Congressman Sam Gejdenson and then as Staff Director of the House Foreign Affairs Committee. It is not clear how he obtained a security clearance given his background, but he obviously was given highly sensitive assignments. Carden cites the Lebanese news source L’Orient which reported that Hochstein, as a congressional staffer in the 1990s,” met with an Iraqi Foreign Ministry official to discuss a plan to resettle Palestinians in Iraq in return for sanctions relief.” This background suggests that Hochstein is a bit of a specialist in removing Palestinians from Israel.

After that job, Hochstein joined the Obama administration, eventually being placed in charge of the energy portfolio at the State Department, an astonishing leap in status for a man billed as “Biden’s favorite energy guy” who appears to have no college degree. And what about a biographical sketch that mentions Hochstein’s ownership interests in two Washington restaurants and a movie theater? And then there is his obtaining a well remunerated board seat on the Ukrainian state oil and gas giant Naftogaz, which positively exudes a Hunter Biden odor? And it was reported that early in the Biden administration, Hochstein was the president’s choice to lead efforts to block or destroy the Nord Stream 2 pipeline, which presumably would have inter alia enhanced his own likely financial interests in Ukrainian energy companies.

Carden also poses the big question, which is “How could someone of Hochstein’s (opaque) background possibly be viewed as an honest broker in the Middle East?” He responds to that himself with “He isn’t” and then goes on to explain “The practice of appointing foreign nationals in sensitive positions of public trust are wildly inappropriate and lead, inevitably, to a subversion of US national interests. As Biden and his staff of bought and paid for political appointees drag us deeper and deeper into two wars 5,000 miles from our shores, the pernicious influence of foreign nationals at the highest levels of the US government is a danger the American people need to awaken to.”

To that expert analysis I would add that naming an Israeli as US-envoy for dealing with a highly manipulative Israel is completely delusional. Hochstein will lean strongly towards benefitting his country, which is Israel, and when it comes to energy there are large gas and oil fields just off the Gazan coast, which would fall into Israeli hands if the Gazans were completely eliminated. The fields are worth many billions of dollars. It will be interesting to watch the development of what Hochstein will contrive to hand them over to his Jewish countrymen while also benefitting his own interests.

The other story is similar in that it illustrates why you should not send Israelis or even American Jews who feel very strongly about Israel to deal with the Israeli government or even anywhere near the Middle East. I say this not to punish them for being Jewish but rather to avoid placing them in situations where there would be a presumption of serious potential conflict of interest. A former senior US official fitting that profile is facing a backlash after being caught on video included on the link repeatedly harassing a halal food vendor in New York and aggressively calling for the deaths of more Gazan children. Stuart Seldowitz previously served as deputy director of the United States Department of State’s Office of Israel and Palestinian Affairs where he must have been quite a lot of fun to be around. How does a man like that get a senior diplomatic post dealing with the Middle East? Well, the only answer must be that he is given the job precisely because he is Jewish and will do the “right thing” for the state of Israel. And you wonder why US foreign policy might be politely described as “completely screwed up”? It did not happen by accident!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from TUR

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Click here to view the video

April 16, 2023 – Broomfield, CO – Pilar Peters was pregnant with triples in 2022. However, in Dec. 2022, doctors found a lump on one triplet, and babies were born via emergency C-section on Dec. 27, 2022. 

Baby Theo was diagnosed with Stage 4 Sarcoma and died on Jan. 31, 2023.

Baby Milo, Theo’s identical twin was diagnosed with Stage 2 Sarcoma on Feb. 1, 2023 and had 6 rounds of chemo, 4 surgeries, 89 hospital inpatient stays. 

“In an incredibly rare finding, it was determined that Milo’s tumor was a metastasized site from Theo’s cancer, since they shared a placenta in utero.”

May 16, 2023 – Sudbury, Ontario – Ryley Travis Bergeron-Folz, son of Jessica Folz and Danika Bergeron, was born a few days early by c-section on May 5th, 2023. At 10 days old he was diagnosed with rhabdomyosarcoma of the bladder (there had been some indication of a mild abnormality seen on fetal ultrasound).

Ryley is now 10 days old and has successfully had his picc line inserted. Little Ryley is embarking on a long journey of chemotherapy and surgery to remove the mass and potentially removing his entire bladder. He will be staying at Sick Kids for the start of his chemotherapy.

June 16, 2021 – Sadie Sheppard got her COVID shot in second Trimester and her baby developed brain cancer and died at 2 days old.

“Anya rapidly developed a cancerous brain tumor in utero (suspected at 30/32 weeks) that progressed so rapidly and shifted my organs in such a dangerous way my cesarean was performed by over 30 doctors, surgeons and techs.”

“I got my COVID shot in the 2nd trimester and my baby developed brain cancer. I’m not sure if there are any links and my providers have stood by the fact that there are no links. But my mind can’t help but wonder”.

Her baby Anya lived 2 days and died on June 16, 2021.

My Take

COVID-19 mRNA Vaccinated pregnant women are having babies that develop aggressive cancers while still in utero.

These may be Turbo Cancers, but it is too early to tell.

I will raise a very serious concern that I believe has not been raised by anyone yet:

  1. Lipid Nanoparticles (LNPs) cross the placenta
  2. When a pregnant woman is vaccinated with an mRNA Vaccine, the LNPs in her blood cross the placenta and deliver Pfizer & Moderna mRNA to the fetus which can then produce the toxic spike protein.

  3. DNA Contamination is also contained within Pfizer & Moderna LNPs, in addition to the mRNA
  4. DNA Contamination is therefore also crossing the placenta, potentially integrating into the genome of the developing fetus.
  5. This could lead to the initiation of an aggressive cancer in utero.

We’ve now had months of very important work done exposing DNA contamination of both Pfizer & Moderna COVID-19 mRNA vaccines.

However, as far as I know, no one has raised the possibility of DNA Contamination, contained within LNPs, being delivered across the placenta to the fetus, potentially integrating into its genome and causing extremely aggressive cancers.

The horror continues…

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Alle Artikel von Global Research können in 51 Sprachen gelesen werden, indem Sie die Schaltfläche Website übersetzen unterhalb des Namens des Autors aktivieren.

Um den täglichen Newsletter von Global Research (ausgewählte Artikel) zu erhalten, klicken Sie hier.

Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche “Teilen”, um diesen Artikel per E-Mail an Ihre Freunde und Kollegen weiterzuleiten. Folgen Sie uns auf Instagram und Twitter und abonnieren Sie unseren Telegram-Kanal. Sie können die Artikel von Global Research gerne weiterveröffentlichen und mit anderen teilen.

***

Einleitung

Die schrecklichen, nicht enden wollenden Kriege, die Bedrohung der Menschheit durch einen möglichen Dritten und atomaren Weltkrieg sowie Hungersnot und Ungerechtigkeiten machen die Menschen krank.

Eine wissenschaftlich-medizinische Fachgesellschaft meinte bereits vor einem Jahr, dass allein in Deutschland nahezu 30 Prozent der erwachsenen Bevölkerung von einer psychischen Erkrankung betroffen sind.

Die Weltgesundheitsorganisation der Vereinten Nationen (WHO) hat bereits vor vielen Jahrzehnten eine Statistik über die Neurosen bei den Völkern Europas und den Vereinigten Staaten veröffentlicht, aus der hervorgeht, dass zehn Prozent der Menschen Westeuropas und Amerikas an akuten Neurosen (seelischen Erkrankungen) leiden. Weitere 30 Prozent der Bevölkerung sind mehr oder weniger neurotisch. Heute werden es sehr viele mehr sein. Die Neurose hat seelische Ursachen, löst aber oft organische, körperliche Beschwerden aus.

Während man in den USA schon seit langem die Erkenntnisse der psychosomatischen Wissenschaft lehrt und sich deren Ergebnisse zunutze macht, wurden in Europa die Einsichten der Tiefenpsychologie nur wenig bis gar nicht berücksichtigt. Die Folge ist ein Rückstand in Forschung und Praxis. 

„Willst du den Körper heilen, musst du zuerst die Seele heilen!“ 

Bereits der griechische Philosoph Platon (428-347 v. Chr.), Schüler des Sokrates und einer der bekanntesten und einflussreichsten Persönlichkeiten der Geistesgeschichte, dem die zitierte Aussage zugeschrieben wird, scheint gewusst zu haben, was erst zu Beginn des letzten Jahrhunderts unter dem Einfluss der tiefenpsychologischen Forschung wirklich erkannt worden ist: dass Kranksein nicht nur ein körperlicher, sondern auch ein seelischer Prozess ist.

Basisdaten zu psychischen Erkrankungen in Deutschland

In einer Veröffentlichung der „Deutschen Gesellschaft für Psychiatrie, Psychotherapie, Psychosomatik und Nervenheilkunde e. V. (DGPPN)“, einer wissenschaftlich-medizinischen Fachgesellschaft, hieß es bereits im Januar 2023:

„In Deutschland sind jedes Jahr etwa 27,9 Prozent der erwachsenen Bevölkerung von einer psychischen Erkrankung betroffen. Das entspricht rund 17,8 Millionen betroffene Personen, (…). Zu den häufigsten Erkrankungen zählen Angststörungen (15,4 Prozent), gefolgt von affektiven Störungen (9,8 Prozent / unipolare Depression allein 8,2 Prozent) und Störungen durch Alkohol- und Medikamentenkonsum (5,7 Prozent).“ (1)

Leider versuchen viele Kollegen, verunsicherte Ratsuchende mit den gesellschaftlichen Verhältnissen auszusöhnen, anstatt auch das soziale und kulturelle Problem in den psychotherapeutischen Prozess mit einzubeziehen. Diese würden dann erkennen, dass ihre individuellen Probleme und ihre Krankheit nicht nur in ihrer persönlichen Geschichte wurzeln, sondern vielmehr in einer inhumanen Gesellschaft und Kultur.

Tiefenpsychologische Befunde zu seelischen Ursachen körperlichen Krankseins

Mit der Psychosomatik hat die Medizin in ihrer Entwicklung einen entscheidenden Schritt gemacht. Galt ihr Interesse bisher hauptsächlich dem kranken Organ, nicht dem kranken Menschen, haben die tiefenpsychologischen Befunde die weitreichenden seelischen Ursachen des körperlichen Krankseins ins Auge gefasst.

Sehr viele Patienten, die Ärzte konsultieren, sind nicht organisch krank, sondern leiden an psychisch bedingten Beschwerden. Darüber hinaus konnte die psychosomatische Forschung beweisen, dass das körperliche Krankheitsgeschehen im seelischen Bereich vorbereitet wird: Seelische Fehlhaltungen verändern die Organfunktion und schaffen damit die Krankheitsbereitschaft, auf deren Boden dann die krankmachenden Erreger gedeihen können.

*

Hinweis an die Leser: Bitte klicken Sie auf die obigen Schaltflächen zum Teilen. Folgen Sie uns auf Instagram und Twitter und abonnieren Sie unseren Telegram-Kanal. Fühlen Sie sich frei, Artikel von Global Research erneut zu veröffentlichen und zu teilen.

Dr. Rudolf Lothar Hänsel ist Schul-Rektor, Erziehungswissenschaftler und Diplom-Psychologe. Nach seinen Universitätsstudien wurde er wissenschaftlicher Lehrer in der Erwachsenenbildung. Als Pensionär arbeitete er als Psychotherapeut in eigener Praxis. In seinen Büchern und Fachartikeln fordert er eine bewusste ethisch-moralische Werteerziehung sowie eine Erziehung zu Gemeinsinn und Frieden. Er schreibt regelmäßig für Global Research. 

Note

[1] https://de.rt.com/meinung/164099-studie-rund-ein-drittel-der-erwachsenen-deutschen-psychisch-erkrankt/

Das abgebildete Bild stammt von melitas/Shutterstock.com

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Introduction

The terrible, never-ending wars, the threat to humanity from a possible third and nuclear world war as well as famine and injustice are making people ill.

A year ago, a scientific and medical association stated that in Germany alone, almost 30 per cent of the adult population is affected by mental illness.

Many decades ago, the World Health Organisation of the United Nations (WHO) published statistics on neuroses among the peoples of Europe and the United States, which showed that ten percent of people in Western Europe and America suffer from acute neuroses (mental illnesses). A further 30 per cent of the population are more or less neurotic. Today, there will be many more. Neurosis has psychological causes, but often triggers organic, physical complaints.

While the findings of psychosomatic science have long been taught and utilised in the USA, the insights of depth psychology have received little or no attention in Europe. The result is a backlog in research and practice. 

“If you want to heal the body, you must first heal the soul!” 

The Greek philosopher Plato (428-347 BC), a student of Socrates and one of the most famous and influential personalities in the history of ideas, to whom the quoted statement is attributed, seems to have already known what was only really recognised at the beginning of the last century under the influence of depth psychology research: that being ill is not only a physical but also a mental process.

Basic Data on Mental Illnesses in Germany

In January 2023, a publication by the German Society for Psychiatry, Psychotherapy, Psychosomatics and Neurology (DGPPN), a specialist scientific and medical society, stated that

“In Germany, around 27.9 per cent of the adult population is affected by a mental illness every year. This corresponds to around 17.8 million people affected (…). The most common illnesses include anxiety disorders (15.4 per cent), followed by affective disorders (9.8 per cent / unipolar depression alone 8.2 per cent) and disorders caused by alcohol and drug use (5.7 per cent).” (1)

Unfortunately, many colleagues try to reconcile insecure counsellors with social conditions instead of including social and cultural problems in the psychotherapeutic process. They would then realise that their individual problems and their illness are not only rooted in their personal history, but rather in an inhumane society and culture.

Depth Psychological Findings on the Psychological Causes of Physical Illness

With psychosomatics, medicine has taken a decisive step in its development. Whereas previously it was mainly interested in the sick organ, not the sick person, the depth psychological findings have focussed on the far-reaching psychological causes of physical illness.

Many patients who consult doctors are not organically ill, but are suffering from psychological complaints. Furthermore, psychosomatic research has been able to prove that physical illnesses are prepared in the mental sphere: Mental misalignments change organ function and thus create the readiness for illness, on the basis of which the pathogens that cause illness can then thrive.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr Rudolf Lothar Hänsel is a school rector, educationalist and qualified psychologist. After his university studies, he became an academic teacher in adult education. As a pensioner, he worked as a psychotherapist in his own practice. In his books and specialist articles, he calls for a conscious ethical and moral education of values as well as an education for public spirit and peace. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Note

(1) https://de.rt.com/meinung/164099-studie-rund-ein-drittel-der-erwachsenen-deutschen-psychisch-erkrankt/ 

Featured image is from melitas/Shutterstock.com

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

It’s been a rough couple of months for President Joe Biden and his feckless foreign policy team. Israel is going its own way in its war against Hamas, with renewed bombing in Gaza, and the American public is bitterly divided, all of which is reflected in polls that continue to be unfavorable to the White House.  

Meanwhile, the president and his foreign policy aides have also been left on the outside as serious peace talks between Russia and Ukraine have rapidly gained momentum.

“Everyone in Europe is talking about this”—the peace talks—an American businessman who spent years dealing with high-level Ukrainian diplomatic and military issues in the government told me earlier this week. “But there are lots of questions between a ceasefire and a settlement.” The veteran journalist Anataol Lieven wrote this week that the battlefield situation in Ukraine and thus “a ceasefire and negotiations for a peace settlement are becoming more and more necessary for Ukraine.” He said that it was “exceptionally difficult” for the Ukrainian government headed by Volodymyr Zelensky to agree to talks, given its repeated refusal to negotiate with Russian President Vladimir Putin.

The driving force of those talks has not been Washington or Moscow, or Biden or Putin, but instead the two high-ranking generals who run the war, Valery Gerasimov of Russia and Valery Zaluzhny of Ukraine.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Either the Resistance Axis and the Global South decolonize the Middle East, or “Israel” and the US will continue occupying the region, choking off the New Silk Road, plundering Syria’s oil, and keeping Russian, Iranian, and Arab gas cut off from the world market. 

Two weeks before Hamas’ Operation Al-Aqsa Flood on October 7, Netanyahu went to the United Nations General Assembly, held up a map, and declared his plan for a “New Middle East”: an economic corridor, stretching from India to the UAE, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, “Israel”, and finally to Europe.

This is one of the main geopolitical reasons behind “Israel’s” massacre in Gaza.

[Link to graphic: www.drishtiias.com/daily-updates/daily-news-analysis/india-middle-east-europe-corridor]

The United States, “Israel’s” main backer, is desperate for a way to try and contain BRICS, and more specifically, to counter China’s New Silk Road. Building a rival corridor would hit two birds with one stone: contain China, Iran, and Syria and help “Israel” and the United States maintain economic and political dominance against a multipolar world.

It was a rough year for Washington and “Tel Aviv” as sanctions against Russia failed miserably. Saudi Arabia made peace with Iran and Syria and held talks with Yemen – countries the US and “Israel” have tried isolating for years. After seeing the US steal $300bln from Russia’s Central Bank, not only did the Dollar’s relevance begin to recede, but dozens of countries applied to join BRICS, the group of emerging economic giants, with its membership doubling from 5 to 11 members, to include Iran.

The ancient Silk Road was the most important trade route in human history, stretching all the way from China to Syria and into the Mediterranean Sea. China and 150 other countries understand its importance and seek to revive it. It is the future of world economics and politics.

In the weeks leading up to Netanyahu’s announcement, Iran and Iraq signed a railway deal, and President al-Assad of Syria visited China to sign a strategic partnership with the world’s largest economy. This is pivotal. Not only has the West failed in isolating these countries, but now the New Silk Road has expanded its rail infrastructure and obtained access to the Mediterranean Sea through Syria’s Latakia port; crucial goals for land and maritime trade.

As important as these developments are, they are just one aspect. You then have the gas.

Cutting Off Russian Gas to Europe

When the United States instigated the Maidan Coup in Ukraine in 2014, it wasn’t just about NATO expansion and encirclement of Russia. It was also about surrounding, controlling, and cutting off Russian gas to Europe. Russia is the country with the largest proven reserves of natural gas. Control Ukraine and you control the pipelines that supply Russian gas to Europe. 

There was, however, another major route for Russian gas into Europe, but from the north: the Nordstream pipelines.

For decades, US politicians from every administration have said repeatedly how much they dislike the Nord Stream pipelines. In 2022, before the war in Ukraine exploded, Biden delivered an ominous threat that he would “bring an end” to Nordstream – despite the pipeline being a Russian-German project, and the German Chancellor Scholz standing next to him, silently. 

Then, all of a sudden, Nord Stream 1 and 2 were conveniently blown up in 2022. This remains, without question, one of the largest, most egregious terrorist attacks on European infrastructure in modern history. Only three countries in the world can pull off such an operation: Russia, Britain, and the United States– and it certainly wasn’t Russia, who owns the pipeline and had already turned the gas off anyway.

This attack, in addition to sanctions banning Russian oil and gas, made sure that no more Russian gas could flow to Europe. And just like that, the United States achieved a longstanding foreign policy objective: keep the Russians out and the Germans down.

Next Objective: Iranian Gas and Oil

The only other country with enormous gas reserves – the second largest in the world – is Iran. The Iran Nuclear Deal was signed in 2015. Iran complied in every way, and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) couldn’t be happier. However, the United States went back on its word, reimposed sanctions on Iran, and violated the agreement. This effectively barred Iran from selling oil and gas to Europe and others.

Now with both Russia and Iran out of the picture, “Israel” suddenly proposes itself as a solution to the European Union’s gas shortages, signing a gas deal with the bloc in June 2022.

The Leviathan Gas Field 

A geological survey conducted in 2010 found a monstrous gas field in the Middle East: the Leviathan, located in the Levantine Basin, off the coast of Palestine, Lebanon, and Syria.

The hidden reasons behind the war on Gaza

Ultimately, Syria would not allow Western corporations to extract its gas, nor would Qatar’s ambitious oil pipeline, meant to pass through Syria, ever materialize. Coincidentally, soon after, war broke out in Syria, with Qatar and “Israel” being two of many parties funding terrorist groups to try and overthrow Damascus.

Today, the United States, who also worked to inflict harm on Syria, controls all of Syria’s oil fields, and “Israel” has bombed Syria’s most vital port, Latakia, several times. All this was done to cut off oil revenue and cripple maritime activity, including gas exploration. 

‘Israel’ Putting Rival Ports Out of Action

Another major port on the Levantine coast is the Beirut Port, which mysteriously exploded in 2020. Then “Israel” showed up in 2022 with an enormous vessel to try and extract gas from the Karish gas fields in Lebanon, reigniting a dispute about maritime borders with Lebanon. Only after Hezbollah threatened to fire on the ships did “Israel” back off and get the US to settle the issue on its behalf.

Gaza, a coastal enclave, also with its own unexplored gas fields, has been under an Israeli and Egyptian naval blockade since 2007. The siege and numerous wars “Israel” launched against Gaza make sure that Palestinians can’t even fish properly, let alone extract gas.

So now, with all the Lebanese, Syrian, and Palestinian ports out of action, the only working port left on the coast is the port in Haifa, controlled by “Israel”.

The hidden reasons behind the war on Gaza

This makes “Israel” the only one able to extract gas and implement an economic corridor. In other words, “Israel” and the United States killed off all the competition (Iran, Russia, Syria, Lebanon, Palestine) stole their goods, and cornered the market.

Lo and behold, while “Israel” was bombing Gaza, on October 29, it handed out 12 licenses to companies to begin gas extraction in the Leviathan basin in the Mediterranean Sea.

No Stability in the Region Without Solving the Palestinian Question

As winter approaches, “Israel” desperately needs to deliver on its promise of gas to Europe. And the United States is growing desperate as BRICS and China’s Belt and Road Initiative grow ever more popular. However, there can be no stability in the region without solving the Palestinian question. 

When Netanyahu announced his plan at the UN, the Israelis thought it was a done deal by getting Saudi Arabia to normalize ties, and thereby, extinguishing the Palestinian issue once and for all. But it isn’t over, and the Palestinians aren’t going anywhere.

This explains why “Israel” is slaughtering Palestinians in such a hysterical, maniacal fashion. “Israel” occupied and attacked Gaza many times before, but the current level of violence surpasses anything we’ve ever seen. “Israel” is trying to kill as many Palestinians as it can in Gaza and scare the rest into abandoning their homes and going to Egypt. A recently leaked document from the Israeli Ministry of Intelligence confirms that “Israel” is trying to ethnically cleanse Gaza by pushing Palestinians into the Sinai Desert. The United States even offered to wipe Egypt’s national debt, in exchange for allowing Palestinians to live in make-shift tents in the desert; an insulting and outrageous proposal.

Leaked document from the Israeli Ministry of Intelligence says that Israel is trying to push Gazans into Sinai

Leaked document from the Israeli Ministry of Intelligence says that “Israel” is trying to push Gazans into Sinai

Israel Seeks to Push Palestinians in Gaza into the Sinai desert, and those in the West Bank into Jordan

“Israel” seeking to push Palestinians in Gaza into the Sinai Desert and those in the West Bank into Jordan

This is genocide and ethnic cleansing without question. Hundreds of lawyers are currently trying to prosecute “Israel” at the International Criminal Court for what it is doing in Gaza – a sight reminiscent of the Nakba in 1948. 

Yes, Zionism is anti-Semitic and racist, but there are also huge economic and geopolitical implications behind “Israel” and the United States’ genocide in Gaza.

When Hamas and the collective Resistance found out about Netanyahu’s plan for a “New Middle East” and Saudi Arabia’s wishes to normalize ties with “Israel”, they understood that this would destroy any hope of a Palestinian state. It forced their hand and they understood they must act immediately, or Palestine would be lost forever.

For the Palestinians, it is a matter of life and death. To be or not to be.

Either the Resistance Axis and the Global South decolonize the Middle East, or “Israel” and the United States will continue occupying the region, choking off the New Silk Road, plundering Syria’s oil, and keeping Russian, Iranian, and Arab gas cut off from the world market. 

This is a decisive moment – and not just for Palestine – for the vanquishers will draw the new map of the world to come.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: The hidden reasons behind the war on Gaza (Part I) (Illustrated by Arwa Makki; Al Mayadeen English)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

On December 1, Israel resumed its bombing campaign against Gaza, and the civilian death toll is once again rising. Both Hamas and Israel accused the other of violating the temporary truce. Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant has promised, “We will fight in the entire [Gaza] Strip.” Despite meekly worded suggestions from Secretary of State Antony Blinken that Israel make an effort to reduce civilian deaths, the U.S. position remains one of full-throttled support for a military campaign that has killed more than 15,000 Palestinians, the vast majority of them children and other civilians.

In this special episode of Intercepted, political analyst Mouin Rabbani, co-editor of the Arab Studies Institute’s ezine Jadaliyya, offers a provocative analysis of the current situation. In a discussion with Jeremy Scahill and Murtaza Hussain, Rabbani suggests that behind the belligerent rhetoric and Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s proclamations he will eradicate Hamas, Israel may already be heading for a bloody quagmire it is unlikely to transform into an accomplishment of its stated goals.

“We’re now well into the second month of this war, and the most Israel has been able to achieve is to raise the Israeli flag on a hospital. It’s not exactly Iwo Jima,” Rabbani says. The “Israeli military is a very effective killing machine when it’s dropping 2,000-pound bombs from the air, but a rather mediocre fighting force when it comes to ground operations.”

Rabbani describes the evolution of Hamas’s strategy and tactics over the past decades and maps out several scenarios that might emerge in the coming period.

“The idea that you can wipe [Hamas] out, even if you fully succeed in conquering every last square inch of the Gaza Strip, is an illusion,” he says. “It is effectively impossible to resume this war without regional escalation.”

***

Jeremy Scahill (JS): This is Intercepted.

Welcome to Intercepted. I’m Jeremy Scahill.

Murtaza Hussain (MH): And I’m Murtaza Hussain.

JS: Maz it seems like the hardliners in Israel are getting their way. On Friday morning the temporary truce was shattered. Israel claims that Hamas fired rockets. Hamas is saying that Israel broke the truce. Regardless of how it happened, we are now back to a situation where Israel has resumed heavy bombardment. Early indications are that they’re increasing their campaign in the south of Gaza. And Israel began its military operations literally as U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken was taking off to depart Israel.

Antony Blinken: Well, good evening everyone and thanks for bearing with us through a long day. So this is my fourth trip to Israel since the Hamas terrorist attacks of October 7th.

JS: And it really seems like every time Blinken goes to the region or goes to Israel, it’s then followed by an intensification of Israeli military tactics. And you know Blinken has been trying to publicly sell this talking out of both sides of the mouth from Washington. On the one hand giving full-throttled support to Israel and on the other hand saying, well, we want to try to put some guardrails on Israel’s operations. And one of the things that Blinken said is:

Antony Blinken: But Israel has the most sophisticated — one of the most sophisticated — militaries in the world. It is capable of neutralizing the threat posed by Hamas while minimizing harm to innocent men women and children.

JS: All we’ve seen from Israel since this started was the opposite. We’ve seen that Israel clearly wants to maximize the terror being felt by civilians in Gaza. And part of it seems aimed at saying we’re gonna force them through merciless bombing to somehow overthrow Hamas. But it shows a kind of fundamental misunderstanding of the lens of history that many Palestinians are viewing this through and also the history of Hamas itself.

MH: Well, if you look at the satellite footage and even statements from Israeli officials, it is clear that their campaign is not aimed at minimizing damage to the Palestinian people or civilian infrastructure, or civilians themselves. They’ve been carrying it out in such a way to punish the population and you’ve seen this in the death toll as well too.

So Blinken’s statement that Israel has the capability of minimizing the toll to civilians may be true per se but the implication is that they’re not taking that because they have the technology, they have the weaponry and so forth. But we would not be seeing these massive death tolls of 15-plus thousand people by some estimates — total destruction of Gaza City — were Israeli leaders taking, prioritizing and minimizing civilian harm or just focusing on Hamas per se. And we can see that they’re not just focusing on Hamas, not just by the toll on Gaza, but also by the actions of the West Bank recently, where Hamas is not in control and where Israel is still ramping up its suppression of Palestinians killings and the treatment of Palestinians in jail too, which is also deteriorated in recent weeks by many reports.

So it’s very, very clear that Israel is not behaving in the way that Blinken is portraying them as behaving or… This good cop bad cop attitude that the U.S. is taking towards Israel is really not very convincing, even on those terms. It’s clear that Israel is engaging in tactics which we condemn very thoroughly when done by Russia or Syria or other countries that we’re opposed to. But when we’re seeing them in real time by [a] U.S. ally, we’re getting at very minimum defense from the U.S. administration of Israeli actions.

JS: You know, now we’re about two months into this acute aspect of the war. Of course, this war has been going on a lot longer and started far, far earlier than October 7th, of course. But we thought it would be good and worth it to look at these two months that have shook the world, and to do so we’re joined by Mouin Rabbani. He’s a researcher, analyst, and commentator specializing in Palestinian affairs, the Arab-Israeli conflict, as well as the contemporary Middle East. He is the co-editor of Jadaliyya and contributing editor of Middle East Report.

Mouin thank you so much for being with us here on Intercepted.

Mouin Rabbani (MR): It’s a real pleasure to be with you. Thanks for inviting me.

JS: Let’s start with the very beginning of this acute aspect of the war. Of course, you can say this has been going on for a very, very long time, but… October 7th. First, talk about what you understand were the strategic objectives of Hamas in what they called “Operation Al-Aqsa Flood.”

MR: Well, I think we’re probably going to have to wait, and perhaps wait a long time, to get a definitive answer to that question. But the strategic objective, as I understand it, was to shatter the status quo, and to shatter it irrevocably.

It was a situation in which the Gaza Strip had been under blockade for 16, 17 years, the occupation was well into its sixth decade. Of course, there was also the dispossession of the Palestinians in 1948. And, in addition to that, what we had also seen was a number of escalating Israeli measures.

First of all, of particular interest to Hamas as an Islamist movement, the Al-Aqsa Mosque and the Haram al-Sharif compound in Jerusalem, the growing settler pogroms, and dispossession and ethnic cleansing in the West Bank, particularly in the Jordan Valley.

So, on the one hand, you have those developments. On the other hand, you had a situation where Israel was increasingly seeking to unilaterally resolve the core issues of the question of Palestine, without any reference to either Palestinian rights or Palestinian interests, or even negotiations with those Palestinians who were most amenable to the Israeli agenda; here, I’m referring to the Palestinian leadership, the leadership of the Palestinian Authority in Ramallah.

And the reason it was able to do this is because Israel had, on the one hand, the active support of the Americans. And, secondarily, the passive acquiescence of the Europeans, a passive acquiescence that has turned increasingly into active support as well. And I think the reason that Hamas decided it needed to do something, for lack of a better term, genuinely spectacular on October 7th, is because they had attempted to shatter the status quo on two separate occasions, at least.

The first was the Great March of Return in 2018, when very large numbers of Palestinians went to the boundary between the Gaza Strip and Israel to demonstrate, on the anniversary of Nakba Day. And Israeli snipers shot and killed numerous Palestinians, wounded many more, medics were killed, and so on. And the world shrugged and, the following day, things returned back to what they were.

More recently, in 2021, represented the first time that an Israeli-Palestinian armed confrontation took place at the initiative of Hamas, rather than Israel. And, just as importantly, was initiated by Hamas for reasons that had nothing to do with conditions in the Gaza Strip. It was a response to growing Israeli incursions, and repression, and other measures in East Jerusalem; you may remember the attempted settlement expansion in the Sheikh Jarrah neighborhood of East Jerusalem. And then specifically, also the Al-Aqsa Mosque. And even then, that lasted for a few weeks, that was a so-called “Unity Intifada,” where you had Palestinians rising up in the West Bank within Israel, and then this confrontation between Palestinians and Israel in the Gaza Strip. A ceasefire was eventually established and, once again, things went back to their usual pattern.

I think, when you look at the scale of what we saw on October 7th, it can’t be seen as a response to the policies of the current far-right government in Israel: Netanyahu, Ben-Gvir, and Smotrich, and so on. Sure, that was a factor, but the planning for an operation of this size, scale, and scope must have started before — perhaps even well before — this government took office.

And so, I know there is a tendency to blame anything and everything on Netanyahu — it’s kind of a Netanyahu derangement syndrome, if you will — but the current government is more of a change in scale and intensity, rather than a change in policy. And the issues that I was discussing previously were more or less policies of previous Israeli governments, rather than the current one. In addition, of course, you had the prisoner file, which is of central importance, not only to Palestinians generally and to Hamas, particularly, but also to Yahya Sinwar, the leader of Hamas in the Gaza Strip, and seen as an architect of the October 7th attacks, personally.

So, if you take all of these issues together, my sense is that if you were to summarize Hamas’ strategic objective in one phrase, it would be to irrevocably shatter the status quo. Did they have very clear ideas of what they wanted beyond that? At the tactical level, yes. It’s quite clear that the reason they took so many Israeli soldiers captive and civilians hostage is because they wanted a comprehensive prisoner exchange, including people who they were unable to get released in the 2011 agreement, that led to the freedom for about a thousand Palestinian prisoners. They wanted changes with regard to the blockade, and so on.

But did they have a clear — and what they consider achievable — political objective? I haven’t really seen the evidence for that. My sense is they did not think that far ahead.

One last point is that I think we also need to recall that, on October 7th, the Israeli military and intelligence services not only failed but, at the first sign of contact, they collapsed like a house of cards. So, we have to consider it quite likely that the scale of the October 7th attacks far exceeded Hamas’s initial planning for that event, and that they ended up basically operating in a geographical area that’s larger than the Gaza Strip itself. I don’t know to what extent Hamas planned for that. I suspect they didn’t think they would be able to, and I suspect that many of these expanded operations were decided, and implemented, and conducted in the heat of the moment, simply because the Israeli defensive measures evaporated into thin air.

MH: Mouin, in the wake of October 7th, the Israeli government has said that its goal is to eradicate Hamas; in various terms, it said that. And it’s reiterated that goal now, over a month into the operation. Despite that, Hamas, by all accounts, still seems to have considerable command and control inside Gaza. The recent prisoner exchange suggests as well that they’re still very well entrenched, and Israel is still very, very far from achieving those stated military objectives.

From your sense, how realistic is this goal of destroying Hamas, or eradicating Hamas, as the Israeli government has put it. Is it an actually achievable objective for Israel? And, if so, what would it take to accomplish that?

MR: I don’t think it’s achievable at all, and I think we should view this primarily as a rhetorical aspiration, rather than a serious policy. It’s quite possible that, on October 7th, Netanyahu Defense Minister Gallant, Chief of Staff, and their biggest champions in Washington — Biden and Blinken — believed that this would be, to use a phrase that was introduced in 2003, “a cakewalk,” and could be easily achieved.

But even before this Israeli offensive started, let’s look at the facts. Hamas and a number of other armed groups are also present in the West Bank. Hamas is a fairly modest militia, even if you compare it to other paramilitary organizations in that part of the world, and especially if you compare it to conventional state armies, and overwhelmingly, if you compare it to the nuclear power that is Israel, that is armed to the teeth with the most advanced weaponry in the U.S. arsenal. So, Hamas is already, in military terms, a quite modest outfit. That’s referring to Hamas in the Gaza Strip.

Then, when you talk about Hamas and other groups in the West Bank, they’re not just modest. I mean, they’re very lightly armed. Most of their weaponry consists of, at best, automatic weapons and explosives. Nevertheless, for the past two years, Israel has been conducting regular intensive raids, particularly in the northern West Bank, to wipe these organizations out. It has had the full cooperation of the Palestinian Authority in this campaign. And, if anything, the attacks emanating out of the West Bank — and Northern West Bank in particular — have been escalating.

So, if you can’t eliminate an exceptionally poorly-armed series of militias that are, in many respects, not even a coherent military force from the West Bank where you have total control, and you have the cooperation of the Palestinian authorities, how can you expect to achieve that objective against a much better armed, more coherent, much larger and well developed Palestinian armed group in a territory that it has controlled for almost two decades? That would be my first answer.

Secondly, Hamas is not just a militia or an armed group. It is a deeply rooted movement that exists wherever Palestinian communities exist today, very much, like used to be the case — and in many respects still is a case — with the PLO and its constituent factions. So the idea that you can wipe this group out, even if you fully succeed in conquering every last square inch of the Gaza Strip, is also an illusion. You have the civil service, you have the social services, you have the political movement. It’s a whole network of agencies, organizations, and institutions, and so on.

And so, I think the most that Israel could hope to attain would be to wipe out the existing leadership and to severely degrade the military capabilities of Hamas, but only in the Gaza Strip. And even that has been a total failure. We’re now well into the second month of this war, and the most Israel has been able to achieve is to raise the Israeli flag on a hospital. It’s not exactly Iwo Jima.

And not only that, I think there’s another point worth making, as your question implied: At the very outset of this war, Israel and the United States vowed, as you said, that they would eradicate Hamas, that there would be no truce until this objective was achieved, and that there would absolutely be no negotiations with this group. Well, if you look at the situation today, there has now been approximately a week of a truce, a whole series of exchanges of captives, and these have been the result of Qatari- and Egyptian-mediated negotiations between the United States and Israel on the one hand, and Hamas on the other. And the person who was leading the negotiations on behalf of Hamas is Yahya Sinwar, the very architect of the October 7th attack.

So, Israel and the United States have already climbed down pretty far from the tree they jumped into. They’re negotiating, they’re accepting truces, they are implementing agreements that overwhelmingly reflect the conditions initially proposed by Hamas, rather than by them. So, how can you eradicate an organization you’re negotiating and reaching agreements with?

Of course, at some point, I do expect the Israeli offensive to resume, but I think we’re now in a stage where most likely we’ll see one, maybe one or two, furious Israeli attempts to inflict as much damage as they can. And then, I think the clock will start winding down pretty quickly.

JS: Mouin, these scenes that we have seen play out over the course of the exchanges of Israeli captives and Palestinian captives are surreal on a number of levels. On the one hand, Hamas is putting out fairly sophisticated video production on its side of the handovers. Sometimes they have drone photography that they’re using to show the vehicles, we’ve also seen these scenes of several Israeli prisoners smiling at them, shaking their hands, waving at them, speaking to them.

And Hamas has what I think is a fairly sophisticated information operation that they’re running. They also, in one of the exchanges, decided to do it right in the center of Gaza City…

MR: Twice, actually.

JS: Twice, right? The first time that it happened, I would have paid serious money to watch Netanyahu’s face as that was happening.

But you also have Yahya Sinwar acting as a sort of commander-in-chief in battle, and reportedly went down into tunnels where some of the Israelis were being held, and had interactions with them. One of the released Israelis, an 85-year-old woman who identifies herself as a peace activist, has been telling Israeli media that she had an exchange with Yahya Sinwar, where she kind of shamed him for attacking them and said, “we’re peace activists.”

But what I’m getting at is that you have a much more sophisticated public imaging operation going on from Hamas, and I want to get your take on what’s at play there, and how this is being received in the broader Arabic language public in the world.

MR: Yes. Well, I would start by saying that Hamas propaganda in the early days was very crude and very ineffective. And what appears to be the case is that they’ve taken a page out of Hezbollah’s playbook. And here, I’m referring to the experience of Hezbollah, the Lebanese militant movement, in the 1990s, when it was launching increasingly successful attacks on Israeli occupation forces, and on their local collaborators, the so-called South Lebanon Army.

And every time Hezbollah would claim, “we attacked this and that base or outposts, we can confirm that we inflicted X casualties,” the Israeli military spokesman would come out and say, well, the Arabs are lying again. And this is propaganda, we’ve got everything under full control.

Then, with the technological developments that we saw in the 90s, Hezbollah began recording their attacks on video, and then broadcasting them on its television station, Al-Manar. And, pretty soon, what you had is not only their own constituency in Lebanon — and people in the Middle East, more broadly — realizing that this is an organization whose claims had a lot of credibility. But, also, that its increase in credibility was because it was telling the truth, it was being honest. And it wasn’t inventing and exaggerating achievements that didn’t exist.

And, most importantly, it got to a point where the Israeli public began to trust Hezbollah propaganda more than the propaganda of their own military and their own government. And what I think we’ve seen here is broadly similar.

I know your question was specifically about the release of captives, but what we’ve seen is a whole series of statements by Hamas’s military spokesperson, Abu Obaida, who’s now become perhaps the single most popular figure in the Middle East; that’s not Mahmoud Abbas, as Biden and Blinken would like you to think. And he not only makes statements, but backs them up with video that substantiates those statements.

My sense is that Hamas propaganda is directed — or, at least in the initial stages — was directed primarily at Palestinian and Arab public opinion, and also at Israeli public opinion. But then, when you began to get all these statements coming out of the Israeli leadership, out of the U.S., particularly from European capitals also, saying Hamas is ISIS, Hamas is worse than ISIS, Hamas are Nazis … And it got to the point where people have actually been downplaying the Nazi Holocaust in order to suggest that the real issue here is not Adolf Hitler, but Yahya Sinwar, and so on.

Then Hamas also began, I think, trying to influence global, and particularly Western public opinion, which is, I think, a quite new arena for them. And the way they have tried to do this is to put out videos trying to demonstrate, whether you believe it or not, that they are treating their captives humanely, that they don’t consider attacking civilians a strategic goal, and so on.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles. 

Featured image source

Pilot Had a Seizure and Collapsed in the Cockpit

December 4th, 2023 by Dr. William Makis

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Nov. 29, 2023 – American Airlines Flight AA755 (CDG-PHL) from Paris to Philadelphia 

By Dr. Kevin Stillwagon

First Officer who was the flying pilot on American Airlines flight 755 from Paris to Philadelphia on Nov.29, 2023, had a seizure that stiffened his legs and back, jamming his feet under the rudder pedals on short final approach.

The captain immediately took over flying duties and there was no loss of aircraft control.

The relief pilot who was required to be on the flight deck during landing was able to remove the unconscious pilot from the seat.

The relief pilot occupied the seat for a normal landing and taxi to the gate. 

This is the fourth pilot incapacitation in two weeks.

Pilot Incapacitations and Deaths in August-November 2023

Nov. 26, 2023 – Ryanair Flight FR-3472 (LTN-RZE) from London Luton, UK to Rzeszow (Poland) on Nov.26, 2023, one of the pilots became incapacitated, plane diverted to Krakow and landed safely

Nov. 20, 2023 – Air Transat Flight TS-186 (YYZ-PUJ) from Toronto, Canada to Punta Cana, Dominican Republic – pilot became incapacitated and was replaced by a pilot passenger

Nov. 16, 2023 – Air India Pilot Death – 37 year old Air India Pilot Captain Himanil Kumar had cardiac arrest at Delhi’s Indira Gandhi International Airport during training

Oct. 30, 2023 – Jet2 Flight LS-1711 (MAN-DLM) Manchester (UK) to Dalaman (Turkey) – First officer became incapacitated, pilot diverted aircraft to Budapest, landed safely

Oct. 18, 2023 – Austrian Airlines Pilot Death – 43 year old Christian Zimmerebner, AUA Austrian Airlines Pilot and member of Dorfgastein mountain rescue, diedsuddenly on Oct.18, 2023 due to “serious illness”

Sep. 24, 2023 – Austrian Airlines Flight OS-188 (STR-VIE) Stuttgart to Vienna The captain became incapacitated, first officer took control of aircraft

Sep. 23, 2023 – Alaska Airlines Pilot Death – 37 year old Captain Eric McRae died suddenly in his hotel room during layover, was to fly that morning

Sep. 22, 2023 – Delta Flight DL-291 (CDG-LAX) Paris to Los Angeles – Pilot became incapacitated, was taken to cabin for care, plane diverted to Minneapolis, pilot taken to hospital

Aug. 27, 2023 – Air Canada Flight AC348 (YVR-YOW) Vancouver to Ottawa, one of the pilots felt ill and became incapacitated 50 min before landing in Ottawa.

Aug. 17, 2023 – IndiGo Flight (NAG-PNQ) Nagpur to Pune, India, 40 year old Pilot Manoj Subramanium died after collapsing at the boarding gate, about to board.

Aug. 16, 2023 – Qatar Airways Flight QR579 (DEL-DOH) Delhi to Doha, Qatar, 51 year old pilot collapsed as a passenger inflight and died, plane diverted to Dubai.

Aug. 14, 2023 – LATAM Flight LA505 (MIA-SCL) Miami to Santiago, Chile – 2 hours into 8hr flight, 56 year old Captain Ivan Andaur collapsed and died in the lavatory – plane diverted to Panama City!

Aug. 9, 2023 – United Airlines UAL1309 (SRQ-EWR) Sarasota to Newark, pilot had a heart attack and lost consciousness in flight

Aug. 7, 2023 – TigerAIR Flight IT237 (CTS-TPE) Sapporo to Taipei, copilot had a medical emergency after landing plane in Taipei

Pilot Incapacitations and Deaths (On Duty) January-July 2023 

July 19, 2023 – Eurowings Discover Flight 4Y-1205 (HER-FRA) Heraklion to Frankfurt, pilot incapacitated, first officer took control, landed safely

July 16, 2023 – Small plane – 2006 Piper Meridian, flying from Westchester NY, crashed at Martha’s Vineyard Airport after pilot had medical emergency upon final approach and passenger took control of the plane and attempted a landing. Pilot, 79 year old Randolph Bonnist, died later in hospital.

Jun.7, 2023 – Air Canada Flight ACA692 (YYZ-YYT) Toronto to St.John’s, First Officer became incapacitated, deadheading Captain assumed duties

Jun.4, 2023 – Small plane – Cessna Citation N611VG flying Tennessee to Long Island, fighter jets spotted pilot slumped over in cockpit unconscious, plane crashed and all onboard died

May 11, 2023 – HiSKy Flight H4474 (DUB-KIV) Dublin to Chisinau (Moldova), 20 min after liftoff pilot became “unable to act”, plane diverted to Manchester

May 4, 2023 – British Charter TUI Airways Flight BY-1424 (NCL-LPA) Newcastle to Las Palmas Spain pilot became ill, plane diverted back to NCL.

May 3, 2023 – Air Transat and Air Canada Pilot Eddy Vorperian, age 48, died suddenly during layover in Croatia

April 21, 2023 – Easyjet Flight U2-6469 (LGW-AGA) London Gatwick to Agadir, Morocco, first offer became incapacitated, diverted to Faro, Portugal.

April 4, 2023 – United Airlines Flight 2102 (BOI-SFO) – captain was incapacitated, first officer was only one in control of the aircraft.

March 25, 2023 – TAROM Flight RO-7673 TSR-HRG diverted to Bucharest as 30 yo pilot had chest pain, then collapsed

March 22, 2023 – Southwest Flight WN6013 LAS-CMH diverted as pilot collapsed shortly after take-off, replaced by non-Southwest pilot

March 18, 2023 – Air Transat Flight TS739 FDF-YUL first officer was incapacitated about 200NM south of Montreal

March 13, 2023 – Emirates Flight EK205 MXP-JFK diverted due to pilot illness hour and a half after take-off

March 11, 2023 – United Airlines Flight UA2007 GUA-ORD diverted due to “incapacitated pilot” who had chest pains

March 11, 2023 – British Airways (CAI-LHR) pilot died of heart attack in crew hotel in Cairo before a Cairo to London flight (name & age not released)

March 3, 2023 – Virgin Australia Flight VA-717 ADL-PER Adelaide to Perth flight was forced to make an emergency landing after First Officer suffered heart attack 30 min after departure.

Military Pilot Incapacitations 

Aug. 18, 2023 – US Army Aviation Center (Alabama) student pilot went into cardiac arrest behind the controls midflight (Aug.18, 2023), Instructor landed plane – pilot was dead for 18 minutes!

Recent Pilot Deaths (Not On Duty) 

Pilot death – May 2023 – 4 Singapore Airlines pilots died suddenly in May 2023

Pilot death – May 9, 2023 – United Airlines and US Air Force Pilot Lt. Col. Michael Fugett, age 46, died unexpectedly at his home

Pilot death – April 13, 2023 – Phil Thomas, graduate of Flight Training Pilot academy in Cadiz, Spain (FTEJerez) died suddenly.

Pilot death – March 17, 2023 – 39 year old Westjet Pilot Benjamin Paul Vige died suddenly in Calgary

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

The Genocidal State of Israel. Netanyahu’s Machinations Are Coming Undone in the Midst of a Monumental Global Re-Alignment

By Prof. Anthony J. Hall, December 02, 2023

The background and career of Benjamin Netanyahu, still Congress’s darling, personifies the merger of the political culture of Israel and United States as expressed now in the Zionist assault presently underway. Netanyahu received most of his education, including high school and university, in the United States. He renounced his U.S. citizenship upon entering Israeli politics and “Serving a foreign country”. 

Banished from Pakistan: Islamabad Moves on Afghan Refugees

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, December 04, 2023

On September 15, the federal government ordered all individual Afghans residing in the country illegally to leave the country by November 1 or face deportation. The order affects some 1.7 million Afghans residing in the country, though the figures on the undocumented vary with dizzy fluctuations.

Henry Kissinger’s Bombing Campaign Likely Killed Hundreds of Thousands of Cambodians − And Set Path for the Ravages of the Khmer Rouge

By Prof. Sophal Ear, December 03, 2023

The rise of the murderous regime that forced my family to leave was, in part, encouraged by Kissinger’s policies. The cluster bombs dropped on Cambodia under Kissinger’s watch continue to destroy the lives of any man, woman or child who happens across them.

Some Focal Features of the Middle East. History and Politics

By Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović, December 03, 2023

The focal feature of both the history and the politics of the region of the Middle East in the Modern and Contemporary Age (during the last 250 years) is the constant conflicts between different internal and external conflicts. Therefore, probably, the term “powder keg” best describes this region (the Balkans as well) for the very reason that for a long period, the Middle East was and is involved in different larger or smaller forms of conflicts, struggles, and wars.

Western Complicity in Israel’s Genocide Against the People of Gaza

By Dr. Leon Tressell, December 03, 2023

Let us be clear: the ethnic cleansing, crimes against humanity and genocide being carried out by Israel is happening with the connivance of Western governments who not only provide political cover for Israel to continue with its crimes but in the case of the US supply the IDF with essential weapons and ammunition.

The Fall of the West

By Dr. Paul Larudee, December 03, 2023

Although the decline of the West is rapidly becoming more evident to informed observers of current events, the start of that decline is less easy to pinpoint, in part because it seemed less inevitable and more reversible until quite recently.

“Hamas is still in power in Gaza, and Israel is losing on the ground,” Interview with Tawfieq Toameh

By Tawfieq Toameh and Steven Sahiounie, December 03, 2023

The truce in Gaza has collapsed, and Israel has resumed their attacks on the civilians of Gaza. Over 14,000 people have died in Gaza, and about half are children. On Friday, the death toll is increasing once again after days of peace.

Our War Against the “Covidian Oppressor”, Some Tactical Observations

By Dr. Emanuel Garcia, December 03, 2023

We’re in a long war. I’ve written about many aspects of the struggle in a variety of essays and articles, drawing primarily upon my own personal experiences. The war, so far as I can tell, is unique in its scope, stealth and breadth, and the prosecutors of this war upon the people of our Earth are ruthless, vicious, amoral and lawless.

Bringing Warmongers to Justice? The Ukraine War Crimes Tribunal

By Stephen Karganovic, December 03, 2023

The precise road map of the Ukraine War Crimes Tribunal is still an enigma. Even the format of the court, as a Russian or an international legal institution, remains unclear. Perhaps there are good reasons for holding back on such details at this particular stage.

Dollarization of Argentina – Or Not? Peter Koenig

By Peter Koenig, December 03, 2023

Just ten days after Argentina’s run-off presidential elections and way before his inauguration on 10 December 2024, President-elect Javier Milei, has already chosen the Minister of Economy and Finance, whom he will entrust with ditching the Peso for the US dollar and dismantling the Argentine Central Bank. Or so the story goes.

Banished from Pakistan: Islamabad Moves on Afghan Refugees

December 4th, 2023 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Across the globe, refugees, always treated as the pox of public policy, continue to feature in news reports describing anguish, despair and persistent persecution. If they are not facing barbed wire barriers in Europe, they are being conveyed, where possible, to third countries to be processed in lengthy fashion. Policy makers fiddle and cook the legal record to justify such measures, finding fault with instruments of international protection such as the United Nations Refugee Convention of 1951.

A very dramatic example of roughing up and violence is taking place against Afghans in Pakistan, a country that, despite having a lengthy association with hosting refugees, has yet to ratify the primary Convention. Yet in March 2023, the UNHCR noted that Pakistan hosted 1.35 million registered refugees. The organisation praised Pakistan for its “long and commendable tradition of providing protection to refugees and asylum-seekers”, noting that the current number comprised “mainly Afghan refugees holding Proof of Registration (PoR), as well as a small number of non-Afghan refugees and asylum seekers from other countries such as Myanmar, Yemen, Somalia and Syria.”

Such a rosy assessment detracts from the complex nature of the status of Afghans in that country, characterised by, in some cases, the absence of visas and passports, the expiration of visas and the long wait for renewals. Then comes the tense, heavy mix of domestic politics.

On September 15, the federal government ordered all individual Afghans residing in the country illegally to leave the country by November 1 or face deportation. The order affects some 1.7 million Afghans residing in the country, though the figures on the undocumented vary with dizzy fluctuations.

It is proving disastrous for those vulnerable individuals who fled a country where the Taliban has returned to power. To date, 400,000 are said to have left Pakistan via border crossings in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa and Baluchistan, with one estimate from the International Rescue Committee suggesting that 10,000 are being returned to Afghanistan each day. These include the whole spectrum of vulnerable persons: women, girls, human rights activists, journalists and those formerly in the employ of the previous Western-backed government.

The picture is an ugly one indeed, complicated by Pakistan’s own domestic ills and complex relationship with Kabul. During the course of the vacuously named Global War on Terror, Afghanistan came to be seen as a problem for Pakistani security, its refugee camps accused as being incubators for fractious Afghan militants. Kabul, at that point yet to return to Taliban control, accused Islamabad of destabilising its own security by providing sanctuary for those very same militants. In the aftermath of the killing of former Afghan President Burhanuddin Rabbani in September 2011, the victim of a daring suicide attack on his residency, Pakistan’s then Foreign Minister, Hina Rabbani Khar, proved roundly dismissive:

“We are not responsible if Afghan refugees crossed the border and entered Kabul, stayed in a guest house and attacked Professor Rabbani.”

The latest chapter of demonisation comes on the coattails of the US withdrawal from Afghanistan in August 2021. Brutal night raids by police, featuring beatings, ominous threats and detention, have become the hallmarks of the expulsion campaign. The police forces, themselves spoiled by corruption and opportunism, are prone to pilfering property, including jewellery and livestock.

In October, Mir Ahmad Rauf, who heads the Afghan Refugees’ Council in Pakistan reported “widespread destruction of Afghan homes in Islamabad’s B-17, Karachi, and other parts of Pakistan.” Last month, the United States Commission on International Religious Freedom issued a statement expressing concern at “reports of increased detainment, violence, and intimidation against the Ahmadiyya and Afghan refugee communities” in the country.

To add to this failure of protection is the status of many who, despite being Afghan, were born in Pakistan and never set foot in Afghanistan. In 2018, Pakistan’s then Prime Minister Imran Khan announced that his government would be amenable to granting citizenship to Afghans born in the country. The promise (amenability is always contingent) was never enacted into law, and Khan is now persona non grata with Pakistan’s usurpers.

The protective, humanitarian burden for processing claims by Afghans in other countries has also been reluctantly shared. To return to Afghanistan spells potential repression and persecution; but to find a country in the European Union, or to seek sanctuary in the United States, Australia and others, has been nigh impossible for most.

When asylum has been considered, it has often been done with an emphasis on prioritising the contributions of men who had performed military and security roles in the previous Western-backed Kabul administration. There is a delicious irony to this, given the evangelical promises of US President George W. Bush to liberate the country’s women from the clutches of obscurantist fundamentalism.

On December 1, a three-member bench of the Pakistani Supreme Court sought responses from the various arms of the government, including the apex committee led by the Prime Minister, foreign office, and army chief on their decision to expel Afghan nationals. Given the caretaker status of the current government, which has all but outsourced foreign policy to the military, including the “Afghan issue”, legal questions can be asked.

One of the petitioners to the court, Senator Farhatullah Babar, states that current government members are technically unelected to represent the country. “So, the court would need to decide whether a caretaker government with such a restrictive mandate can take such a major policy decision, and in my view, this is beyond the power of the caretaker government.” Those Afghans remaining in Pakistan can only wait.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a regular contributor to Global Research and Asia-Pacific Research. Email: [email protected] 

Featured image is from OneWorld

Some Focal Features of the Middle East. History and Politics

December 3rd, 2023 by Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The focal feature of both the history and the politics of the region of the Middle East in the Modern and Contemporary Age (during the last 250 years) is the constant conflicts between different internal and external conflicts. Therefore, probably, the term “powder keg” best describes this region (the Balkans as well) for the very reason that for a long period, the Middle East was and is involved in different larger or smaller forms of conflicts, struggles, and wars.

However, as in many other global cases, the roots of modern and contemporary problems are largely sown in the past, and, consequently, current political events have to be taken within a larger historical background. The autochthonous people have been all the time on the crossroads of different civilizations and political-cultural influences from abroad and, therefore, their crossroad position was the battleground for foreign invaders even from West Europe in the Middle Ages (the Crusaders).

The biggest part of the Middle East from the first half of the 16th century until the second half of the 19th century was under the domination of the Ottoman Empire. Since the second half of the 19th century West European states (France, UK, and Italy) started gradually to introduce their political, military, and economic-financial control over the region.

After WWI, West European colonialists received formal protection rights in the Middle East in the form of mandates (French and British) with an increased influx of Euro-Jewish settlers in Palestine. Several new national states were created after 1918, dividing the land not respecting tribal differences or Western (British) promises made to Arabs for their support in 1916−1918 which finally resulted in unfixed problems since today. 

The proclamation of an independent state of Zionist Israel on May 14th, 1948 only more fueled the political situation in the Middle East and provoked a harsh Arab reaction, leading to three major Arab-Israeli wars and several minors.

This conflict is one of the longest in modern history as those two Semitic peoples – the (Muslim) Arabs and the (Zionist) Jews – are struggling for their bilateral peaceful coexistence of 60+ (or even 100 since the 1920s).

Since the end of the Cold War 1.0, there were two US and Allied invasions in the region inspired by the Iraqi-Kuwait conflict which led to the First Gulf War in 1990−1991 followed by the UN sanctions.

In the next century, the USA and its allies (primarily the Brits) started the Second Gulf War in 2003 by the aggression on Iraq, supposedly searching for the WMD bringing together with the invasion of Afghanistan an additional geopolitical mass in the Middle East.

In the region, there were conflicts between the states like the Iran-Iraqi War in the 1980s (anyway inspired by the US) or the conflicts (in fact, civil wars) within certain states in which, for instance, the Islamic fundamentalists or/and extremists challenged the official governments (Egypt, Syria, Algeria, Yemen, Somalia, or predictably in Iraq in the near future).

The next type of conflict is those which occurred for the reason that some local organizations or groups, usually with foreign assistance, opposed the occupiers like in the Occupied Territories of the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, Kuwait, or Afghanistan.

In the current stage of the regional conflicts in the Middle East, the focal hope for the regional people is that the struggle between Zionist Israel and its Muslim neighbors will be soon over by peaceful negotiations, conflict resolution, and economic development like it finally happened, for instance, with the Kingdom of Jordan and Egypt (today, Bahrein and the UAE recognized Israel too). 

Nevertheless, we have to be even more concerned regarding the clash of civilizations (predicted by S. P. Huntington in 1993) in the region founded, in fact, on incompatible cultural differences.

Probably, the most serious cultural clash in the Middle East is that of the Western-type of globalization and style of life that is fueled by interaction with oil-buyer external (Western) powers but which is in opposition with traditional Middle Eastern/Islamic values and life philosophy. In dealing with such questions, several focal points and facts had to be stressed as remarkable features of Arab-Islamic Middle Eastern culture: 

  1. Muslim religion in this region historically, in principle, was showing tolerance for other faiths.
  2. There are many Muslims (both Arabs and not) who are supporting the faster process of democratic reforms in the region and fighting against unequal distribution of wealth within their states, especially oil states.
  3. The majority of the regional inhabitants do not support violent Islamic radicalism/fundamentalism and especially its call for military jihad for the sake of changing the existing political structure and promoting their worldview.
  4. Western civilization is extremely indebted to Arabs for their translations during the Middle Ages of crucial Hellenistic knowledge and tradition but above all in science and medicine.  
  5. Islamic intellectuals and academicians are not, in principle, against the West but they really fear Western political power and influence in their societies, especially regarding materialism and cultural colonialism.
  6. Historically, a bilateral enriching coexistence between Muslims and Westerners is more the rule but not some exception.
  7. As a matter of fact, more than half of 1,6 billion Muslims in the world are not Arabs, most Muslims are not fundamentalists, and the majority of the Middle Eastern Muslims (including Iran and excluding Turkey) are Arabs.
  8. Muslims in the region of the Middle East are not dogmatically homogeneous as they are divided among themselves mainly in two focal branches: Sunni and Shia communities.
  9. Economic factors mainly behind their control are pushing the Middle East into the globalized marketplace. 
  10. The contemporary Middle East is a region of substantial social, political, cultural, and economic transition. 

Nevertheless, the Middle East attracted full global attention after 9/11 2001 due to the terror acts in New York and Washington [allegedly] committed by al-Qaeda [created by the CIA]. 

It is extremely important to notice that after 9/11, 56 Muslim states immediately condemned the terror act as something that is in opposition to the Islamic values, teachings, way of life, and Qur’an.

However, this terror act generated an American global war [allegedly] against (Islamic) terrorism, accompanied by Western invasions, occupations, and mass-killings of the civilians in Afghanistan and Iraq which in many eyes of the Muslims is seen as a modern type of anti-Islamic crusades.

The question is what might prompt Middle Eastern individuals, especially youngsters, to commit any type of terror act?

Surely, behind such act is a deeper process of radicalization of the Arab Islamic youth by Islamic fundamentalists and extremists but on the other hand, there are many members of the younger Arab generation, including Arabs who studied in the West, who has a sense of being oppressed and humiliated by Westerners or just intentionally provoked by, for instance, French satirical magazine Charlie Hebdo. Some of these disillusioned youngsters are recruited into militant networks.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Vladislav B. Sotirović is a former university professor in Vilnius, Lithuania. He is a Research Fellow at the Center for Geostrategic Studies. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

As each day passes I read with horror reports about the latest IDF attacks on the civilian population of Gaza. These attacks are justified by the Western media and political classes by reciting the mantra that Israel has the right to defend itself from the terrorist group Hamas.

This racist narrative completely ignores the history of Palestine since 1948 which has been one of ethnic cleansing accompanied by massacre after massacre.

Since October 7 over 21,000 Palestinians have been killed by Israel while over 1.75 million Gazans have been driven from their homes by the carpet bombing of the IDF. This contrasts sharply with the Nabka of 1948 when over 750,000 Palestinians were ethnically cleansed and over 15,000 killed by Israeli forces.

Let us be clear: the ethnic cleansing, crimes against humanity and genocide being carried out by Israel is happening with the connivance of Western governments who not only provide political cover for Israel to continue with its crimes but in the case of the US supply the IDF with essential weapons and ammunition.

As signatories to the UN Convention on Genocide and being permanent members of the UN Security Council, the US, UK and France have a moral and legal obligation to take action against countries which have/are committing acts of genocide. In this case the UK and France along with the US have undermined international law by refusing to take action.

The UN Office On Genocide Prevention And The Responsibility To Act has stated:

“Importantly, the Convention establishes on State Parties the obligation to take measures to prevent and to punish the crime of genocide, including by enacting relevant legislation and punishing perpetrators, “whether they are constitutionally responsible rulers, public officials or private individuals” (Article IV). That obligation, in addition to the prohibition not to commit genocide, have been considered as norms of international customary law and therefore, binding on all States, whether or not they have ratified the Genocide Convention.”

A large number of academics who specialize in the field of Holocaust/Genocide studies have come to the conclusion that Israel is committing genocide in Gaza such as Raz Segal who is an associate professor of Holocaust and genocide studies at Stockton University (in the US) and the endowed professor in the study of modern genocide. On 13th October the Jewish Currents magazine published an article by Professor Segal titled: A Textbook Case of Genocide, Israel has been explicit about what it’s carrying out in Gaza. Why isn’t the world listening.

Professor Segal makes the following point in his article which Western politicians would do well to listen to:

“Israel’s campaign to displace Gazans—and potentially expel them altogether into Egypt—is yet another chapter in the Nakba, in which an estimated 750,000 Palestinians were driven from their homes during the 1948 war that led to the creation of the State of Israel. But the assault on Gaza can also be understood in other terms: as a textbook case of genocide unfolding in front of our eyes. I say this as a scholar of genocide, who has spent many years writing about Israeli mass violence against Palestinians. I have written about settler colonialism and Jewish supremacy in Israel, the distortion of the Holocaust to boost the Israeli arms industry, the weaponization of antisemitism accusations to justify Israeli violence against Palestinians, and the racist regime of Israeli apartheid. Now, following Hamas’s attack on Saturday and the mass murder of more than 1,000 Israeli civilians, the worst of the worst is happening.’’

The next day on 15 October 2023, over 800 scholars and practitioners of international law, conflict studies and genocide studies signed a public statement warning of the possibility of genocide being perpetrated by Israeli forces against Palestinians in the Gaza Strip. Signatories include prominent Holocaust and genocide studies scholars, as well as many international law and TWAIL scholars.

In the conclusion to their statement they make the point that all nations have a legal responsibility to take action to protect the Palestinian population of Gaza. Since October 7 the UK, France and US governments have done nothing to protect the defenceless civilians of Gaza half of whom are children. Rather they have openly taken the side of Israel as it commits war crime after war crime.

The legal scholars make the following appeal to the international community:

“The undersigned urgently appeal to states to take concrete and meaningful steps to individually and collectively prevent genocidal acts, in line with their legal duty to prevent the crime of genocide. They must protect the Palestinian population, and ensure that Israel refrains from any further incitement to genocide and from the perpetration of conduct prohibited by Article II of the Genocide Convention.

All states should immediately act under Article VIII, and should call upon the competent organs of the United Nations, particularly the UN General Assembly, to take urgent action under the Charter of the United Nations appropriate for the prevention and suppression of acts of genocide. We note specifically the role of the General Assembly here, given that the Security Council is compromised by the United States and the United Kingdom (both permanent veto-holding members) sending military forces to the eastern Mediterranean in support of Israel.

We recall that in 1982, the General Assembly condemnedthe massacre of Palestinian civilians in the Sabra and Shatila refugee camps as “an act of genocide”. We note also that the state of Palestine is entitled to initiate, in accordance with Article IX of the Genocide Convention, proceedings before the International Court of Justice in order to prevent the perpetration of genocidal acts.

Finally, we call on all relevant UN bodies, including the Office on Genocide Prevention and the Responsibility to Protect, as well as the Office of the Prosecutor of the International Criminal Court to immediately intervene, to carry out the necessary investigations and invoke the necessary warning procedures to protect the Palestinian population from genocide.’’

On 18 November South African President Cyril Ramaphosa told reporters during a visit to Qatar on Wednesday evening that South Africa“put through a referral” to the International Criminal Court (ICC) “because we believe that war crimes are being committed” in Gaza. Further to this Al Jazeera on 15 November reported that:

“A group of lawyers representing Palestinian victims of Israeli attacks on Gaza have filed a complaint to the International Criminal Court (ICC), arguing that Israel’s actions amount to the crime of genocide.’’

“Gilles Devers, a veteran French lawyer and the victims’ representative before the ICC, submitted the complaint to the prosecutor as part of a four-person delegation in the Dutch city of The Hague on Monday.’’

“Governments must choose which camp they are on, if they support human rights or genocide. They cannot give speeches about international law and human rights and then accept Israel’s attack without doing nothing,” he said.

The last statement applies particularly to Western governments and their supporters.

As Israel resumes its daily attacks on the defenceless population of Gaza it seems clear that the West has no intention of upholding international law. Never again can they point the finger at Russia, China or any other nation and accuse them of human rights violations when they actively work to undermine international law by failing to uphold the UN Convention On Genocide.

The growing anger at the double standards of the West is undermining its diplomatic and geo-political position in many countries across the so called Global South. The actions of the West are serving to bring the Arab world back together after a decade of division sown by the aggressive actions American imperialism with its dirty war to overthrow the Assad government in Syria.

History will be harsh judge of those Western nations which have failed to prevent the unfolding genocide in Gaza and have actively worked to enable the daily slaughter of the Palestinian population of Gaza and the murderous ethnic cleansing ongoing in the West Bank.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Leon Tressell is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: US Embassy in Jerusalem. Image: Israel Ministry of Foreign Affairs/ Flickr

The Fall of the West

December 3rd, 2023 by Dr. Paul Larudee

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published in June 2023

***

In his bestselling book of 1987, The Rise and Fall of Great Powers, historian Paul Kennedy chronicles the rise of western power and its world dominance from 1500 to the present. He reports that the rise was not due to any particular event, nor even an unusual series of events. It was, in fact, neither foreseen nor even recognized until it was already well under way, although it may be accurately ascribed to multiple factors, which Kennedy discusses. The same may be said of the ongoing fall of western power.

Although the decline of the West is rapidly becoming more evident to informed observers of current events, the start of that decline is less easy to pinpoint, in part because it seemed less inevitable and more reversible until quite recently.

Was the high point the Austro-Hungarian Empire? Victorian England? The U.S. Eisenhower administration? Some might date it from the dissolution of the USSR in 1991, marking the beginning of the truncated “New American Century.”

That “century” appears to be ending in the manner of so many other powers that fill the pages of Kennedy’s book – through imperial overreach, excessive military spending, lagging economic productivity and competitiveness, and failure to invest in the physical, technical and human resources necessary to remain a dominant power. In short, the West is flagging.

The signs for this are too evident to ignore.

The industrial base of the West is withering. Post-WWII, the U.S. dominated because it was the only major industrial power to survive unscathed, and its investment in western Europe and Japan increased the wealth of all three.

Over the last half of the 20th century, however, these economies began to shift much of their industry to countries with cheaper labor and more efficient production, such that by the 21st century much of their manufacturing capability had vanished, and they became mainly consumer societies.

2023 has become a watershed year for the power shift, due to dramatic western weaknesses exposed by the Ukraine war. The war revealed that a relatively modest economy (Russia) had the capability to outproduce the U.S. and all the NATO countries combined in war materiel.

The U.S. “arsenal of democracy” and its European partners proved unable to provide more than a fraction of the weapons and ammunition that Russia’s factories produced.

Ukrainian soldiers supplied by NATO countries found themselves vastly outnumbered in tanks, artillery, missiles, unmanned and manned aircraft, and even the latest hypersonic and electronic weapons that were arrayed against them in seemingly limitless supply. The U.S. and European NATO partners could only cobble together small numbers of incompatible weapons from their diminishing inventories, and make promises of future deliveries after months or years.

But the U.S. and its allies were not counting on physical weapons alone.

They weaponized the U.S. dollar, through seizures of Russian accounts in U.S., European and other banks totaling more than $300 billion, and through application of economic sanctions, including expulsion of Russian banks from the SWIFT dollar trading system. This also backfired.

First, Russia retaliated by seizing U.S. and European assets within Russia, in equal or greater amounts.

Second, they “pivoted east,” negotiating new trading partnerships with China, India and other countries.

Third, they and their new partners, including other targets of U.S. sanctions, began to develop financial agreements to displace or reduce the use of SWIFT. Even countries that had heretofore not been threatened with asset seizure or economic sanctions, like Brazil, South Africa, and Saudi Arabia, joined these agreements, in order to expand their trading base, and as insurance against use of the USD for financial pressure or threats.

The result was that the Russian economy proved astonishingly resilient – moreso even than many of the NATO countries. The Russian GDP fell by less than 2% in 2022 and is expected to rise by up to 2% in 2023, despite the war and sanctions. Russia has opted for a sustainable but inexorable war with less than 1/6 the casualties of Ukraine. Visitors report that it hardly feels like a country at war. The annual St. Petersburg Economic Forum attracted 17,000 participants from 130 countries and concluded 900 deals and contracts worth 3.9 trillion rubles ($46 billion).

The decline of Europe was further illustrated by the consequences of the US bombing of the Nordstream gas pipelines in September, 2022, and the sanctions on Russian natural gas and petroleum products imposed by NATO. Together, these ended the competitiveness of the European economies, which had hitherto thrived on accessibility to cheap Russian fuel. As predicted by Radek Sikorsky, MEP, this meant

… double-digit inflation, skyrocketing energy prices, and electricity shortage, … Germany will be deindustrialized, … German industries, scientists and engineers will move to the US, who will generously accept them.

And Europe will be set back a couple of decades. Already, most European countries — France, Italy, Spain etc. — have had zero growth in GDP-per-capita for more than a decade. Add in inflation, the standard of living will soon be down 30-40%.

In effect, the U.S. had defeated its NATO “partners” (mainly Germany) and cannibalized their industries for the sake of its own benefit, potentially short-lived.

But the United States believed that its mighty dollar could offset its faded industry and increasingly toothless military – that it could be printed in unlimited amounts without losing value, and could become its most powerful weapon.

The history of this dollar began in 1971, when President Richard Nixon announced that, in effect, the U.S. dollar would no longer be backed by gold, but rather by whatever the dollar could purchase in the U.S., i.e. by the U.S. economy itself. This became widely accepted because a) the U.S. was the world’s largest economy, b) the two great international regulatory financial institutions, the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, were also based on the dollar, and c) nearly all the world’s countries outside of the Soviet Union and other socialist societies used the dollar as the reserve currency for their own money. In addition, the world shed fixed exchange rates, with their troublesome periodic revaluations, for floating rates, which generally made the changes more gradual and more stable for the major currencies, and especially the dollar.

The effect of so many dollars circulating so widely was to invest most of the world in protecting its value.

The more a country’s non-dollar currency became based on the dollar as its reserve currency, the more the incentive for that country to defend the dollar. Later, as the U.S. began to lose its industry, it came to depend on this value to maintain its economy. It marketed its debt to other countries and “persuaded” other countries to fund U.S. bases on their territories for the purpose of “mutual defense.” This is part of the reason the U.S. now has more than 800 military bases worldwide. Although the U.S. national debt is, at time of writing, more than $33 trillion, the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board seem to think that they can continue to unload it without limit onto other countries.

Decision makers in the U.S. seem to think that they have found the goose that lays the golden egg: when they need more money, they have only to borrow indefinitely and market their IOUs to buyers, many of whom don’t really have the option of saying no. Thus, for example, it used unlimited borrowing to fund without hesitation a very costly Ukraine war by more than $100 billion in 2022 alone, while denying basic services to its own citizens.

But borrowing is not the only way that the U.S. raises funds. Given the stability of the dollar, many countries store or invest them in the U.S. But when a country has a disagreement with the U.S., or chooses a leadership or policies not approved by the U.S., the U.S. is not above confiscating those funds. In 2011, this is what it did with $32 billion of Libyan funds, the largest but by no means the only such confiscation of another nation’s funds at that time. Since then, similar confiscations have occurred with Iran, Venezuela, Syria, Afghanistan and other nations. Eclipsing Libya, however, was the confiscation of Russia’s $300 billion by the U.S and its mostly NATO allies, an estimated $100 billion of it by the U.S. alone.

Recently, however, other countries are becoming wary of the U.S. and choosing other options that reduce their participation in what they view as a Mafia-style protection racket as well as their placement of assets in places where they could be confiscated in case of disagreement. As noted earlier, a growing number of countries are opting to either bypass the dollar-based SWIFT system, or to complement it with new agreements where goods are paid in another currency or with multiple currencies. Even Saudi Arabia has begun accepting payment in Chinese Yuan and paying Russia in rubles. In addition, China and other countries have decided to limit or reduce their USD exposure. So far, this has had no appreciable effect on the value of the USD. But if the dollar starts to become less desirable, it may become a questionable investment, in which case the U.S. risks losing its status as a world power – even a modest one. At that point, having demolished German and other European access to cheap fuel, the U.S. will join the rest of the west in its decline, leaving the rising economies of China, India, Brazil, Russia and other countries in Asia, Latin America and possibly Africa to displace them.

Is the Dollar overvalued? By the laws of supply and demand, one could argue that it is not. But it is a fair question when the supply is enormous and growing, and the demand is artificial and coerced. What will happen when the dollar’s near monopoly as an exchange medium ends? The dollar has not always been the preeminent tool for pricing international transactions. At the turn of the 20th century, the British pound sterling was literally the gold standard. But the British economy was fading, and the pound continued to fall against both gold and the USD. Now, although it is still a major currency, it is a mere shadow of its former self. If or when the many dollars worldwide come home to claim their true value, we may discover that they buy little more than castles of sand.

When world power has shifted elsewhere, the U.S., Great Britain, Germany, France and the entire West may come to depend for glory upon their historical and cultural treasures, like the ones of other bygone civilizations that western tourists once visited so widely.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Larudee is a retired academic and current administrator of a nonprofit human rights and humanitarian aid organization.

Featured image is from Silent Crow News

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Henry Kissinger, who died on Nov. 29, 2023 at the age of 100, stood as a colossus of U.S. foreign policy. His influence on American politics lasted long beyond his eight-year stint guiding the Nixon and Ford administrations as national security adviser and secretary of state, with successive presidents, presidential candidates and top diplomats seeking his advice and approval ever since.

But his mark extends beyond the United States. Kissinger’s policies in the 1970s had immediate impact on countries, governments and people across South America, the Middle East and Southeast Asia. Sometimes the fallout – and it was that – lasted decades; in some places it continues to be felt today. Nowhere is that more true than Cambodia.

I’m a scholar of the political economy of Cambodia who, as a child, escaped the brutal Khmer Rouge regime with four siblings, thanks in large part to the cunning and determination of my mother. In both a professional and personal sense, I am aware of the near 50-year impact Kissinger’s policies during the Vietnam War have had on the country of my birth.

The rise of the murderous regime that forced my family to leave was, in part, encouraged by Kissinger’s policies. The cluster bombs dropped on Cambodia under Kissinger’s watch continue to destroy the lives of any man, woman or child who happens across them. Indeed, when the current U.S. administration announced its intention in 2023 to provide cluster bombs to Ukraine, the prime minister of Cambodia was quick to call out the lingering damage the munition causes.

‘Island of Peace’

Counterfactuals are not the best tool of the historian; no one can say how Cambodia would have developed were it not for the Vietnam War and U.S. intervention in Southeast Asia.

But prior to the U.S. bombing of Cambodia, the country was touted as an “Island of Peace” by then-leader Prince Norodom Sihanouk, with a developing economy and relative stability.

After Cambodia gained independence from its French colonial masters in 1953, Sihanouk presided over what was seen as a golden age for Cambodia. Even Lee Kuan Yew, the founder of modern-day Singapore, visited Cambodia to learn lessons on nation-building.

The country’s independence from France did not require any hard fight. Neighboring Vietnam, meanwhile, gained independence only after the bitter anti-colonial First Indochina War, which concluded with a rout of French troops at Điện Biên Phủ in 1954.

However, Cambodia’s location drew it into the subsequent war between the newly independent communist North Vietnam and U.S.-backed South Vietnam.

Cambodia wasn’t officially a party in the Vietnam War, with Sihanouk declaring the country neutral. But Washington looked for ways to disrupt communist North Vietnamese operations along the Ho Chi Minh Trail – which cut across Cambodia’s east, with Sihanouk’s blessing, and allowed the resupply of North Vietnamese troops on Cambodian soil.

Kissinger’s ‘Menu’

Kissinger was the chief architect of the plan to disrupt that supply line, and what he came up with was “Operation Menu.” The secret carpet-bombing campaign – with breakfast, lunch, dinner, snack, dessert and supper representing different targets and missions within Cambodia – was confirmed at a meeting in the Oval Office on March 17, 1969. The diary entry of Richard Nixon’s chief of staff, H. R. Haldeman, reads:

“ … Historic day. K[issinger]‘s ‘Operation Breakfast’ finally came off at 2:00 pm our time. K really excited, as is P[resident].”

The following day, Haldeman wrote:

“K’s ‘Operation Breakfast’ a great success. He came beaming in with the report, very productive.”

And so began four years of Kissinger’s legally dubious campaign in Cambodia.

To Kissinger, Cambodia was a “sideshow,” to use the title of William Shawcross’ damning book exposing the story of America’s secret war with Cambodia from 1969 to 1973.

undefined

Photos of the victims of the Khmer Rouge (Licensed under the Public Domain)

During that period, the U.S. bombing of neutral Cambodia saw an estimated 2,756,941 tons  of ordnance dropped on 113,716 targets in the country.

Secret and Illegal War?

Kissinger and others in the White House tried to keep the campaign from the public for as long as they could, for good reason. It came as public opinion in the U.S. was turning against American involvement. The bombing campaign is also considered illegal under international law by many experts.

But to Kissinger, the ends – containing communism – seemingly justified the means, no matter the cost. And the cost to Cambodians was huge.

It resulted in the direct deaths of hundreds of thousands of Cambodians. With the U.S. government keeping the bombings secret at the time, comprehensive data and documentation are limited. But estimates on the number of deaths range from as few as 24,000 to as many as a million. Most estimates put the death toll in the hundreds of thousands.

Kissinger’s campaign also destabilized Cambodia, leaving it vulnerable for the horrors to come. The capital, Phnom Penh, ballooned in population because of the displacement of more than a million rural citizens fleeing U.S. bombs.

Meanwhile, the bombing of Cambodian citizens contributed to an erosion of trust in Cambodia’s leadership and put at question Sihanouk’s policy of allowing the North Vietnamese access through the country’s east. On March 18, 1970, Sihanouk was ousted in a coup d’etat and replaced by the U.S.-friendly Lon Nol. Direct U.S. involvement in the coup has never been proven, but certainly opponents to Lon Nol saw the hand of the CIA in events.

The ousted Sihanouk called on the country’s rural masses to support his coalition government in exile, which included the Khmer Rouge. Until then, the Khmer Rouge had been a ragtag army with only revolutionary fantasies. But with Sihanouk’s backing, they grew. As journalist Philip Gourevitch noted: “His name became the Khmer Rouge’s greatest recruitment tool.”

But Kissinger’s bombs also served as a recruitment tool. The Khmer Rouge were able to capitalize on the anger and resentment of Cambodians in the areas being shelled. Rebel leaders portrayed themselves as a force to protect Cambodia from foreign aggression and restore order and justice, in contrast to the ruling government’s massive corruption and pro-American leanings.

Kissinger’s bombing campaign was certainly not the only reason for the Khmer Rouge’s rise, but it contributed to the overall destabilization of Cambodia and a political vacuum that the Khmer Rouge was able to exploit and eventually seize power – which it did in 1975, overthrowing the government.

Led by Pol Pot [who was supported by Kissinger], the Khmer Rouge inflicted unimaginable atrocities upon the Cambodian people. Its genocidal campaign against political opponents, Cambodian minorities and those deemed counterrevolutionaries saw between 1.6 and 3 million people killed through executions, forced labor and starvation – a quarter of the country’s then population.

The scars from that period are still felt in Cambodia today. Recent research even points to the economic impact Kissinger’s bombs continue to have on farmers, who avoid richer, darker soil over fears that it hides unexploded ordnance.

Anti-Americanism is no longer prevalent at the everyday level in Cambodia; indeed, the opposite is increasingly becoming true as China’s financial and political embrace becomes suffocating. But anti-Americanism is frequently used in rhetoric by leading politicians in the country.

I don’t agree with some other scholars that Kissinger’s bombing campaign can be definitively proven to have resulted in Khmer Rouge rule. But in my view, it no doubt contributed. Hun Sen, Cambodia’s autocratic leader who ruled for 38 years before passing the prime minister baton to his son in August 2023, has cited the U.S. bombing of his birthplace as the reason he joined the Khmer Rouge. Many others joined for similar reasons.

As such, the devastating impact of Kissinger’s policies in Cambodia cannot be overstated – they contributed to the unraveling of the country’s social fabric and the suffering of its people, leaving behind a legacy of trauma.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

 is an Associate Professor in the Thunderbird School of Global Management, Arizona State University. 

Featured image is licensed under the Public Domain

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The truce in Gaza has collapsed, and Israel has resumed their attacks on the civilians of Gaza. Over 14,000 people have died in Gaza, and about half are children. On Friday, the death toll is increasing once again after days of peace.

Philippe Lazzarini, the Commissioner General of UNRWA, recently was in the south of Gaza during the truce, and told the BBC that the families staying at a UN shelter that had been a vocational school number 35,000. According to Lazzarini, they are sleeping on bare concrete, without any blanket, and in the clothes they had on for the last 50 days.

Steven Sahiounie of MidEastDiscourse interviewed Tawfieq Toameh, a Palestinian living in Los Angeles, California who is an expert on political affairs in the Middle East and the US. The questions ranged from Hezbollah, to hostages, and to the US occupation of Syria.

Steven Sahiounie (SS): Many were wondering if Hezbollah would open a war front against Israel in response to the Israeli attack on Gaza. In your view, why didn’t Hezbollah open a full war front on Israel?

Tawfieq Toameh (TT): Concerning Hezbollah getting involved in the war in Gaza: I don’t believe Hezbollah will open a full war front with Israel. There are things going on right now on the borders, but I don’t think it will turn into a full scale war between both sides. 

If Israel were to launch preemptive attacks against Hezbollah inside Lebanon, then Hezbollah might get involved in the war. 

If Iran decided to launch missiles from Syria, Iraq or Yemen, then we might see a regional Middle East war, and we might see different developments, but this will not serve the US interests and its allies in the Middle East, and is the last thing the US wants to happen.

Hamas is still in power in Gaza, and is strong and fighting, and Israel is losing equipment, personnel, and losing on the ground.  I don’t think Israel will finish this war because it is losing on the ground.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, and his right-wing government have not achieved any of the goals they set out to accomplish in Gaza. Netanyahu had three goals in mind: to destroy Hamas, destroy the tunnels used by Hamas, and to safely return the Israeli hostages in Gaza.  In 48 days of war, those goals have not been achieved.

Israel’s attack on Gaza targeted innocent civilians: men, women, children, ambulances, hospitals, homes, and buildings. They destroyed all the civil infrastructure.

Israel is losing the war internationally. Hamas is still in power, and the Israel forces can’t get rid of Hamas. Experts and western media analysts have said there is no way for Israel to get rid of Hamas with the current military strategy employed by Israel. 

As long as Hamas is in power in Gaza, and still controlling the situation on the ground, Israel cannot achieve their military goals there, and Hezbollah will not get involved in my opinion.

SS: Israel and Hamas had come to an agreement to swap Israeli hostages for Palestinians prisoners. It ran smoothly for days, but is now over.  Will we see more of this?

TT: Concerning the hostages swap:  Hamas had offered to release the civilian hostages for free before Israel launched its ground attacks on Gaza.  Hamas had said that they didn’t need those Israeli civilians. Also, Hamas on October 7 did not capture those civilians, as they were taken by other people, who are other factions, or people who stormed the Israeli settlements on that day.  For Hamas, I think, it wasn’t a good idea to keep them, because there is no need for them. I believe Hamas has enough Israeli soldiers and can use them to get back all the Palestinian prisoners in Israel.  The hostages swap was going smoothly, and I hope they will swap for more Palestinian prisoners, and I hope the war will end, and the Israeli captives can go back home, and go back to their families, and also the Palestinians who have been in jail for many, many years will also go back to their families, and the war will stop.  I am hoping they will reach a negotiated political solution to this war.

SS: The resistance fighters, in the far eastern desert region of Syria, have attacked the illegally occupying American military bases there. In your opinion, could this tactic be successful in driving out the American occupation?

TT: Concerning the resistance fighters in the eastern desert in Syria: I think that occupation is occupation, as we see it is the American military occupying a piece of land in Syria, and it is the same thing as Israel occupying a piece of land in Palestine.  So, the occupier has no right to be there, because it is not their land, and is not their area. There is an interest for the US to be there in that area, because there is oil there, and to control the oil wells, and also to give support to the Syrian Democratic Forces, because they are aligned with the US. The resistance fighters will continue to try to drive the occupiers out, but so far they have not succeeded.  I think it will take some time, and with more power, and if the US starts to lose on the ground military personnel, then the US will consider leaving that area, just like what happened in Afghanistan, and I think it is the same scenario in Syria. The US has to lose in Syria for it to leave the area.

SS: Israel is waging a war on Hamas, and the civilians in Gaza. How do you view the Syrian position in this conflict?

TT: Israel is waging a war on Hamas, and on civilians in Gaza. The Syrian position, is like any other Arab position, and they are against this savage, bloody war on civilians in Gaza. They want Israel to stop its military attack on civilians and Gaza, and sit and reach a political solution by implementing the UN resolution that calls for a Palestinian state in the West Bank, Gaza and East Jerusalem, and calls for the return of refugees.  

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

Pandemic 2.0 and the New Pandemic Treaty. Hold the Line!

December 3rd, 2023 by Michael Welch

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

“They’re not asking for anything else; they just want the gift of life. If it’s there and it’s possible please give it. I don’t want to die, God help me.”

Sheila Lewis at the NCI in Ottawa on May 17, 2023. She was not allowed an organ transplant on the grounds of her choice to not take the COVID-19 vaccine. She died three months later. [1]

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

Approximately four years ago, as of this date, was when signs began to arise of some sort of nasty illness erupting in China. [2]

Not big news at the time. The general public then had no idea this illness would escalate beyond China into a full blown “pandemic” that authorities at the World Health Organization (WHO) would need drastic measures, including lockdowns, social distancing and even withholding rights of organization, and an aggressive vaccination approach to retain it.

Now, four years after the worst seems to be over – the WHO Director-General stated that COVID-19 no longer constitutes a public health emergency of international concern  – and life seems to be getting back to normal, albeit with the economic and social repercussions still evident in the wake of the COVID-19 storm.

We find however two events marking the anniversary of the beginning these changes to the planetary crisis.

One is the Final Report completed earlier this week by the National Citizens Inquiry: Canada’s Response to COVID-19. Commissioners tabled their full report after listening to and questioning sworn testimonials from over 300 witnesses in eight different cities across Canada. The Inquiry into the Appropriateness and Efficacy of COVID-19 Response in Canada was the product of over a year of work, and was forged as the culmination of a full citizens report. According to the authors, literally thousands of volunteers were active in making these hearings possible. [3]

The other timely indication is the rise of mainstream media coverage of illnesses around the globe, and the threat of another pandemic on the horizon. If this is a replay of history, we can seemingly look forward to a “doubling-down” on masking, restrictions and a massive new threat as a divided public could soon emerge into a civil war among those desperate to “protect our children” while the Vaccination program, Digital IDs etc are going to be implemented “by hook or by crook.”

This episode of the Global Research News Hour will focus on the three Dickensian ghosts of Pandemic Past, Pandemic present and Pandemics yet to come.

In our first half hour, we highlight the recent Final Report of the NCI and interview NCI Commissioner Kenneth Drysdale about its content and its prospects for the future.

In our second half hour, James Corbett joins us once again to talk about the pandemic horrors arising and also talks about the draft Pandemic Agreement tabled in October and what the signing of this agreement by the WHO could mean for the future of public health and for democracy in Canada and around the world.

Kenneth Drysdale, FEC and P.Eng is an executive engineer with over 40 years of experience as a Professional Engineer, which includes 29 years experience in the development and management of national and regional engineering businesses. Ken is currently retired from full time practice as a consulting engineer, but continues to be active in the area of forensic engineering, investigations, preparation of expert reports and expert testimony at trial, arbitrations, and mediations. He has testified as expert witness at trials in Manitoba and Ontario. He has acted as the arbitrator and mediator in disputes.

James Corbett started The Corbett Report website in 2007 as an outlet for independent critical analysis of politics, society, history, and economics. An award-winning investigative journalist, he has lectured on geopolitics at the University of Groningen’s Studium Generale, and delivered presentations on open source journalism at The French Institute for Research in Computer Science and Automation’s fOSSa conference, at TedXGroningen and at Ritsumeikan University in Kyoto.

(Global Research News Hour Episode 411)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

Transcript of James Corbett, November 27, 2023

Global Research:  So, as we see in the press, there have been a series of article coming out in the mainstream press mentioning a new pandemic definitely coming. And now, we’re seeing upsetting news from China that has prompted masking and distancing in China. Again, it looks like a respiratory illness not from a novel virus, but from, you know, clusters of overlapping common viruses. And this could be a replay of four years ago, although this time the health care enforcers, if I could put it that way, will be prepared, you know, for the few people who dissent from the standard advice of the WHO. But the new pandemic sort of treaty comes out in May of 2024, or it’s supposed to. I’m wondering, James, what you think about this. Is this the next step in the plans to establish the power grab of the WHO? Is this something you’ve been expecting? Or is it just a seasonal flu being embellished?

James Corbett: It really could be both, actually. And in fact, I will add to this mix, that as we are recording the latest headlines are, “UK detects its first human case of swine flu strain.” So, apparently, there is even more fuel for this fire that’s developing even as we are talking right now. And I think people can probably intuit that regardless of what you think about what happened over the past few years, the ground work has been laid, at least in the psyche and the consciousness of the public to understand and expect that there will be massive response to any future pandemic threats.

And as much as people may poo-poo the craziness of the past few years and the masking and the lockdowns, it is interesting to speculate what might happen if there was a truly, as opposed to not quite – a nothing virus, I won’t say it that way, but at least a very, very small event in terms of mortality. If there was a truly bubonic plague-level taking out one quarter of the population type of illness going around, the way people would be clamouring for the very rules and restrictions that they were protesting against in the previous few years.

And you have to at least imagine that if there were people in positions of power and authority who seek to profit in every sense, monetarily and just through power grabs from that type of fear, that at the very least, they would be playing into that, if not actively seeking to create such strains. But at any rate, we don’t even have to go there.

And the way that I understand this entire topic, because I have been researching very carefully over the past 16 years now, the topic of false flag terrorism, I do see the parallels between the War on Terror, and the new biosecurity state that’s coming into view with the pandemic preparedness that the United Nations, for example, was talking about after their latest general assembly. And having a political call that we must have some sort of new agreements from the World Health Organization to help us prepare for this. And oh, lo and behold, they are working on just such an agreement that they won’t really let us see until it has passed, presumably, at next year’s World Health Assembly in Geneva in May of 2024. And I think the way to understand this is that throughout, for example, the 1990s, it wasn’t just that Osama Bin Laden suddenly appeared all overnight. There was a gradual buildup of events that took place in an escalating cycle. And in the American domestic response context we could see, for example, Waco, and then the OKC bombing, preparing the public for these psychologically-jarring, very large-scale terror events.

And on the international scale, the African Embassy bombings, the USS Cole introducing the sort of – the idea to the public. We saw, for example, in the wake of the OKC bombing, the introduction of the Crime Omnibus bill that Joe Biden now likes to brag that he essentially – he really kind of wrote the Patriot Act, because that was just an extension of the Crime Omnibus bill that they tried to pass in the wake of the OKC bombing. All of this infrastructure was being laid beforehand.

And interestingly enough, it wasn’t even simply 9/11 that caused the actual pulling of the trigger on the entire Homeland Security state and the actual institution of the Patriot Act. It was the anthrax attacks which were literally, directly targeting Congress at the exact time that they were deliberating on the Patriot Act and whatever provisions might be slipped into there. And then, the anthrax attacks happened, caused this massive panic, the shutdown of Congress. They decided to pass the Patriot Act right away in an overnight session, panic, emergency.

And now, there’s a new law of the land, and entirely new paradigm of governance. We are looking at a potentially very similar trajectory. We saw the buildup of events from the swine flu of 2009, Zika, the Ebola scare of 2014, et cetera. Escalating throughout the 2010’s into the Covid scare of the past few years. And now, we are on the cusp of potentially another scare which might cause the actual political impetus and even the public to get on board with the idea of the World Health Organization swooping in to save the day with their brand new pandemic agreement.

GR: Mm-hmm. Yeah, I can’t help but notice that another aspect of it that was being planned for was the fact that climate change would somehow be motivating this or, you know, resulting in the transfer of more of these – the virus from animals to humans or something like that. And this is right now during the latest COP28, you know, summary —

JC: Exactly. Exactly right. And in fact, that’s an incredibly important thing to underline, because one of the pieces that is being embedded, or at least, from what we’ve seen is being embedded in the new pandemic agreement that they’re working on behind closed doors is this concept of One Health, in which it will not simply be about human health.

It’s not just that the World Health Organization is going to steward over the entirety of the human population and let’s trust our health to their assessment. No, it’s One Health, as in, it’s not just human health, it’s animal health, climate/environment health, is all related. And thus, essentially the entire world and all of its resources come under the jurisdiction of the World Health Organization. Though, it is incredibly important.

And one of the things that they stress is zoonotic transfer from animal species to human species. And this is happening because we’re encroaching on protected areas and because of climate change, et cetera, et cetera. So now, all of this starts to become essentially, as has been pointed out, for example by the Club of Rome in their 1991 publication on the first global revolution where they said that they were looking for a way to unite humanity behind the concept of humanity itself being the enemy, and global warming fit the bill, because it is a human – presumably, at least according to the theory – is a human-generated problem and it requires this global governmental solution. And that’s exactly what we seemed to be facing with this.

GR: Yeah. Well, maybe you could bring us up to speed on the changes that the WHO has planned, I mean, for those who, you know, are maybe up-to-date. I mean, there’s the creation of the document aimed at the prevention of, preparedness for, and response to the future pandemic. They tabled a recent draft in October, okay, where you say it’s all been discussed behind closed doors, nobody can see. Could you just highlight a few of the concerns – just a few – of the concerns you are raising about this not-quite-a-treaty document that, in combination with changes to the international health regulations, could see the sovereignty of states and individual’s health threatened even more than they already are.

JC: There are certainly aspects of power grab, money grab to this from the big pharmaceutical companies that could stand to benefit from the types of changes that are coming into view.

There is also the setting up of genomic data transfers of not just pandemic pathogens of international concern, but potential pathogenic problems, which essentially opens up a Pandora’s box of countries potentially being somehow – at least through this treaty – legally obligated to start sharing various genetic data in ways that are not very well explained, at least in the draft documents that we’ve seen so far. They also raised, for the first time in a legal document, the concept of ‘infodemic,’ which they give some sort of cursory definition to. But essentially, the question on the table is: what to do in the light of future pandemic or emergency situations when people are spreading false information on the internet.

And we know what that looks like, because well, for I mean, myself, I had my YouTube channel with nearly 600,000 subscribers that I’d built up over 14 years taken out at the flip of a switch because it was, of course, in contravention of World Health Organization mandates and remits or whatever gobbledeegook garbage language that YouTube used to censor masses of people back during the previous scare. We can only imagine they are now looking at actually instituting some teeth in that, so that the World Health Organization itself can really come in and censor people.

There are many, many other concerns, but the most concerning to me is the fact that they are no longer calling it an ‘agreement’ or ‘instrument’ or other legal body, blah blah blah, whatever they were – gobbledeegook mouthful of a phrase they were using to describe this document before.

They are calling it specifically a “pandemic agreement,” but very specifically in Article 21 of the draft that they released on October 31st – boo, Halloween – they have specifically a reference to the creation of a “Conference of the Parties,” which for people who do not know, the C-O-P – COP – is used in the United Nations framework Convention on Climate Change. It’s used in the Biological – Treaty, Warfare Treaty, et cetera, et cetera. All of these various UN branches and agreements have their C-O-P, their Conference of the Parties, which is essentially set up like a type of government, which will not just operate and institute a single set of laws. It will continue to operate and meet year after year after year to try to develop and continue adding teeth to whatever agreement that they sign in May 2024.

So, even if the pandemic agreement that will undoubtedly get rubber stamped in May 2024 unless we make that politically unfeasible, even if that agreement was fine on its face and didn’t actually institute any of this, the Conference of the Parties that will meet every year thereafter, could add all of these things to the agreement.

And guess what? There is exactly zero political accountability or insight into this process whatsoever. In the exact same way that Canadians, for example, have exactly zero say over the Conference of the Parties at the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, you don’t get to elect whatever representative the Canadian government decides to send over there. And you have absolutely no say on whatever they decide in those agreements. But then, they start to become the rule of the law – the law of the land in Canada.

How did that happen? It’s because, essentially, this is a great sovereignty takeover that is happening right under our eyes and they are attempting to do the exact same thing with the World Health Organization.

GR: Wow. I know that – yeah, it sounds like you’ve got sort of a mini-state within the state that is basically saying, ‘Okay, whatever you guys decide, this is what the rules are going to be.’ At least in health. I know that there’s an article, WION reports that Kate Bingham, the chairperson of the UK’s Disease X, could turn out to be the UK’s vaccine task force from May-December 2020 said that she believed that Disease X could turn out to be considerably more perilous than Covid-19. You also mentioned in your last – in our last interview that Bill Gates said that Covid-19 was a Pandemic I, and we are facing Pandemic II, like World War II, you know? It will be more demanding that everyone get vaccinated, I imagine. Do you see the health enforcers clamping down on vaccines at a time when fewer and fewer people are bothering to go based on what – the data they are seeing?

JC: I think that what the past few years has exposed is that the fact that we should not be listening unquestioningly to what we are told is ‘the science,’ while excluding all of those medical professionals, including very degreed, very credentialed, people who have had entire careers in the medical field who have never once been question, but now are toxic and cannot be interviewed or mentioned in mainstream media because they dared to question the pronouncements of the past few years. And we find out, oh, wait, they were right.

There are serious health concerns with what is masquerading as a vaccine which is actually this mRNA injection, et cetera. There is a lot of people who have woken up to that reality.

The only way I think that they can continue to push forward with this agenda is to double down. And the only way to really double down is to create or generate or play up or whatever it is some sense of not just a renewed crisis, but an actually escalating crisis. ‘This is going to be worse than what we saw with that Covid thing. You thought that was bad? Wait until you see this.’ And unfortunately, we are talking about the people who have been working in that murky world of biological weapons that we were talking about in our previous conversation with David Kelly who, presumably, would know a thing or two about what Disease X might look like.

And for the people in the audience who don’t know about this, there has been talk for years now about war gaming and planning. There have been disease exercises run by these various organizations and foundations, et cetera, on Clade X and other such things, which is an imaginary potential future pandemic of some sort of respiratory virus or something along those lines that will spread around the world. They have been war gaming out that situation for many situation for many years now.

And one would expect that, well, when you start at the least when you have a hammer, everything looks like a nail. Well, at least in this situation, whatever develops, whether natural or some sort of man-made thing, whether released on purpose or accidentally escaping from some – one of these Class 5 biological containment facilities or whatever the case may be, at any rate, they will try to hammer that problem down because they see it as the nail. And the hammer that they have is all of this infrastructure that they are putting into place right now for the biosecurity state which will almost inevitably involve some sort of mandatory vaccinations – “vaccinations” – once again talking about this new – I guess we can’t call it experimental anymore because it’s the human population that’s being experimented on, the mRNA injections, and other such novel ideas for really rearranging people and their natural biological processes. Playing with the code of life, the “software of life,” as even Moderna and other companies have called it.

And who is spearheading all of this and being the front man for it? Of course, it’s Bill Gates, the man who took over the software of the computer world 30 years ago and is now going to try to transform the software of life itself.

GR: Yeah, well that leads me to my final question for you and I hope you will address it. The idea of how we actually prepare for Pandemic II and the WHO legislation coming down the pike.

JC: Unfortunately, this is one of those problems which there is no half-hearted solution. There may be a number of stop-gap political measures that can be made that might lesson the impact of this. But as we have seen, no matter what sort of legal instruments or documents or pieces of paper people might have like the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms that they think protects their fundamental rights, those can all and will all be discarded in the sense – in the perceived sense of a crisis, whether real or imaginary.

And so, what really, truly needs to happen is a fundamental transformation of not the political system itself but our understanding of our individual human sovereignty, our medical freedom. We have the right to make our decisions for our own bodies. And that decision may be: I perceive there is a real risk, I’m going to mask up, I’m going to take the mRNA, whatever that position is, it is again up to and incumbent on each individual to make that decision for themselves. And no presumed, self-described health authority has the right to mandate that on anyone. Until that fundamental transformation of human consciousness takes place, I don’t think there will be some sort of solution from within the political system as it is being woven around us.

Because as I said, for example, you have zero input into the UNFCC process, you will have zero input into this World Health Organization process that is going on. So, I would say that the first order of political sorts of things that we can do to start to generate this consciousness in the public sphere, is to create and put momentum behind an effort to start by withdrawing Canada and every other nation from the World Health Organization itself.

Just as a start, just to say, “No.” Our health sovereignty as a nation does not rely on whatever the World Health Organization is saying. That organization may exist, and it may have its recommendations and we may follow those recommendations, maybe we won’t. But we will not sign our countries sovereignty over to this organization and put ourselves beholden to them. That would be the first step.

The second step, of course, would be to withdraw from the United Nations and all of these other global government nascent bodies that breach national sovereignty. And then, people can start working on taking the next level down from, ‘Well, we don’t need this international government. Why do we need the national government to dictate to all of the provinces, for example, so we can bring it down to the provincial level. And from the provincial level, eventually maybe we can get to actual individual sovereignty. But until we start reversing exactly going in the opposite direction of this trend towards global consolidation of power, and moving it down towards the individual. Until that momentum starts to shift, I don’t think we’ll have a real solution here.

GR: Fantastic. James Corbett, thanks a lot for sharing your knowledge and understanding with our listeners. We really appreciate it.

JC: Thank you for having me on.


The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg. The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Other stations airing the show:

CIXX 106.9 FM, broadcasting from Fanshawe College in London, Ontario. It airs Sundays at 6am.

WZBC 90.3 FM in Newton Massachusetts is Boston College Radio and broadcasts to the greater Boston area. The Global Research News Hour airs during Truth and Justice Radio which starts Sunday at 6am.

Campus and community radio CFMH 107.3fm in  Saint John, N.B. airs the Global Research News Hour Fridays at 7pm.

CJMP 90.1 FM, Powell River Community Radio, airs the Global Research News Hour every Saturday at 8am. 

Caper Radio CJBU 107.3FM in Sydney, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia airs the Global Research News Hour starting Wednesday afternoon from 3-4pm.

Cowichan Valley Community Radio CICV 98.7 FM serving the Cowichan Lake area of Vancouver Island, BC airs the program Thursdays at 9am pacific time.

Notes:

  1. National Citizens Inquiry: Canada’s Response to COVID-19 (November 28, 2023),’Inquiry into the Appropriateness and Efficacy of COVID-19 Response in Canada’; https://nationalcitizensinquiry.ca/commissioners-report/
  2. Huang, Chaolin; Wang, Yeming; Li, et al (February 2020),  “Clinical features of patients infected with 2019 novel coronavirus in Wuhan, China”, the Lancet 395 (10223): 497-506; https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7159299/
  3. Op cit. National Citizens Inquiry: Canada’s Response to COVID-19, Pg (2, 23)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

We’re in a long war. I’ve written about many aspects of the struggle in a variety of essays and articles, drawing primarily upon my own personal experiences. The war, so far as I can tell, is unique in its scope, stealth and breadth, and the prosecutors of this war upon the people of our Earth are ruthless, vicious, amoral and lawless.

Many of us who have been victims of specifically directed acts of hostility from the authorities who serve as henchmen for the Global Warlords — and here I am thinking of doctors and lawyers who have been subjected to professional strictures, complaints, have had to defend themselves in tribunals against charges that are ludicrously baseless — have nonetheless retained some measure of faith in the judicial system and in the fairness and common goodness of the System. There have been a few important victories, but for the most part the System has failed the cause of justice.

Much of our energy — we in the resistance — has gone into demonstrating the dangers of the various covid inoculations, and for the most part rightly so. The jabs are both unnecessary and dangerous. (In fact, I myself have authored a petition to ban all mRNA medical interventions in New Zealand.) Yet notwithstanding these ‘shortcomings’, notwithstanding the turbo-cancers and strokes and myocarditis and deaths, the propaganda machine and the covid operation itself have been extraordinarily successful in persuading the many of the jabs’ necessity and safety. So successful has been the campaign, that a friend of mine who suffered a heart attack a week after his second Pfizer injection blithely ignored any possible connection between the jab and his cardiac event.

The evidence that has accrued about the deceptions and malfeasance involved in the production of the jabs, in their contents, and the morbidity and mortality associated with their use worldwide has been enormous; yet the ordinary Joe who continues to feed on mainstream media is neither aware of these data, nor interested.

Those of us who however are cognizant of the astounding breadth of the slow-motion genocide — and I use the word ‘genocide’ with care — are at our wits’ end. How can so many be so blind to what is so obvious?

Therefore we plod and push and prod, hoping for a game-changing bombshell to shake the masses from their ignorance and stupor, hoping for the smoking gun, or the snowball that will create the avalanche, or for a miracle. ‘If only we show them the real numbers of deaths and cancers and strokes and tics and paralyses and pain!’ So goes our hope, and with it the lion’s share of our strategic energies.

There are several problems.

First, there is the matter of differing batches and varying outcomes according to batch number of the jabs.

Second, there is the issue of complexity in medical causation.

It is notoriously difficult to demonstrate irrefutable causality in the domain of medicine — and our opponents know this quite well. If I, for example, as a psychiatrist had prescribed fluoxetine to a patient, and two weeks later that patient suffered a stroke, questions may be raised and inferences made, but no firm conclusion could be arrived at to implicate the antidepressant, especially if the patient in question had preexisting cardiovascular risk factors. And if untoward event occurs, there is always ‘long covid’ to blame, never you mind about anything else.

Third, those people who lined up for the jab may not be so keen to see that they have endangered their health, and their response to our presentations of danger will be to turn away from them, and turn their anger onto us for trying to foist such unpalatable facts upon their consciousness.

Fourth, as long as mainstream media maintain their stranglehold on vast swaths of the population, their message will be the accepted reality. An army of epidemiologists and statisticians and an array of graphs and charts presented by alternative media will not amount to a hill of beans.

While I do not believe that these problems are insuperable, I think we must temper our expectations of any sudden awakening. Truth will out, in the end, but it may take quite a while, and although we should continue our attempts to hold jab pushers — governments, health organizations and the like — to account, we must not fail to direct our attentions toward the other assaults — on our fundamental human rights, on our money, on our privacy, on our ability to travel, and so forth.

After all, the climate scam is simultaneously in full swing and carbon credit systems are already being planned to augment social credit programs. We are under attack from several fronts — control, surveillance, impoverishment, depopulation by several means, destruction of family and social ties — all pushing to obliterate any notion of individual autonomy and strong human connection with anything or anyone but the ruling One World Autocrats. The jab is but one of an array of potent weapons in their armamentarium.

The more fruitful tactic now is to engage the Other Side on issues of their personal freedom and trust in the Authorities, on the creeping measures that are being attempted to make us more and more subservient, on the sanctity of our bodies and souls, and on living a life that accepts risk and is not contorted by never-ending fear.

And if a whistle-blower should come to me with sensitive information to present, I would figure out a way to ensure that the data are both unimpeachable and transparently verifiable. I would insist that he or she seek legal protection and remain absolutely anonymous. I would work in silence until the time is right to show my hand. I would be patient, not expecting much, except to carry on.

It’s a long war.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. Garcia is a Philadelphia-born psychoanalyst and psychiatrist who emigrated to New Zealand in 2006. He has authored articles ranging from explorations of psychoanalytic technique, the psychology of creativity in music (Mahler, Rachmaninoff, Scriabin, Delius), and politics. He is also a poet, novelist and theatrical director. He retired from psychiatric practice in 2021 after working in the public sector in New Zealand. Visit his substack at https://newzealanddoc.substack.com/ where this article was first published.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Bringing Warmongers to Justice? The Ukraine War Crimes Tribunal

December 3rd, 2023 by Stephen Karganovic

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

The precise road map of the Ukraine War Crimes Tribunal is still an enigma. Even the format of the court, as a Russian or an international legal institution, remains unclear. Perhaps there are good reasons for holding back on such details at this particular stage.

Recent revelations coming from the top echelons of the Ukrainian regime nevertheless highlight once again the important question of how the Ukrainian Tribunal will go about its tasks. According to David Arakhamia, an influential Zelensky associate and Ukraine’s negotiator at the peace talks held in March of 2022, what many have suspected has now been confirmed. In March 2022, shortly after the commencement of the Special Military Operation, a peace agreement satisfactory to both sides was reached in Istanbul. That peace settlement was scuttled upon the explicit demand put to the Kiev authorities by the then British Prime Minister Boris Johnson during his unannounced and hastily arranged visit in April 2022.

Information about the sequence of events by which imminent peace between Ukraine and Russia was blocked raises significant issues about the scope of the future tribunal’s work. Given Johnson’s pivotal role in prolonging the war, the Ukraine Tribunal now must deal with the question of whether its authority should be confined to prosecuting direct perpetrators of war crimes or ought to include as well the prosecution of their enablers.

Johnson is apparently one such enabler. Newly disclosed evidence shows that he used the resources of his high office to block the peace initiative and to encourage further fighting.  

Following Boris Johnson’s personal intervention, which had the effect of prolonging the conflict, about half a million Ukrainians and several tens of thousands of Russians were killed in preventable military operations. These operations were a direct consequence of Johnson’s interference in the conflict.

According to military experts, in addition to the killed in action the number of wounded and maimed on both sides may be roughly calculated by multiplying the number of the killed by a factor of at least three. That raises enormously the level of avoidable human casualties in the hostilities that Johnson unnecessarily prolonged. To this should be added material destruction on both sides that also would not have occurred except for Johnson’s intervention and if the parties had been left to work out a negotiated mutually acceptable solution.

International jurisprudence rooted in the Nuremberg principles has established clearly that deliberate incitement to war and obstruction of the peaceful resolution of conflicts is a prosecutable crime against the peace.

Those who in March and April of 2022 employed their influence and control in Ukraine to prevent a peaceful settlement between the parties must therefore be held to account. Underlying circumstances support the conclusion that the nature of their conduct was not merely political. It could potentially be criminal as well, provided it is proved that they acted with reckless disregard for the loss of human life and destruction of property, and that they knew or should have known this would naturally follow from the policies they pursued.

Arguably, Johnson did not act on his own but at the behest of the decision making cabal in the collective West, which on April 9, 2022, dispatched him to Kiev with instructions to persuade Ukraine to continue the war.

The liability of his confederates may be set aside for the moment. Concerning Johnson’s personal liability, however, there can scarcely be room for doubt. He knowingly consented to undertake a corrupt mission on behalf of the cabal of which he was a member in order to undermine the imminent peaceful resolution to the dispute between Ukraine and Russia. The consequence of his action was to dissuade Ukraine from giving effect to the peace agreement it had reached with Russia by offering it material inducements and guarantees of unlimited support in return for pressing on with the hostilities. The human and material losses which both sides sustained thereafter are a directly attributable, foreseeable, and avoidable consequence of Johnson’s intervention in April of 2022.

The preceding outline of Johnson’s criminal liability closely follows the  legal analysis employed by the International Criminal Court for the Former Yugoslavia, also known as the Hague Tribunal, in convicting numerous defendants who were brought to face charges before it.

This writer is on record as urging that the Ukrainian War Crimes Tribunal, which is in the process of being established, should not waste its time reinventing the wheel.

Wherever practicable, it should creatively incorporate the procedures of the Hague Tribunal. That will make it exceedingly difficult to credibly challenge the Ukrainian Tribunal’s practices, at least to the extent that they mirror the legal rationales and judicial mechanisms devised by its Western detractors in the period of their hegemonic dominance for the benefit of their privileged legal instrument, the Hague Tribunal.

Following in the footsteps of the Nuremberg court, in addition to pursuing direct perpetrators, the Hague Tribunal indicted also suspects that it classified as inciters and enablers of war crimes (the Šešelj case is a conspicuous example). The Ukrainian War Crimes Tribunal should do the same.

Recent high level revelations of Boris Johnson’s warmongering activities, resulting in a massive death toll and immeasurable grief to hundreds of thousands of Ukrainian and Russian families, provide a sufficient factual basis to open an investigation which might lead to a criminal indictment. Once the mechanism for dealing with this category of cases is established and perfected, the Ukraine Tribunal should proceed to investigate and, where warranted, indict other prominent figures in the collective West leadership. The focus should be on those who, while acting in a non-perpetrator capacity, had nevertheless made a significant contribution to the commission of criminal acts and grave violations of international law in the course of the conflict which is taking place in Ukraine.

The Ukrainian Tribunal must be relentless in the pursuit of offenders, whoever and wherever they might be. It should disseminate a clear warning that no one will remain exempt from accountability. Many of them for the rest of their natural lives will probably remain beyond the reach of  effective justice, but an unequivocal message must be sent to them all that the days of hegemonic impunity are over. As the number of sovereign states rejecting hegemonic dictates steadily increases the noose around them will tighten. As a minimum, even if momentarily safe from apprehension and prosecution, indicted war criminals must be made to watch their back and constantly feel insecure knowing that the slightest misstep might result in justice being served. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: Creator: syllogi Admin / No10 Downing Str | Credit: syllogi Admin / No10 Downing Str

Dollarization of Argentina – Or Not? Peter Koenig

December 3rd, 2023 by Peter Koenig

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Just ten days after Argentina’s run-off presidential elections and way before his inauguration on 10 December 2024, President-elect Javier Milei, has already chosen the Minister of Economy and Finance, whom he will entrust with ditching the Peso for the US dollar and dismantling the Argentine Central Bank. Or so the story goes.

After a two-day trip to Washington DC, where Milei met with officials from the IMF and the US Treasury, Milei announced that he chose Luis Caputo, a former Wall Street trader, to become his new Minister of Economy.

Caputo previously worked for JP Morgan and Deutsche Bank and was Minister of Finance from 2017 to 2018under former Argentine President Mauricio Macri (2015-2019).

The Wall Street banker, not new to Argentina, will, according to Milei, oversee dollarizing the country, ditching the Peso for the dollar and dismantling Argentina’s Central Bank. See this.

However, while during his election campaign, Milei said “blowing up” the Central Bank and replacing the Peso which was like “excrement” against the US dollar was not negotiable, he is now apparently distancing himself from this immediate decision.

The chief reason for dollarizing the Argentine economy was, so Milei and his chief advisor during the election campaign, Emilio Ocampo, an economic history professor and former investment banker, the high inflation which is more than 140% and is, as in many cases closely linked to the high national debt. This was already the case – and pretext – for the earlier Argentinian dollarization from 1991 to 2000.

Ocampo was ready to implement the plan soon after Milei takes office on 10 December 2023. For that he was to be made Chief of the Argentine Central Bank to dollarize the country and to abolish the Central Bank.

However, in an interview on 29 November 2023, while Milei still liked Ocampo’s plan, he said

“We need to see whether the market situation allows a solution like the one Emilio proposes, and whether he is prepared to implement a plan which is not the one he had originally planned”.

After this wishy-washi split tongue wording, Ocampo, who was without compromise committed to his plan of dollarization, immediately declined to take over the Central Bank job. He said he would be willing to head the Central Bank only to dismantle it, and not to implement somebody else’s policies. See this on the Financial Times.

It is likely that Javier Milei is under pressure from experienced economists in his own country, who remember the financial disaster Argentina went through only about two decades ago when her economy literally imploded from 2000 to 2002 – due to the earlier dollarization.

In 1991 then-President Carlos Menem dollarized Argentina’s economy by pegging the Peso to the US- dollar on a 1:1 rate. Then as today, under pressure of the US Treasury, as well as the IMF. They usually go hand-in-hand on such decisions.

Argentina is rich in natural resources, from petrol to minerals and controlling them from abroad, i.e., Washinton, is much easier if a country is run in the currency of the “controller”. A good example is Ecuador which in January 2000 abandoned her currency, the Sucre, and converted to the US dollar.

Then Ecuadorian President Jamil Mahuad was pressured by Washington and the IMF to do so under the pretext to come to grips with Ecuador’s high debt. Analyzing this debt, however, any serious economist would have shown that most of the debt was internal debt, that could have been dealt with internally, without outside interference.

Ecuador is rich in hydrocarbon, mostly Petrol, accounting for more than 50% of Ecuador’s exports.

A similar picture evolved in Argentina in 1991 – high debt can bring about high inflation – risk of default due to high interest rates but wise internal policies could have dealt with the internal debt then as today.

Unfortunately, South America is not free. The Monroe Doctrine is alive and well. Rather than being sovereign countries being able to trade and negotiate with whom they want, Argentina has close trading relations with China and India, the US finds ways of keeping a strangle-hold on a country.

The Monroe Doctrine is a United States foreign policy position that opposes European colonialism in the Western Hemisphere. It holds that any intervention in the political affairs of the Americas by foreign powers is a potentially hostile act against the United States.

James Monroe was the 5th President of the United States. See this.

Argentina is also one of the six new BRICS members (Argentina, Egypt, Ethiopia, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates – UAE), joining the association officially on 1 January 2024.

One of the New BRICS top priorities is dedollarization.

Brazil, one of the original BRICS members, is, with Lula having been reelected in 2022, firmly under control of Wall Street. To keep it that way, following the Monroe Doctrine was a main reason for his reelection with the tiniest of margins against his right-wing opponent, Jair Bolsonaro, who vouched for an independent, sovereign Brazil.

Already during his two earlier terms as President of Brazil (2003-2006), Lula made sure Brazil’s economy was closely linked to Wall Street, to the point where the IMF called him a “good scholar”.

A defection of Argentina is not “allowed” under the Monroe Doctrine. Therefore, the controversial “dollarizing” Javier Milei was “elected” against all odds, on 19 November, after having trailed his opponent, current and experienced Minister of Finance, Sergio Massa (Peronist), 30% to 36% in the first round of elections, on 22 October 2023. The turn-around of 56% to 44% for Milei, is more than surprising.

Looks like not all is “lost” for Argentina, though. Outside manipulating of Argentina through an unexperienced maverick, like Milei, may not be so easy. Argentina, as a new BRICS member may already have BRICS protection – which is another dimension of dynamics that may surpass Washington’s strategies of deceit.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on November 16, 2023

***

Papers reviewed

*

2021 Dec (Mitchell et al) – Appendicitis as a possible safety signal for the COVID-19 vaccines

  • 334 cases of post COVID-19 Vaccine appendicitis identified in the WHO VigiAccess database
  • 69% needed surgical intervention
  • 301 (90%) were marked as serious
  • 283 (85%) caused or prolonged hospitalization
  • 87 (26%) were life threatening
  • 6 (2%) persistent or significant disability
  • 1 (0.3%) fatal
  • median time was 4 days after COVID-19 Vaccination, range 0 to 71 days

  • Appendicitis occurs commonly due to obstruction of appendiceal lumen, can be due to a fecalith or lymphoid hyperplasia.
  • 161 (48%) had imaging to support the diagnosis
  • Theory: COVID-19 vaccines produce robust Th1 immune responses and there is a hypothesised link between an increased Th1 immune response and a sub-type of appendicitis that is likely to require surgery
  • 49% were in age group 18-44, 31% were in 45-64, median age 42 years old.

2022 May (Marconi et al) – Acute appendicitis in a patient immunised with COVID-19 vaccine: A case report with morphological analysis

  • 58F healthcare professional had 1st Pfizer mRNA two days prior to onset
  • presented in ER with pain, fever, nausea and vomiting
  • CT scan with contrast disclosed a distended appendix (maximum thickness 12 mm) with thickened walls, typical of acute appendicitis.
  • patient had a video-laparoscopic appendectomy

2022 June (Oganesyan et al) – Acute appendicitis following the COVID-19 vaccine

  • 69F developed appendicitis 3 days after 3rd Pfizer mRNA dose
  • Had fever 12hr after Pfizer, abdominal pain 24hr after Pfizer
  • CT showed perforated acute appendicitis with appendicolith visualized at base of appendix with associated mesenteric fat stranding, multi-loculated free fluid and trace free air.
  • Diagnosis: perforated appendicitis, had surgery.

2023 Jan (Jambon-Barbara et al) – Understanding the variability of pharmaco‐epidemiological studies assessing the risk of appendicitis with mRNA COVID‐19 vaccines

More Data

As of Nov. 16, 2023, WHO VigiAccess Database reports:

  • 2555 cases of Appendicitis
  • 700 Appendicectomy

Kids affected (32 results in VAERS on “appendicitis” under age 12, 31/32 are Pfizer, few examples include):

  • VAERS 1906934 – 10 year old boy from Connecticut had 1st Pfizer mRNA on Nov. 22, 2021. Four days later he developed appendicitis requiring surgery.
  • VAERS 1909640 – 5 year old girl from Illinois, had 1st Pfizer mRNA on Nov. 16, 2021, developed fever, very lethargic and right quadrant pain 8 days later with MRI showing fluid around her appendix. 
  • VAERS 1931574 – 7 year old boy from California, had 2nd Pfizer mRNA on Dec. 3, 2021. Four days later developed appendicitis requiring surgery.
  • VAERS 1932534 – 6 year old girl from Kansas, had 1st Pfizer mRNA on Nov. 27, 2021. Next day developed vomiting, pain, diagnosed with appendicitis, surgery on Dec.3, 2021 revealed perforated appendix. 
  • VAERS 1951315 – 11 year old boy from Georgia had 1st Pfizer mRNA on Nov. 19, 2021, developed appendicitis 11 days later requiring surgery.
  • VAERS 2651258 – 1.67 year old (20 month old) girl from New York had 1st Moderna mRNA on June 29, 2022. She had appendicitis where her appendix ruptured, requiring surgery on March 23, 2023.

CDC Communications:

Image

Appendix Cancer (Turbo Cancer)

Nov. 7, 2023 – Thunder Bay, ON – 20s year old Hannah Deley had months of severe abdominal pain, and after appendix surgery was found to have Stage 4 Appendix Cancer with small lesions throughout her lungs.

Oct. 29, 2023 – Utica, MI – Timothy Sexton had beaten Stage 4 Colorectal cancer and was in remission for 3 years since June 2020. However, in 2023, his cancer returned, much more rare and aggressive – it returned in his Appendix. Despite surgeries & treatment, it’s spreading.

Sep. 29, 2023 – Jessup, MD – 43 year old Pamela Harrison had stomach pains and was rushed to have her appendix removed on Sep. 15, 2023. “My appendix came back fully covered in Stage 4 cancer”. Now needs to have 80% of her colon removed.

Aug. 14, 2023 – Wellington, FL – Sharika Moss was found to have a 10-15cm mass behind her uterus. It was cancer of the appendix and intestines.

June 18, 2023 – Dallas, TX – 40s year old Home Care Nurse Eber Delgado was diagnosed with Stage 4 Appendix Cancer and needs a major surgery.

My Take…

According to CDC and FDA, appendicitis was the most common Serious Adverse Event (non-fatal) for the Pfizer COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine Trial.

FDA suggested more studies, so 3 major studies were done and they were sponsored by either Pfizer, CDC or Astrazeneca (and a few other big pharma companies).

Understandably, they found no link between COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines and appendicitis, and their financial sponsors were satisfied.

2500 reported cases of Appendicitis in WHO VigiAccess, times an under-reporting factor of 100, means potentially 100,000s of cases worldwide.

Does this seem like an acceptable “Serious Adverse Event”?

  • 90% were classified as serious
  • 85% were hospitalized
  • 26% were life-threatening
  • 2% were disabled
  • 0.3% died
  • dozens of children under age 12 injured in VAERS requiring surgery, including a 20 month old girl from New York with a ruptured appendix after Moderna mRNA Vaccine.

My concern is specifically regarding Turbo Cancers of the Appendix.

Appendix cancers are extremely rare (1 in a million), but they’re starting to show up at Stage 4, in young people, large tumors, extremely aggressive, just like other Turbo Cancers I’ve been writing about.

CDC Official wrote: “The Vaccine clearly causes hyperplasia of lymphoid tissue and that could cause appendicitis and small bowel obstruction”. Yeah, in the short term. What about the LONG TERM?

Can COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines cause Stage 4 Turbo Cancers of the Appendix? Although the information is very preliminary, I believe they do. 

That means children and young adults are at risk of yet another Turbo Cancer.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from Dr. Rath Health Foundation


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on August 28, 2023

*** 

Please forgive my recent silence. I am locked in an apartment in Brooklyn, copyediting a new book (out in November with Chelsea Green), titled Facing the Beast. You can guess what it is about.

But I have also had to take a breath for a week or two to manage my own emotions, because what I have learned in the last few weeks is so very devastating, regarding the plans of the evildoers of our moment, to destroy, or restrict severely the powers of humanity, via destroying babies and human fertility.

We learned in DailyClout’s Report 69 that Pfizer knew that they were killing babies in utero and that they knew they were making nursing newborns, born to vaccinated moms, severely ill. And they proceeded to urge this mRNA injection on pregnant women. As did The New York Times (which, I gather, is running a hit piece on me shortly, surely coincidentally). As did Dr Rochelle Walensky, who told all the pregnant women in America to get an mRNA injection three days after Pfizer concluded that it was a factor in the aborting of two babies.

The first tranche of the Moderna papers came out in July, due to another successful lawsuit by hero/lawyer Aaron Siri. And we learned that Moderna, too, had been experimenting on destroying the fertility cycles of female mammals.

So the goal – at least one primary goal – of all of this madness and evil of the past three years, whatever brand you chose, was to ruin women’s menses and to damage human reproduction at a global level. Team Pfizer or Team Moderna? A distinction without a difference.

And now the PR campaign for “the new variant” is on – predictably, as the advisory group for the FDA recommended in advance of their even existing, that future boosters for variants should be approved – and the AI that now rules journalism, is pushing out scary stories on schools that are sending kids home, on universities such as Rutgers that won’t allow students back on campus unless they are injected with this new formulation with its lack of longterm double-blind safety data – on the return of masks. All of this is entirely connected to the 89% drop in manufacturing demand that Pfizer reported and the tanking of Moderna’s share values.[1] Why pause the gravy train? Dead babies be damned.

I also needed a brief rest because I had to process what Dr James Thorp told me: doctors who treat the most vulnerable population in the world – pregnant women and their unborn babies – were – are – coerced to lie by organizations that oversee these doctors, that were paid to lie.

Here is the video of the interview:

I interviewed fetal-maternal medicine specialist Dr James Thorp recently; he has been one of the very few medical providers for pregnant women and babies, to have raised the alarm about massive damage to women and babies via the mRNA injection. The interview, in a transcript below that I have edited for clarity, is one of the most important exchanges of our time.

In this interview, Dr Thorp describes how he was unceremoniously if not injuriously fired by his health system employer – though he was among the most published of his colleagues. He described the results of a FOIA launched by his wife, attorney Maggie Thorp, and himself, that revealed $13 billion in funding to “influencers” to promote the mRNA injections, including surfacing a contract with a for-profit OB/GYN NGO that oversees tens of thousands of obstetricians and gynecologists on two continents. The contract that the Thorps’ FOIA disclosed, provides for the return of the money if medical organizations do not adhere to the “safe and effective” for pregnant women and new moms script presented to them by HHS. Dt Thorp independently confirms the WarRoom/DailyClout’s findings now from three other independent sources: that placentas, fetuses and newborns are being damaged by the mRNA injection. All four sources confirm the same kinds of damage: fibrins, blood clots, “small for dates” restricted growth and weight of the placentas, and calcifications. Meaning that babies of vaccinated moms in utero may not be getting enough food, and they may lack the room to grow normally.

Dr Thorp ends with the damning but unforgettable conclusion that every OB/GYN should have known in advance that this injection would cause massive damage to women and babies, because inflammation has been known to OB/GYNs for decades to be catastrophic to pregnancy.

Please read, and widely share, this interview that discloses an existential threat to the future of humanity.

*

“Dr. Naomi Wolf: Hey everyone. It’s Dr. Naomi Wolf. I’m here with one of my personal heroes, Dr. James Thorp. Welcome Dr. Thorp.

Dr. James Thorp: Thank you, Dr. Wolf. It’s an honor and a privilege to work with you.

Dr. Wolf: Thank you. Dr. Thorp is a distinguished, board-certified obstetrician gynecologist and maternal-fetal medicine physician. He has over 44 years of obstetrical experience while serving as a very busy clinician his whole career. He’s also been very active in clinical research. This just goes to show that the people who are the bravest dissidents are some of the most credentialed.

Dr. Thorp has 224 publications, including 28 on COVID 19. He has seen over 27,500 high risk pregnancies in the last 4.5 years, served as a reviewer for major medical journals, and served on the board of directors for the Society of Maternal Fetal Medicine for three years. He also served as an examiner for the American Board of OB/GYN. He served in the US Air Force. Thank you for your service.

Dr. Thorp testified in the US Senate under the Bush Administration in 2003 on treating the fetus with in-utero therapies. He testified in the Senate more recently with Senator Ron Johnson and others. Dr. Thorpe has focused his research efforts on the Covid 19 pandemic and published over 32 scientific publications, and a book documenting the dangers of the mRNA vaccine to women of reproductive age and to pregnancy.

Dr. Thorp, given all the credentials that I’ve just shared, there’s no way anyone can call you a marginal person in the world of maternal-fetal medicine. You’re a peer reviewer. You’ve overseen thousands of high-risk pregnancies. You’ve also been way out front as the first obstetrician-gynecologist to raise an alarm about the harms to women and babies from the mRNA vaccines. You’ve been relentless.

Also, you’ve been in the news recently for having been punished for your courage and your accuracy. Please share with us what the latest is.

Dr. Thorp: Sure. I was recently fired. All of the patients in my prior service area were under the Sisters of St. Mary’s Health System, one of the largest Catholic health systems in the country. They’re based in St. Louis, as well as in service areas in five different states. I worked in two different states for them: Missouri and Illinois. What I want to say to your listeners and to my former patients – to all patients globally — is this: the most important question you need to ask your nurse or your doctor, whether it’s in a hospital or in an office, is: Nurse, Doctor, are you willing to lose your job to save my life?

And they must answer that. Because I’m telling you that 95% of the physicians and nurses are captured by their paycheck.

What happened at S S M Health? I was a model physician there, as described by the CEO who fired me. I got a call from Mr. Kevin Elledge, a CEO at SSM. (NW: SSM’s motto is:
“Through our exceptional health care services, we reveal the healing presence of God.”)

He scheduled a call with me, allegedly just to meet me. I was very suspicious of this. So, of course, I had an attorney. I took copious notes. The conversation was on June 29th at 1:05 pm.

The conversation lasted 45 minutes. For 30 minutes, Mr. Elledge honored me: called me a model physician for the system, didn’t quite understand why they were having to fire me, except they were having financial difficulties. But multiple sources in the system tell me that I was the number one money producer for the system in the department.

Several have told me that I’m the number one researcher and publisher in the department and have published more than most of the rest of the department combined.

[Mr Elledge] honored me as being of unparalleled ethical, moral, and intellectual integrity. These are words that that he used. And after 30 minutes of this, he said, “We need to terminate you. And we’re invoking the no cause termination, which is in your original contract. So we’ll give you 120 days. You can continue to work and wind down your practice, but you need to take this large sum of money and sign the documents that I’m going to send you.”

I didn’t even see the documents. I said, “Obviously I want you to continue your mission. I don’t want your money. I don’t need your money, so please just keep it and try to make ends meet and try to take care of my patients as best you can. “

He got progressively threatened as he kept trying to force me to sign that document, which he hadn’t even sent me yet. I was very kind and respectful to him and just said, “No, I’m not [signing it].  I don’t want your money. I don’t need the money.”

He said, “Just look at it. You have the option of working for another 120 days.” That conversation ended at 1:57 PM.

He sent out an email to the entire system firing me, saying, Dr. Thorp is, effective, immediately, not seeing patients.

Which is really a slam. And very injurious. It’s libel, because that [implies] that I’m a horrible person – that I did something horrible to one of my patients or to one of the staff, and everybody knows that’s not the case.

Were flabbergasted. And I’m locked out of the system. And that’s behind me.

You know as a woman of faith, that when Yahweh closes one door, he’s got much bigger plans for you.

[In terms of SSM], I think they mean well, but I think they’re captured by the system. The people up there love me.  I don’t think that it was their decision. In my opinion, somebody came in, — from the swamp in DC or from one of the medical boards or one of the organizations that I’ve been attacking — and said, “Thorp’s got to go. He’s getting too loud.”

Dr. Wolf: I may be cynical, but I’m hearing that that call began in a friendly and flattering way, because the goal of the institution was to get you to sign a non-disclosure agreement, which I’m guessing is the unseen document that they never bothered to send you because you said you wouldn’t accept it.

Dr. Thorp: They ended up sending it to me. My wife’s an attorney. Maggie [Thorp] looked at it, and she’s never seen such an extensive non-disclosure agreement.  it went not only to the effect of non-disparagement, but [also stated that] I would’ve been responsible for any other independent source — like you, or somebody on Twitter — that was disparaging them for what they did, and [it would have] held me responsible for that.

Dr. Wolf: So, thank God for Maggie Thorp. This is just one more piece in the puzzle of trying to criminalize the speech of people like you and me, or to entangle us in lawfare if we tell people the truth. The other piece of this story that I find super concerning is that they were trying to buy your silence.

You don’t have to disparage your former employers, but I will. As a woman and as a mom, I’m just thinking of all the women who were your patients who suddenly got an email saying their doctor is gone, or who were informed by whoever took your place, that their doctor is gone.

If you have any patients who are pregnant, it would be incredibly concerning to be left in the middle of one’s pregnancy without an obstetrician. I do agree with you that it’s libelous or defamatory that this email went out, because it does appear to smear your reputation. Dr Peter McCullough has also had to fight legal battles. Dr Sherri Tenpenny’s license was suspended. One of our Pfizer documents analysis volunteers, Dr Jeyanthi Kunadhasan in Australia, was also threatened by a licensing board there. Doctors who tell the public the truth are being menaced with “lawfare” or threats of losing their licenses.

Dr. Thorp: Dr Renata Moon was just fired too.  Dr. Moon had an academic appointment and was a very valuable employee. What they did to her was worse. They drummed up totally fraudulent allegations and fired her for cause. They smeared her.[2]

Many if not most of the hospitals are doing that. Dr. Rennie Moon is an incredible pediatrician and has testified in the Senate with me and with Dr. McCullough and many others. She has a very prominent voice. Pediatrics and obstetrics and gynecology are the most brainwashed, targeted groups of all of medicine.

Dr. Wolf: Let me go to why you’re such a threat. You were early on confirming what we [the WarRoom/DailyClout Pfizer Documents Research Volunteers] were also finding at the same time: damage to women’s reproductive systems, reproductive cycles, damage to babies in utero, and damage to the placenta via the mRNA injections.

I want you to talk about the calcified placentas that you were seeing.[3] Is there anything new or different in the kinds of pregnancies, you were seeing, anything new regarding placentas or the babies themselves, any change in outcomes regarding deaths of mothers in childbirth [which are up post-years of mrna vaccination by 30%, per CDC], that you’ve seen?[4]

Dr. Thorp: You’re a hundred percent right. This entire vaccine went after women. It went after women’s health. for two reasons.

Number one: Every man and woman in medicine knows women make all the healthcare decisions for all members of the family. So that if they could capture the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists and 60,000 obstetricians, and then they got all the women, they captured the population.

The second issue is more ominous if they can fraudulently – and make no doubt about it, this was fraud, right? Conspiracy, this was collusion — a RICO violation. The second reason that they targeted women is this: if they can prove that the vaccine is safe, effective, and necessary in the most vulnerable population, which is pregnant women, pre-borns and newborns by vertical transmission — then every other human being on earth needs to be vaccinated.

Number one, women make the healthcare decisions. Number two, if we can convince the world that it’s safe, effective, and necessary in pregnancy, they’ve won the entire game for vaccinating the entire human population on the planet. And that’s what they did.

Maggie [Thorp], as I mentioned, is an attorney. She has a keen eye for sniffing out fraud in larger corporations, which she’s done in other industries successfully.

So, we launched a FOIA. We strongly suspected that this vaccine, just like I got done saying, was a fait accompli.  It was always pre-planned. Prior to 2020, it was pre-planned to target women.

And we proved that this was the case.

We submitted an airtight Freedom of Information Act to HHS, the CDC, and the American College of OB/GYN, and ACOG.

ACOG and the American College of OB/GYN allege themselves to be the preeminent organization for women in the world. Nothing could be more opposite to the truth.

On February 28th, 2021, the Pfizer 5.3 0.6 post-marketing data was public. It was devastating. It was proven to be, according to Pfizer, the deadliest drug ever rolled out to the human public. I’ve been saying that. And for two and a half years, not one person has challenged me. 1,223 dead within 10 weeks, and then horrible obstetrical data.

Mark Weber, Deputy Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs/Human Services at U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, tried to hide that damning data for 75 years. What did he do? Rolled out a $13 billion PSYOPs campaign to the entire United States of America, about 300 major organizations in influencers, including synagogues and churches, and many others, to convince the United States and the entire world that this deadly shot was safe, effective, and necessary in the most vulnerable population, pregnant women.[5]

They rolled that $13 billion out while suppressing the damning data from Pfizer.

Those who were founding members, like the American College of OBGYN, signed a contract, Naomi.

We’ve proven that [from] 1400 pages. They redacted over 50%, but they entered a contract that I have termed, the “covenant of death” [the phrase is from Isaiah 28].  I have started a Substack, on this covenant of death between HHS and CDC, and the American College of OB/GYN along with probably all the other influencers.

[NW: Isaiah 28:14 reads: “Therefore hear the word of the Lord, you scoffers who rule this people in Jerusalem.15 You boast, “We have entered into a covenant with death, with the realm of the dead we have made an agreement. […] for we have made a lie our refuge and falsehood[b] our hiding place.”’]

What’s in this covenant of death? This is hideous. This is horrifying. This is exactly what you have seen, Dr. Naomi, and what I’ve seen and what we know to be true.

They took well over $11 million; they signed the covenant with death, and they’re not allowed to deviate one iota from the lethal narrative of HHS. If they do, they will be liable for paying back every single penny, which they’ve already pocketed. So, that’s why the American College of OB/GYN, the American Board of Obstetrics and Gynecology, and the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine, to this day, are the evil organizations that perpetrated this crime on the world. And I will not back down from attacking them because we have the proof.

I’ve been saying this for over a year. And if that were not true, I’d be involved multiple lawsuits.

Dr. Wolf: if I understood what you just said, it’s a huge story.

You and your wife submitted a Freedom of Information Act request to HHS, and you have, as a result, secured a lengthy contract between HHS and influencers, including the American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology. Do I have those facts correct?

Dr. Thorp: Not quite. Almost. We have 1400 pages of communications between the federal government and the American College of OBGYN, that oversees over 60,000 obstetrician gynecologists on two different continents.

Dr. Wolf: This is a huge story. So how do you know there are 300 influencers that HHS has also funded? Are they mentioned in this communication?

Dr. Thorp: Yes, we have. They’re all mentioned. And that’s well known. Assistant Deputy Secretary, Mark Weber of HHS was very proud of this newly endowed COVID 19 Community Corps.

Dr. Wolf: I’m aware that influences were funded, but it sounds like you and your wife got the receipts in certain ways and, and these emails are unbelievably important. Now, you’ve, you are also saying that $11 million went from the federal government, from HHS to this third party NGO, a  for-profit, non-government organization, which oversees tens of thousands of obstetricians and gynecologists on two continents. Do I have that correct?

Dr. ThorpThat’s correct.

Dr. Wolf: So presumably, if they don’t stick to HH s’s script about the vaccine, they must pay back the money that they took. Is that correct?

Dr. ThorpAbsolutely correct. It is HHS and CDC.

Dr. WolfOur volunteers found that a terrifying report went out on April 10th, 2021, showing damage in utero from transplacental or “maternal” exposure to vaccine, Pfizer’s words, including death.  There are also convulsions and fevers and swelling of babies who are nursing vaccinated moms.[6] This report went to CDC, and three days later, Dr. Walensky gave a White House press conference telling the women of America, that especially if they were pregnant, they should take the vaccine; that it was safe and effective, that there was no bad time. Before you have your baby, during your pregnancy, after having your baby, there is no bad time to take the vaccine.

So CDC was paying obstetricians to echo this script, knowing that this injection was killing babies in utero, and poisoning them through breast milk? Is that the bottom line?

Dr. Thorp: That’s absolutely a hundred percent. We’ve arrived at the identical conclusions, and you know, Maggie and I have published extensively on America out Loud. There are a dozen articles, and they’re extraordinarily well referenced. We have everything that you said. It is a hundred percent true, and everything that you found from your side that I wasn’t aware of it, it is absolutely a hundred percent true. We’ve documented it all.

We have clips, we have interviews; we have the Walensky interview, we have the floating lie that was put out by the powers that be in our government. And, and the American College of OBGYN starting out in late 2020 [saying], It’s never going to be mandated in pregnancy. And then it slowly morphs from that into the April 2021 interview where [she] says, okay, it is now indicated. And we were mandating it. And by July, ACOG said, yes, we’re strongly recommending it.

Dr. Wolf: That’s unbelievable. I will move heaven and earth to get proper media attention on this story that you and Maggie Thorp have broken.

Let me just play this out to the end. This means that to this day, when a pregnant woman asks her obstetrician, her gynecologist, “Do you recommend that I take this [mRNA] vaccine or not?” That doctor has to say, “Yes, it’s recommended”? “Yes, ACOG recommends it”?  Or else they are in violation in some way of some contractual commitment that ACOG has made, and they must pay back money or be penalized in some ways? Is that right?

Dr. Thorp: That’s, that’s exactly right. And, and the system will work earnestly to fire that physician if they perpetrate that truth.

Dr. WolfSo, you are saying that obstetricians and gynecologists, to this day, at least in the United States, cannot give their pregnant patients informed consent about what we now know to be the real significant risks of taking the URA injection during pregnancy. Is that correct?

Dr. Thorp: Absolutely. A hundred percent correct. And, and just think about it, the Mark Weber infiltrated the personal most personal relationships that a woman has.

Going into the examination room, during the most important part of her life — she’s pregnant —  she trusts her physician. With her obstetrician, whether male or female, there’s a very important trust. Mark Weber and HHS egregiously violated that trust, in the most sensitive exam ever in a woman’s life.

Dr. Wolf: So theoretically — even though now people are fleeing the mRNA injection, as we now know from the Q1 and Q 2 economic reports of both Pfizer and Moderna – pregnant women to this day probably are being urged to take the mRNA vaccine that everyone else is racing away from. And they’re doing it because they trust their obstetricians and their gynecologists.

We need to bring every woman’s attention to this story that every woman in America — in all those other countries where this is happening. Every pregnant woman is in a state of acute jeopardy as a result of what you and Mrs. Thorp have found. What were you seeing in your practice regarding harms to women and to the fetus from this injection?

Dr. Thorp: In my vast clinical experience, I have seen massive disruption of normal menstruation patterns, which you well know. And that did not occur until after the rollout of the vaccine. I have seen a marked increase in infertility, male and female.

If the [couple] do conceive, then there’s a substantial risk of miscarriage. And I stand by what we [both] have interpreted and what I have published, there’s an 81% risk of miscarriage from Pfizer’s own data. There is an increase in malformations of all organ systems, a substantial increase in fetal death, substantial increase in severe early onset preeclampsia, in preterm premature membrane rupture, an increase in spontaneous preterm labor, an increase in indicated preterm delivery due to vaccine complications.  In trying to prevent a death in utero, we are seeing an increase in cardiac anomalies, cardiac malformations, and in the early death of the fetus. I am also seeing an increase in premature delivery and death of the newborns. Therte is a massive increase in newborns going to the neonatal intensive care unit. There are substantial abnormalities of the placenta.

Dr. Wolf: Stunning, terrifying. Dr. Thorp is, in his interpretation of over 80% spontaneous abortions and miscarriages in the Pfizer documents independently finding what our WarRoom/DailyClout Pfizer Documents Research Volunteers also found in the Pfizer documents. And his description of compromised placentas, stillbirth, premature labor, and babies with malformations is independently confirmed by, and I stress this as a journalist, two midwives in two separate practices, whom we at DailyClout interviewed. Dr Thorp’s account also confirms a new report out by DailyClout’s COO Amy Kelly, showing placental problems in a pathology report of a vaccinated mother. So now we have four independent sources confirming the same serious problems for babies and moms.

Dr. ThorpEverybody should have known I knew, before the vaccine ever rolled out: that it was going to be damaging. That’s because it is a proven principle of obstetrics in gynecology and maternal-fetal medicine, published by the world expert Roberto Romero, on the horrible adverse effects of inflammation on pregnancy. It’s devastating.

So that’s known to every OB/GYN. Every OB/GYN has had that drummed into their teaching for the last several decades.

So of course, [the inflammation caused by the mRNA vaccines] is going to cause damage: miscarriage and malformations and chromosome malformations. It’s proven: it’s the most inflammatory substance ever used in a human being.

Dr. Wolf: It’s been known for 10 years at least that lipid nanoparticles biodistribute to every organ in the human body, and that they disrupt human reproductive capacity.

So someday, I hope that the people who formulated this injection with lipid nanoparticles will answer before Congress, if not before a jury of their peers, the question: “Why did you put this in this injection if you knew it would destroy human reproductive capacity?”

Dr. Thorp, thank God, you and your few but brave colleagues who care enough about women and babies to save lives by telling the truth.“

So there you are. We are hearing reports weekly of shrunken placentas; of babies born with breathing impairments exactly as Reort 69 showed Pfizer knew babies would be born; of placentas with calcifications; of placentas with blood clots; of babies with bizarre and appalling malformations.

Honestly, what can I say at this point except may God save us; and please tell childbearing age women everything you now know.

And please, please support the handful of brave doctors and scientists who alone will find preventions and treatments for the damage from the “covenant of death” – if preventions and treatments can be had.

Poor suffering humanity. Poor blameless babies.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

[1] Derek Saul, COVID Vaccine Makers’ Stocks Crash to Multiyear Lows Monday as Sales Keep Sliding”, Forbes.com, August 7, 2023 https://www.forbes.com/sites/dereksaul/2023/08/07/covid-vaccine-makers-stocks-crash-to-multiyear-lows-monday-as-sales-keep-sliding/?sh=20696348bc84

[2] Dr Renata Moon,

[3] Calcified placentas, https://dailyclout.io/obgyn-warns-mrna-injections-and-miscarriages-malformations-may-be-linked/

[4] Maternal deaths, https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/hestat/maternal-mortality/2021/maternal-mortality-rates-2021.htm

[5] “We Can Do This!” COVID-19 Community Corps, https://wecandothis.hhs.gov/covidcommunitycorps; see also $250 million for the “Defeat Despair” campaign under Weber’s authority: https://www.prweek.com/article/1700102/hhs-go-ahead-250m-defeat-despair-covid-19-campaign-without-celebrities

[6] “Including death.” https://dailyclout.io/bombshell-pfizer-and-the-fda-knew-in-early-2021-that-the-pfizer-mrna-covid-vaccine-caused-dire-fetal-and-infant-risks-they-began-an-aggressive-campaign-to-vaccinate-pregnant-women-anyway/

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Are COVID Jab Deaths Being Covered Up?

December 3rd, 2023 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published by Global Research on November 26, 2023

***

The Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS) does not meet its own standards, and safety signals are not being addressed

Before the COVID pandemic, VAERS received an average of 60,000 adverse event reports after vaccination each year. In the first year of the rollout of the experimental gene therapies against COVID (2021), reports skyrocketed to 1 million. By the end of October 2023, the number of reports associated with the COVID shots was 1,605,764, and nearly 1 in 5 of those reports involves a “serious” adverse event

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, which share responsibility for VAERS, insist these data in no way reflect a potential problem with the COVID shots

Filing a VAERS report is a time-consuming process. It can take several hours for a trained medical professional to fill out a single report, and this is time that cannot be billed to anyone. As a result, side effects, including deaths, are massively underreported

VAERS has a public front end and a private back end that public users aren’t allowed to see. The public database only contains the initial reports. Corrections and updates on outcomes go into the private-facing end. As a result, we have no idea how many of the injuries have resulted in death after an initial report was filed. The death count we see when we look at VAERS is the number of reports filed where death was the reason for filing the report in the first place. This “dual system” can leave the public with the false impression that deaths are less common than they are. We also don’t know how many injuries end up progressing and resulting in permanent disability, or how many of them resolve

*

According to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the agency “is actively engaged in safety surveillance” of the COVID shots. They also claim that medical doctors and epidemiologists at the FDA and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention “continuously screen and analyze” reports filed with the Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System (VAERS) “to identify potential signals that would indicate the need for further study.”1 Facts suggest otherwise.

Even officials at the FDA itself have stated that VAERS is not operating as intended, and that safety signals are not being addressed. Among them are Peter Marks, director of the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, and Narayan Nair, the FDA division director who oversees VAERS.

Both spoke to investigative reporter Jennifer Block, whose article on the failures of VAERS was published in The BMJ in November 2023.2

“VAERS is supposed to be user friendly, responsive, and transparent. However, investigations by The BMJ have uncovered that it’s not meeting its own standards.

Not only have staffing levels failed to keep pace with the unprecedented number of reports since the rollout of COVID vaccines but there are signs that the system is overwhelmed, reports aren’t being followed up, and signals are being missed,” Block writes.

“VAERS’s standard operating procedure for COVID-19 states that reports must be processed quickly, within days of receipt. ‘Serious reports’ trigger the requisition of medical records and at minimum a ‘manual review,’ while deaths and other ‘adverse events of special interest’ may undergo a more ‘in-depth’ clinical review by CDC staff.

However, The BMJ has learnt that in the face of an unprecedented 1.7 million reports since the rollout of COVID vaccines, VAERS’s staffing was likely not commensurate with the demands of reviewing the serious reports submitted, including reports of death.

While other countries have acknowledged deaths that were ‘likely’ or ‘probably’ related to mRNA vaccination, the CDC — which says that it has reviewed nearly 20, 000 preliminary reports of death using VAERS (far more than other countries) — has not acknowledged a single death linked to mRNA vaccines.”

Unprecedented Influx of Reports Is a Clue in Itself

Before the COVID pandemic, VAERS received an average of 60,000 adverse event reports after vaccination each year. In the first year of the rollout of the experimental gene therapies against COVID (2021), reports skyrocketed to 1 million.

By the end of October 2023, the number of reports associated with the COVID shots was 1,605,764and, according to Block, nearly 1 in 5 of those reports involves a “serious” adverse event.

In 2021, few had ever heard of VAERS and medical staff were not instructed to file reports. In fact, there are many stories out there of medical staff being discouraged from doing so. Yet despite the lack of awareness and the intentional suppression of reporting, record setting numbers of adverse event reports were and continue to be filed.

That alone tells us something, and should have set off alarm bells at the FDA and CDC, which share responsibility for the VAERS database. Yet no bells have gone off, and both agencies nonchalantly insist that these data in no way reflect a potential problem. 

Egregious Lies About VAERS

The video above features testimony from then-CDC director Dr. Rochelle Walensky and then-director of the National Institutes of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) Dr. Anthony Fauci. Both claimed they had no idea how many deaths had been recorded in VAERS following the COVID shot — something which could have been done on the spot using a smartphone.

Even more egregious, Walensky claimed that “all” side effects are reported to VAERS. “So, if you get hit by a car shortly after being vaccinated, that gets reported in the VAER system,” she said. Fauci, apparently short on creativity, then repeated the same idiotic scenario to downplay the importance and value of VAERS as a pharmacovigilance system.

The fact of the matter is, there’s no artificial intelligence that automatically fills out post-vaccination stubbed toe and fender bender reports, and no one in their right mind would spend hours filing a report unless they suspected a link to a recently given vaccine. VAERS is a passive, voluntary reporting system, and the CDC was not encouraging, let alone requiring, anyone to file reports.

VAERS Is Shamefully Inadequate

Many who have tried to file a VAERS report have been struck by how difficult it is to use. Unless you have all your ducks in a row and every required piece of data at your fingertips, the system will time out, forcing you to start all over again.

Even as artificial intelligence is now being used to formulate drugs from scratch,4 one of the most important pharmacovigilance databases in existence hasn’t even been equipped with an intermittent save feature. Go figure.

This alone makes filing a VAERS report an enormously time-consuming process. It can take several hours for a trained medical professional to fill out a single report. And, mind you, that is time that cannot be billed to anyone. If insurance were to reimburse doctors for filing adverse event reports, perhaps we’d get a clearer picture of the problem, but as it stands, vaccine side effects are notoriously underreported.

The fact that the COVID jabs have racked up more than 1.6 million reports in less than three years is in part due to the sheer number of doses administered (some 675 million in the U.S.) combined with the fact that the shots have an unprecedented harm ratio.

There’s no evidence whatsoever to suggest that the 1.6 million reports account for most of the harm done. No, harms are still severely underreported. Before the pandemic, investigations concluded that only 1%5,6 to 10%7 of side effects were ever reported.

COVID era calculations suggest adverse events of the jabs are underreported by a factor ranging from 208 to 41.9 According to the CDC, COVID jab adverse effects in children, specifically, are underreported by a factor of 6.5.10

If we use an underreporting factor of 20, we could be looking at some 32 million Americans adversely affected by the shots, about 9.5% of the population. If we use a factor of 41, then as many as 65.6 million — 19.5% — may have been injured or killed.

If disability claims are any indication (and they reasonably would be), then the underreporting factor may indeed be somewhere between 20 and 41. After remaining flat between 2014 and 2020, disability claims suddenly jumped 15% between January 2021 and June 2023.11

Anyone who thinks that’s a coincidence need to come up with a rational alternative that doesn’t include injecting a novel gene transfer technology into 81% of the population.12

What’s the Real Death Toll?

Block also highlights other problems with VAERS, including the fact that there’s a public front end, and a private back end that public users aren’t allowed to see. The biggest problem with that is that the public facing one only contains the initial reports. Corrections and updates on outcomes go into the private facing end.

As a result, we have no idea how many of the injuries may have resulted in death, weeks or months after the initial report was filed. In other words, the death count we see when we look at VAERS is the number of reports filed where death was the reason for filing the report in the first place.

We cannot see how many of those hospitalized or diagnosed with serious injuries ended up dying after the report was filed. Only the CDC and FDA have access to the updated reports.

The drawback of this should be obvious. It can leave the public with the false impression that deaths are less common than they are. We also don’t know how many injuries end up progressing and resulting in permanent disability, or how many of them resolve.

So, how many people have died over and above the 36,50113 initial reports of deaths filed as of October 27, 2023? We don’t know, because the FDA and CDC won’t tell us.

According to the FDA and CDC, the reason for not publicly sharing updated records is because data derived from medical records are protected by privacy laws. However, as noted by Block, the adverse event databases for drugs and medical devices overseen by the FDA both allow public access to the full datasets, including updates on outcomes, without breaking medical confidentiality laws. So, why can’t VAERS do the same?

FDA and CDC Are Ignoring Safety Signals

Worst of all, the FDA and CDC both ignore the safety signals blaring in the VAERS data. And because they don’t inform doctors about the potential side effects, doctors don’t make the connection between the shot and the health problems they see in their patients. As a result, they’re less likely to prescribe the correct tests, and less likely to arrive at the most appropriate treatment.

In a 2021 interview with journalist Alex Newman,14 Dr. Peter McCullough said he was baffled by the government’s nonexistent response to the thousands of deaths that by then had already been logged into VAERS, noting that the 1976 swine flu pandemic mass vaccination program was pulled after just 25 deaths and a few hundred cases of paralysis. Drugs are also yanked from the market at around 50 unexplained deaths.

The contrast in response is “alarming,” McCullough said. Fast-forward two years, and the publicly available death toll in VAERS has risen from some 3,500 to more than 36,500, yet the FDA still insists that the shots are “safe and effective.” Full stop. They’re so unconcerned they even added the COVID jabs to the childhood vaccination schedule, with the first jab series to be given to toddlers and babies as young as 6 months.

How the CDC Hides COVID Jab Dangers

Adding insult to injury, several investigations have shown the FDA15,16 and CDC are also hiding, manipulating and/or falsifying data in a variety of ways that obfuscate the true extent of the harms. For example, in June 2022, the CDC paused its Mortality and Morbidity Weekly Reports (MMWR) to perform a “system upgrade.”

When it came back online two months later, large numbers of jab-related death categories had been moved, either into the COVID death category or a “holding” category for undetermined deaths, thereby making it appear as though deaths from cancer, heart attacks and strokes are far lower than they are.17 This gaming of the algorithm appears to have been automated as of that system update.

For the longest time, the CDC also refused to release the results of its Proportional Reporting Ratio18 (PRR) data mining, which measures how common an adverse event is for a specific drug compared to all the other drugs in the database.

When the agency was finally forced to release the data, we discovered the PPR reveled hundreds of safety signals,19 all of which, according to the rules, require a thorough investigation to either confirm or rule out a possible link to the shots.

One of the few side effects of the COVID jabs that the CDC has actually acknowledged is myocarditis (heart inflammation), and a related condition called pericarditis (inflammation of the heart sack). Remarkably, the PRR monitoring results revealed there are more than 500 other adverse events that have stronger warning signals than either of those conditions.

Below is a summary list of some of the key findings from the CDC’s PRR analysis released in January 2023.20,21,22,23

  • In individuals aged 18 and older, there are safety signals for 770 different adverse events, and two-thirds of them (more than 500) have a stronger safety signal than myocarditis and pericarditis. Of those 770 signals, 12 are brand-new conditions that have not been reported following other vaccines.

Topping the list of safety signals are cardiovascular conditions, followed by neurological conditions. In third and fourth place are thromboembolic conditions and pulmonary conditions. Death is sixth on the list and cancer is 11th. Considering the uptick we’ve seen in aggressive cancers, the fact that death tops cancer really says something.

  • The number of serious adverse events reported between mid-December 2020 and the end of July 2022 (just over 19 months) for the COVID jabs is 5.5 times greater than all serious reports for vaccines given to adults in the U.S. over the last 13 years (approximately 73,000 versus 13,000).
  • Twice as many COVID jab reports were classified as serious compared to all other vaccines given to adults (11% vs. 5.5%), which meets the definition of a safety signal.
  • The proportions of reported deaths, which was only provided for the 18+ age group, was 14% for the COVID jabs compared to 4.7% for all other vaccines. As noted by Fenton,24 “If the CDC wish [sic] to claim that the probability a COVID vaccine adverse event results in death is not significantly higher than that of other vaccines the onus is on them to come up with some other causal explanation for this difference.”
  • In the 12- to 17-year-old age group, there are 96 safety signals, including myocarditis, pericarditis, Bell’s Palsy, genital ulcerations, high blood pressure, menstrual irregularities, cardiac valve incompetency, pulmonary embolism, cardiac arrhythmia, thrombosis, pericardial and pleural effusion, appendicitis and perforated appendix, immune thrombocytopenia, chest pain and increased troponin levels (indicative of heart damage).
  • In the 5- to 11-year-old group, there are 66 safety signals, including myocarditis, pericarditis, ventricular dysfunction, cardiac valve incompetency, pericardial and pleural effusion, chest pain, appendicitis and appendectomies, Kawasaki’s disease, menstrual irregularities and vitiligo.

The CDC ignoring a clear signal for death is probably the most egregious example of its failures as a public health institution. As early as July 2021, Matthew Crawford published a three-part series25,26,27 detailing how the CDC was hiding safety signals by using a flawed formula.

In August that year, Steve Kirsch informed the agency of these problems, but was ignored. Then, in an October 3, 2022, article,28 Kirsch went on to show how “death” should have triggered a signal even when using the CDC’s flawed formula.

The CDC also hides the severity of side effects by using several categories for the same disease.29 For example, “cardiac failure acute,” “cardiac failure,” “infarction,” “myocardial strain” and “myocardial fibrosis” are listed as separate categories, even though in real life they’re all potential effects of myocarditis.

By separating them, you end up with fewer frequency counts per category, thereby preventing the triggering of a warning signal. If related categories were merged, far stronger safety signals would likely emerge.

Resources for Those Injured by the COVID Jab

Data from across the world testify to a singular fact; that the COVID shots are the most dangerous drugs ever deployed. By turning a blind eye to the massacre and gaslighting the public with ridiculous and easily provable lies, the FDA and CDC are disqualified from making public health recommendations. You follow their advice at your own peril.

If you already got one or more COVID jabs and are now reconsidering, you’d be wise to avoid all vaccines from here on, as you need to end the assault on your body. Even if you haven’t experienced any obvious side effects, your health may still be impacted long-term, so don’t take any more shots.

If you’re suffering from side effects, your first order of business is to eliminate the spike protein that your body is producing. Two remedies that can do this are hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin. Both drugs bind and facilitate the removal of spike protein.

The Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC) has developed a post-vaccine treatment protocol called I-RECOVER. Since the protocol is continuously updated as more data become available, your best bet is to download the latest version straight from the FLCCC website at covid19criticalcare.com.30

For additional suggestions, check out the World Health Council’s spike protein detox guide,31 which focuses on natural substances like herbs, supplements and teas. Sauna therapy can also help eliminate toxic proteins by stimulating autophagy.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Notes

1, 2 BMJ 2023; 383: 2582

3, 13 Open VAERS as of October 27, 2023

4 MIT Technology Review February 15, 2023

5 AHRQ December 7, 2007

6 The Vaccine Reaction January 9, 2020

7 BMJ 2005;330:433

8 COVID Vaccination and Age-Stratified All-Cause Mortality Risk (PDF)

9 Steve Kirsch Substack January 5, 2022

10 Steve Kirsch Substack January 6, 2022

11 Eurasia Review July 28, 2023

12 USA Facts Vaccination Progress

14 Rumble The New American 2021

15 Epoch Times September 10, 2022

16 Josh Guetzkow Substack September 14, 2022

17 The Ethical Skeptic, Houston, the CDC Has a Problem Part 2

18 All About Pharmacovigilance PRR

19, 22 Epoch Times January 3, 2023 (Archived)

20, 24, 29 Where Are the Numbers? Substack January 4, 2023

21 Josh Guetzkow Substack January 4, 2023

23 Public Tableau PRR VAERS Data Summary 12/14/2020-7/29/2022

25 Rounding the Earth Newsletter Part 1

26 Rounding the Earth Newsletter Part 2

27 Rounding the Earth Newsletter Part 3

28 Steve Kirsch Substack October 3, 2022

30 Covid19criticalcare.com

31 World Council for Health Spike Protein Detox Guide November 30, 2021 

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

America’s Acts of Economic and Social Warfare Have Killed Millions of People

December 3rd, 2023 by Centre for Research on Globalization

First published on November 13, 2023

Introduction

Global Research’s article entitled  “Worldwide Genocide? History of U.S. Mass Killings of Civilians: The Monstrous Plan to Kill Palestinians is Fully Endorsed by Washington” focused on the casualties of numerous U.S. wars during a period (1945-2023) which is euphemistically called “the post war era”:

“During and since World War II , the United States has killed more than 40 million people in a number of countries, most of them civilians, either directly or through proxy by its puppet regimes.”

The casualties resulting from military operations undertaken by the U.S. and its proxy regimes do not however take into account America’s acts of economic and social warfare not only directed against the Global South but also, in recent years, against the “developed countries” of the European Union, where poverty is rampant and the Welfare State is being broken to pieces. 

Economic and Social Warfare

The purpose of economic warfare (which goes hand in hand with military warfare) is to shut down and loot the resources of the targeted economies and subject these countries to increasing levels of poverty and depopulation to the benefit of the Western financial elites which in the course of the last few years have become exceedingly wealthy. 

There are several instruments being used by this elite to accomplish these goals, especially:

  • The Structural Adjustment Programs (SAPs) of the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (IMF),
  • The handing over of entire economies and sectors in the Global South to American investment companies such as BlackRock as well as to Western mining and grain corporations such as Newmont, Cargill and Monsanto.
  • The generation of large-scale famines particularly in Africa.
  • Deindustrialization in the West resulting from free trade agreements and outsourcing of manufacturing which has significantly increased unemployment and poverty prominently in the U.S. and Canada. The middle class has been sharply reduced in both countries.
  • Spiraling energy, water, food and housing prices globally which put basic necessities out of the reach of millions more people.
  • The COVID-induced shutdowns of 190 countries since 2020 which caused the economic collapse of many.

And of course all this is done in conjunction with the spreading of wars globally as seen in our previous article. 

Never-ending Colonialism

The template for economic warfare has been set by 600 years of colonialism which never ended just assumed new names and forms as the Western elite has continued attacking and looting the Global South and increasingly its own population as well.  The combination of economic and military imperialism is particularly prominent in the case of Africa where: 

“The U.S. government has through the Pentagon, the CIA, the World Bank and the IMF, systematically demolished African economies, health and education sectors, and fueled 12 wars on the continent with arms transfers and military training. This genocidal imperial strategy has killed more than four million Africans and allowed the U.S. and the West to attain Africa’s abundant natural riches cheaply.”  

Western countries colonized 80% of the world’s surface and this process destroyed the economies of Africa, Asia and Latin America for more than five centuries spreading poverty and famine globally. 

India which was “the richest polity of its age” (according the New York Times) (India’s age being the 17th and 18th centuries) was converted by 200 years of British colonialism into an abyss of poverty.  The British looted $45 trillion from India and killed up to 165 million Indians through periodic famines, massacres, deindustrialization and high taxes. 

According to British Professor Jason Hickel ( a Fellow of the Royal Society of Arts):

Britain used this flow of tribute from India [the $45 trillion] to finance the expansion of capitalism in Europe and regions of European settlement, like Canada and Australia. So not only the industrialisation of Britain but also the industrialisation of much of the Western world was facilitated by extraction from the colonies.”

This British plunder destroyed Indian society as Hickel explains:

“During the last half of the 19th century – the heyday of British intervention – income in India collapsed by half. The average life expectancy of Indians dropped by a fifth from 1870 to 1920. Tens of millions died needlessly of policy-induced famine.”

As Member of the Indian Parliament Shashi Tharoor put it in a speech at the Oxford Union in July 2015:

“India’s share of the world economy when Britain arrived on its shores was 23 per cent. By the time the British left it was down to below four per cent. Why? Simply because India had been governed for the benefit of Britain. Britain’s rise for 200 years was financed by its depredations in India.

 “In fact, Britain’s industrial revolution was actually premised upon the de-industrialisation of India...India went from having 27% of world trade to less than 2%.”

Colonialism and the slave trade had a similarly destructive impact on the African continent. For 400 years, more than 20 million Africans were enslaved by Britain, Portugal, Spain, Holland and France.

These slaves were worked to death (in many cases) on Caribbean plantations and those in the United States and South America.  As Professor Sabelo J. Ndlovu Gatsheni  explains “This drained Africa of its most robust labour needed for its economic development.” It also impoverished African economies while enormously enriching Western countries.

Cambridge University history lecturer Dr. Richard Drayton’s Guardian article (August 2005) is titled “The Wealth of The West Was Built on Africa’s Exploitation.”  Drayton asks:

“Why, most crucially, was there no recognition of how wealth extracted from Africa and Africans made possible the vigour and prosperity of modern Britain? Was there not a case for Britain to pay reparations to the descendants of African slaves?…African slavery and colonialism are not ancient or foreign history; the world they made is around us in Britain.”

According to Drayton, the wealth that Britain alone looted from Africa is so enormous that its debt to the continent is “incalculable”: 

“For without Africa and its Caribbean plantation extensions, the modern world as we know it would not exist.

“Profits from slave trading and from sugar, coffee, cotton and tobacco are only a small part of the story. What mattered was how the pull and push from these industries transformed western Europe’s economies. English banking, insurance, shipbuilding, wool and cotton manufacture, copper and iron smelting, and the cities of Bristol, Liverpool and Glasgow, multiplied in response to the direct and indirect stimulus of the slave plantations.”

The effect of colonialism was to shut down Southern economies and subordinate them to Western requirements for cheap or free labour, captive markets for Western goods and cheap raw materials for Western industrialization.  This process of shutting down and poverty creation continued in the era of neocolonialism which followed that of colonialism. Neocolonialism continues today as a form of economic and military warfare. 

World Bank and IMF SAPs

Prominent in the West’s economic war arsenal are structural adjustment programs (SAPs) imposed on most Southern countries by the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) for the last sixty years.  The World Bank and IMF are both U.S.-dominated and follow Washington’s dictates.  “Virtually all developing countries particularly in Latin America and Africa have implemented… SAPs.”

The region most devastated by SAPs has been Africa where they have decimated national economies and health and education sectors. SAPs offer loans on condition that governments drastically reduce public spending (especially on health, education and food subsidies) in favour of repayment of debt owed to Western banks, increase exports of raw materials to the West, encourage foreign investment and privatize state enterprises; the last two steps mean selling whatever national assets a poor country may have to Western multinational corporations.

Under SAPs, Sub-Saharan Africa’s external debt actually increased by more than 500%. In 1997, the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) stated that in the absence of debt payments, severely indebted African countries could have saved the lives of 21 million people and given 90 million girls and women access to basic education by the year 2000. The All-African Conference of Churches has called the debt “a new form of slavery, as vicious as the slave trade.”

After forty years of SAPs, 490 million Africans lived in extreme poverty (40.8% of the 1.2 billion population) in 2021. This is up from 313 million Africans who lived in extreme poverty in 2001.

Life expectancy in Africa today is 63 years, the lowest in the world. In February 2023, a fifth of the African population (278 million) was undernourished, and 55 million African children below five years of age were stunted due to severe malnutrition according to OXFAM.

Due to SAPs, between 2001 and 2015, government spending on health, as a proportion of overall spending, decreased in 21 African countries. More than half of African citizens have no access to health care and every year 97 million Africans are faced with “catastrophic healthcare costs” which push 15 million of them into poverty.

With slashed government education budgets due to SAPs, 182 million African adults are unable to read and write, 98 million children are out of school in sub-Saharan Africa, 48 million youth are illiterate, more than 75% of all children (aged 5 to 9) do not go to school and the adult literacy rate in Africa is only 67%, well below the developing country average of 73%. 72% of the world’s illiterate people are in Africa.

Given the annihilating social impact of SAPs all over Africa, it is not surprising that Emily Sikazwe, director of the Zambian anti-poverty group “Women for Change,” asked: “What would they [the World Bank and the IMF] say if we took them to the World Court in The Hague and accused them of genocide?”

Gatsheni sums up the four phases of the West’s looting of Africa as:

“The first is the epoch of enslavement of Africans and their shipment as cargo out of the continent. This drained Africa of its most robust labour needed for its economic development. The second was the exploitation of African labour in the plantations and mines in the Americas without any payment so as to enable the very project of Euromodernity and its coloniality.

“The third is the colonial moment where Africa was scrambled for and partitioned among seven European colonial powers (Belgium, Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, Portugal) and its resources (both natural and human) were exploited for the benefit of Europe.

“The fourth moment is the current one characterized by “debt slavery” whereby a poor continent finances the developed countries of the world. Overseeing this debt slavery is the global financial republic constituted by the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund (IMF), the World Trade Organization (WTO) and other financial institutions. All these exploitative journeys of capital were enabled by colonialism and coloniality.”

Military and Economic Warfare Combined with Corporate Dominance Brings Worst Famine to Africa

The endless suffering of Africa continues to increase as the continent slides into an an alarming famine driven by Western-created wars, SAPs and multinational corporate control of national mining sectors and the world food system.  Here we have a horrifying example of how these three elements of the Western colonial war system work together to devastate an entire continent.  

Currently, Africa is in the grip of its worst food crisis ever, driven by a perfect storm of climate crisis conditions— drought and floods—along with raging armed conflicts and spiraling grain import prices.

A record 278 million Africans— one in five—are facing hunger. The number of East Africans in this predicament has gone up by 60% in 2021 alone and it has gone up by 40% in West Africa.

According to the United Nations World Food Programme (WFP) and its Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), “Violent conflict remains the primary driver of acute hunger [in Africa and other areas].”

Since the 1980s the United States has fueled 12 wars on the continent through arms transfers and military training, as well as proxy invasions and direct invasions.

These wars include the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), Libya, Somalia, Sudan, South Sudan, Angola, Ethiopia, Uganda, Burundi, Rwanda, Congo-Brazzaville and Nigeria. The U.S. has given military assistance to 51 out of 54 African countries.

“When there is conflict, it becomes practically impossible for farmers to produce food needed to sustain the population. There is a clear correlation between the many conflicts ongoing in Africa, food scarcity, drought and climate change,” explains Omolade Adunbi, a professor of Afroamerican and African Studies at the University of Michigan.

The DRC and Libya have been the countries most destabilized by U.S. military intervention in Africa. The U.S. instigated the invasion of the DRC by its proxies Rwanda and Uganda in 1996 and 1998, and the subsequent slaughter of more than seven million Congolese has destroyed the country.

Washington’s goal was to plunder the mineral riches of the Congo through the proxy use of Rwanda’s and Uganda’s troops. The U.S. has ensured that Congo’s rich mines have been handed over to Western mining companies. Rwanda and Uganda withdrew their forces from the Congo in 2003, but continued looting its minerals through their puppet militias thus perpetuating the state of war.

“The U.S. has financed and given overall direction to the worst genocide since World War II,” says Glen Ford, editor of the Black Agenda Report, the leading website on U.S. policy towards Africa.

It is no surprise that, according to the WFP, “DRC is one of the largest hunger crises in the world. Hunger and conflict fuel one another, with armed conflict and widespread displacement prevailing for the past 25 years.” More than 25 million people (almost a quarter of the population) faced crisis levels of food insecurity at the end of September 2023.

The steep 23.9% increase in African food prices in 2022 is usually attributed to the Russia-Ukraine War by the mainstream press, but the question that should be asked is: why do African countries need to import grain from Russia, Ukraine and other countries?

This is due to the debilitation of African agriculture, mainly caused by structural adjustment programs imposed by the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund on most African countries that cut official subsidies to farmers and enforce the import of grains and the export of cash crops.

These three policies—cutting official subsidies to farmers, enforcing the import of grains and the export of cash crops—have been undermining food security in Africa since the 1980s.

The global food system, dominated by Western multinational corporations, has “squeezed out small farm holders in many countries of the Global South. Nowhere is this more applicable than African countries,” according to Adunbi.

“The neoliberal practices of asking African countries to discontinue subsidy regimes have a more devastating impact on farmers who are not able to access credits to support their farming business. The irony of it all is that multinationals enjoy huge subsidies from countries of the Global North, whereas small farm holdings in Africa do not enjoy the same benefits.

“Where credit facilities are made available to farmers in Africa, stringent conditions impair their ability to access such facilities. This amounts to a double standard, whereby Africans are constantly being blamed for problems that are not of their own creation.

“The second thing to note is that the current food insecurity is, most times, blamed on the Africans, whereas the real issue is the lack of a level playing field for the farmers who had to endure a form of double jeopardy—squeezed by their government and multinational corporations.”

Depopulation


The U.S.’ depopulation agenda was made clear during the administration of President Richard Nixon (1969-1974) in National Security Study Memorandum (NSSM) 200 (1974) titled World Population Growth and U.S. Security.

According to Stephen Mumford, an expert on fertility research: 

“NSSM 200 was intended to be and is a definitive interagency study of the threat of overpopulation to U.S. security. NSSM 200 details how and why world population growth gravely threatens U.S. and global security… From his first days in office, President Nixon understood the grave dangers of high rates of population growth — more than any other president. He responded appropriately when he perceived that his people and their way of life were gravely threatened.” 

NSSM 200 states that “mandatory programs [for population reduction] may be needed and that we should be considering these possibilities now.” The document asks:

(1) “Should the U.S. make an all out commitment to major limitation of world population with all the financial and international as well as domestic political costs that would entail?

(2) “Should the U.S. set even higher agricultural production goals which would enable it to provide additional major food resources to other countries? Should they be nationally or internationally controlled?

(3) “On what basis should such food resources then be provided? Would food be considered an instrument of national power? Will we be forced to make choices as to whom we can reasonably assist, and if so, should population efforts be a criterion for such assistance?

(4) “Is the U.S. prepared to accept food rationing to help people who can’t/won’t control their population growth?”

NSSM 200 was also known as “The Kissinger Report” being supervised by Henry Kissinger, Nixon’s National Security Adviser. 

 


The text of the document makes clear that it was aimed at “curbing world population with a view to serving U.S. strategic and national security interests”  as Prof. Michel Chossudovsky puts it.

This is no surprise coming from Nixon and Kissinger, two genocidal U.S. leaders who had just made a massive contribution to world depopulation by killing 4.3 million Vietnamese, Cambodians and Laotians in the Vietnam War.  

Kissinger was also behind the September 11, 1973 Military Coup in Chile

Image: Henry Kissinger and General Augusto Pinochet (mid-1970s)

Chossudovsky adds that The NSSM 200 has been the source of inspiration of Klaus Schwab, et al in the formulation of the World Economic Forum’s Depopulation Agenda.”

 

“Big Money” and the Depopulation Agenda

The Western elite’s depopulation agenda is no secret. On May 26, 2009, The Wall Street Journal reported in an article titled “Billionaires Try to Shrink World’s Population” that Bill Gates, Warren Buffett, David Rockefeller, George Soros and Michael Bloomberg amongst others had met in New York privately to discuss this reduction. 

Chossudovsky points out that: 

Shrink the World Population” (the WSJ Title) goes beyond Planned Parenthood which consists in “Reducing the Growth of World Population”. It consists in “Depopulation”, namely reducing the absolute size of the World’s Population, which ultimately requires reducing the rate of birth (which would include reduced fertility) coupled with a significant increase in the death rate.”

Bill Gates appeared to confirm this in his TED talk in February 2010 when he stated 

“And if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that [the world population] by 10 or 15 percent”.

(See quotation on Video starting at 04.21. See also screenshot of Transcript of quotation)

TED Talk at 04:21:

 “According to Gates’ statement, this would represent an absolute reduction of the World’s population (2010) of the order of 680 million to 1.02 billion.

Dr. Asad Ismi contributed to this report.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on InstagramTwitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on April 29, 2022

***

We have heard all about the many cases of myocarditis and pericarditis post-injection, as well as recipients repeatedly testing “positive” for the virus even after doing the deed. But there is another concerning side effect occurring in the “fully vaccinated” for the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) that is rarely mentioned: blindness.

The latest data out of the United Kingdom suggests that a growing number of fully jabbed people are losing their eyesight. The Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) Yellow Card system currently shows 163 cases of total blindness among people who got jabbed with the Pfizer-BioNTech needle, along with an additional six cases of central vision loss and four cases of sudden visual loss.

Twenty-one people also reportedly now suffer from “blindness transient” specifically caused by the Pfizer injection. This adverse reaction involves visual disturbance or loss of sight in one eye for a few seconds or even minutes at a time.

Another 20 people beyond that are reported to have suffered from a reaction called “unilateral blindness,” which is when a person got blind or blurred vision in just one eye.

“In total, there have been 8,016 eye disorders reported as adverse reactions to the Pfizer jab as of 6th April 2022,” reported the Daily Exposé.

Is it worth possibly going blind just to feel “protected” against a cold?

The AstraZeneca injection, which is one of the COVID jabs currently available in the U.K., is also linked to cases of blindness.

As of April 6, the MHRA has received 324 reports of blindness, three reports of central vision loss, five reports of sudden visual loss, and 29 reports of blindness transient among 14,895 eye disorders, all specifically linked to the AstraZeneca needle.

Moderna also jabs people in the UK, though at a much smaller rate than the aforementioned companies. Still, many people who take the Moderna needle are now blind as well.

The MHRA shows that in conjunction with the Moderna injection, there have been 34 reports of blindness and 56 reports of visual impairment. In total, there have been 1,519 eye disorders reported as adverse reactions to the Moderna jab.

“In all, when including adverse reactions reported where the brand of vaccine was not specified, there have been 24,516 eye disorders reported as adverse reactions to the Covid-19 injections, with 525 of these reactions being complete blindness,” the Exposé reported.

“‘Fact-checkers’ alongside authorities have been on the case to sweep this data under the carpet and have labelled it as unreliable. Their reasoning is that ‘just because someone reports the event after having the vaccine, it doesn’t necessarily mean it is due to the vaccine.’”

One person who goes by the name of Louis documented on Twitter the story of his wife, who in the weeks and months following her AstraZeneca jab went completely blind in her left eye and between 30-60 percent blind in her right eye.

The neurologist who treated the woman warned her not to get the second dose of the shot.

“As you can see the misery which the fact checkers are disregarding as ‘not necessarily the fault of the vaccine’ is very real for the people who are reporting them,” the Exposé added.

“But why are the COVID vaccines causing people to go blind?”

The answer could have to do with the fact that COVID vaccines also cause major cardiovascular problems, including stroke. Visual loss often accompanies stroke, so it is all starting to make sense.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, Twitter and Facebook. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from The Conservative Woman

“The Hamas Attack”: What Really Happened on October 7?

December 3rd, 2023 by Robert Inlakesh

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

First published on October 25, 2023

***

Evidence is now emerging that up to half the Israelis killed were combatants; that Israeli forces were responsible for some of their own civilian deaths; and that Tel Aviv disseminated false ‘Hamas atrocities’ stories to justify its devastating air assault on Palestinian civilians in Gaza.

*

Two weeks after the Hamas breakout assault on Israel on 7 October, a clearer picture of what happened – who died, and who killed – is now beginning to emerge.

Instead of the wholescale massacre of civilians claimed by Israel, incomplete figures published by the Hebrew newspaper Haaretz show that almost half the Israelis killed that day were in fact combatants – soldiers or police.

In the interim, two weeks of blanket western media reporting that Hamas allegedly killed around 1,400 Israeli civilians during its 7 October military attack has served to inflame emotions and create the climate for Israel’s unconstrained destruction of the Gaza Strip and its civilian population.

[Click below to Access Haaretz article]

Accounts of the Israeli death toll have been filtered and shaped to suggest that a wholesale civilian massacre occurred that day, with babies, children, and women the main targets of a terror attack.

Now, detailed statistics on the casualties released by the Israeli daily Haaretz paint a starkly different picture. As of 23 October, the news outlet has released information on 683 Israelis killed during the Hamas-led offensive, including their names and locations of their deaths on 7 October.

Of these, 331 casualties – or 48.4 percent – have been confirmed to be soldiers and police officers, many of them female. Another 13 are described as rescue service members, and the remaining 339 are ostensibly considered to be civilians.

While this list is not comprehensive and only accounts for roughly half of Israel’s stated death toll, almost half of those killed in the melee are clearly identified as Israeli combatants.

There are also so far no recorded deaths of children under the age of three, which throws into question the Israeli narrative that babies were targeted by Palestinian resistance fighters.

Of the 683 total casualties reported thus far, seven were between the ages of 4 and 7, and nine between the ages of 10 and 17. The remaining 667 casualties appear to be adults.

Age distribution of the Israelis killed during Hamas’ October 7 operation (as of 23 October). (Source: Haaretz)

The numbers and proportion of Palestinian civilians and children among those killed by Israeli bombardment over the past two weeks – over 5,791 killed, including 2,360 children and 1,292 women, and more than 18,000 injured – are far higher than any of these Israeli figures from the events of 7 October.

Revisiting the Scene

The daring Hamas-led military operation, codenamed Al-Aqsa Flood, unfolded with a dramatic dawn raid at approximately 6:30 AM (Palestine time) on 7 October. This was accompanied by a cacophony of sirens breaking the silence of occupied Jerusalem, signaling the start of what became an extraordinary event in the occupation state’s 75-year history.

As per the spokesperson of Hamas’ armed wing, the Al-Qassam Brigades, around 1,500 Palestinian fighters crossed the formidable Gaza-Israel separation barrier.

However, this breakout was not limited to Hamas forces alone; numerous armed fighters belonging to other factions such as Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ) later breached the armistice line, along with some Palestinians unaffiliated with any organized militia.

As it became apparent this was no ordinary resistance operation, hundreds of videos quickly flooded social media, most of which have been viewed by The Cradle, depicting dead Israeli troops and settlers, fierce gunfire battles between various parties, and Israelis being taken captive into Gaza.

These videos were either taken on the phones of Israelis, or were released by Palestinian fighters filming their own operation.

It wasn’t until hours later that more gruesome and downright dubious allegations began to surface.

Unsubstantiated Allegations of ‘Hamas Atrocities’

Aviva Klompas, a former speechwriter for the Israeli mission to the UN, was the first Israeli of note to spread the claim that there were reports of “Israeli girls being raped and their bodies dragged through the street.

She posted this on X at 9:18 PM (Palestine time), on 7 October, although an op-ed Klompa published with Newsweek at 12:28 AM (Palestine time), on 8 October, made no mention of any sexual violence.

Klompas is also the co-founder of Boundless Israel, a “think-action tank” that works “to revitalize Israel education and take bold collective action to combat Jew-hatred.” An “unapologetically Zionist” charitable group that works to promote Israeli narratives on social media.

The one case touted as proof of rape was that of a young German-Israeli woman named Shani Louk, who was filmed face down in the back of a pickup truck and was widely assumed dead.

It was unclear whether the fighters filmed with Louk in the Gaza-bound vehicle were members of Hamas, as they do not sport the uniforms or insignia of the Al-Qassam troops identifiable in other Hamas videos – some even wore casual civilian clothing and sandals.

Later, her mother claimed to have evidence that her daughter was still alive, but had suffered a severe head wound.

This rings true with information released by Hamas that indicated Louk was being treated for her injuries at an unspecified Gaza hospital.

Complicating matters further, on the day these rape allegations arose, Israelis would not have had access to this information. Their armed forces had not yet entered many, if not most, of the areas liberated by the resistance and were still engaged in armed clashes with them on multiple fronts.

Nevertheless, these rape claims took on a life of their own, with even US President Joe Biden alleging, during a speech days later, that Israeli women were “raped, assaulted, paraded as trophies” by Hamas fighters. It is important to note that The Forward’s article on 11 October reported that the Israeli military acknowledged they had no evidence of such allegations at that point.

When the army later made its own allegations of decapitations, foot amputations, and rape, Reuters pointed out that “the military personnel overseeing the identification process didn’t present any forensic evidence in the form of pictures or medical records.” To date, there is no credible evidence of these atrocities that has been presented.

Other outrageous allegations, such as the story of Hamas “beheading 40 babies‘ made headlines and the front pages of countless western news outlets.

Even Biden claimed to have seen “confirmed photos of terrorists beheading babies.” The claims trace back to Israeli reserve settler and soldier David Ben Zion, who has previously incited violent riots against Palestinians and called for the West Bank town of Huwara to be wiped out. No evidence was ever produced to support these claims and the White House itself confirmed later that Joe Biden had never seen such photos.

The Hamas Plan

There is little to no credible evidence that Palestinian fighters had a plan to – or deliberately sought to – kill or harm unarmed Israeli civilians on 7 October.

From the available footage, we witness them engaging primarily with armed Israeli forces, accounting for the deaths of hundreds of occupation soldiers. As Qassam Brigades’ Spokesman Abu Obeida made clear on 12 October:

“Al-Aqsa Flood operation aimed to destroy the Gaza Division (an Israeli army unit on Gaza’s borders) which was attacked at 15 points, followed by attacking 10 further military intervention points. We attacked the Zikim site and several other settlements outside the Gaza Division headquarters.”

Abu Obeida and other resistance officials claims that the other key objective of their operation was to take Israeli prisoners that they could exchange for the approximately 5,300 Palestinian prisoners held in Israeli detention centers, many of whom are women and children.

Hamas Deputy Head of the Political Bureau of Saleh Al-Arouri, in an interview after the operation, stressed:

“We have a large and qualitative number and senior officers. All we can say now is that the freedom of our prisoners is at the doorstep.”

Both sides play this game: Since the start of its military assault on Gaza, Israel has rounded up and imprisoned more than 1,200 Palestinians in the occupied West Bank. To date there have been 38 prisoner exchange deals between the resistance factions and Tel Aviv – deals that Israelis often resist to the very last minute.

While these kinds of testimonies trickle out, reports are emerging that Israeli authorities have dialed up the mistreatment, torture, and even killing of Palestinian prisoners in their custody – a violation of the Geneva Conventions, which ironically, a non-state actor like Hamas appears to have followed to the letter.

In relation to the events of 7 October, there are certainly some videos depicting possibly unarmed Israelis, killed in their vehicles or at entrances to facilities, so that Palestinian troops could gain access.

There are also videos which show the fighters engaging in shootouts with armed Israeli forceswhere there were unarmed Israelis taking cover in between, in addition to videos of fighters shooting toward houses and throwing grenades into fortified areas. Eyewitness testimony also suggests grenades were thrown into bomb shelters, though by whom is unclear.

Even at the Israeli “peace rave”, which has been cited as the single deadliest attack committed by Palestinian fighters during their operation, videos emerged that appeared to show Israeli forces opening fire through a crowd of unarmed civilians, toward targets they believed to be Hamas members. ABC News also reported that an Israeli tank had headed to the site of the festival.

An Israeli Massacre in Kibbutz Be’eri?

In its report on the events at Be’eri Kibbutz, ABC News photographed artillery pieces resembling Israeli munitions outside a bombed-out home. The reporter, David Muir, mentioned that Hamas fighters, covered in plastic bags, were found in the aftermath.

Additionally, videos of the scene show homes that appear to have been struck by munitions that Hamas fighters did not possess. Muir reported that about 14 people were held hostage in a building by Palestinian fighters.

A Hebrew-language Haaretz article published on 20 October, which only appears in English in a must-read Mondoweiss article, paints a very different story of what went down in Be’eri that day. A Kibbutz resident who had been away from his home – whose partner was killed in the melee – reveals stunning new details:

“His voice trembles when his partner, who was besieged in her home shelter at the time, comes to mind. According to him, only on Monday night (9 October) and only after the commanders in the field made difficult decisions — including shelling houses with all their occupants inside in order to eliminate the terrorists along with the hostages — did the IDF complete the takeover of the kibbutz. The price was terrible: at least 112 Be’eri people were killed. Others were kidnapped. Yesterday, 11 days after the massacre, the bodies of a mother and her son were discovered in one of the destroyed houses. It is believed that more bodies are still lying in the rubble.”

Photo evidence of the destruction in Be’eri corroborates his account. Only the heavy munitions of the Israeli army could have destroyed residential homes in this manner.

Aftermath or Be’eri Kibbutz after the fire power of the two sides ceased (Source: The Cradle)

Hamas Behaviors: Evidence vs Allegations

Yasmin Porat, a survivor from Kibbutz Be’eri, said in an interview for an Israeli radio-show, hosted by state-broadcaster Kan, that Israeli forces “eliminated everyone, including the hostages,” going on to state that “there was very, very heavy crossfire” and even noted tank shelling.

Porat had attended the Nova rave and testified to the humane treatment throughout different interviews she conducted with Israeli media. She explained that when she was held prisoner, the Hamas fighters “guarded us”, telling her in Hebrew to “Look at me well, we’re not going to kill you. We want to take you to Gaza. We are not going to kill you. So be calm, you’re not going to die.” She also added the following:

“They give us something to drink here and there. When they see we are nervous they calm us down. It was very frightening but no one treated us violently. Luckily nothing happened to me like what I heard in the media.”

Increasingly, and to the horror of some Israeli officials and news outlets, Israeli eyewitnesses and survivors of the bloodshed are testifying that they were treated well by Palestinian fighters. On 24 October, Israeli state broadcaster Kan bemoaned the fact that prisoner Yocheved Lifshitz, released by Hamas the day before, was allowed to make statements live on air.

As she was handed over to Red Cross intermediaries, the elderly Israeli female captive was caught on camera turning back to squeeze the hand of her Hamas captor in her last goodbyes. Lifshitz’s live broadcast, in which she spoke about her two-week ordeal, “humanized” her Hamas captors even further as she recounted her daily life with the fighters:

“They were very friendly toward us. They took care of us. We were given medicine and were treated. One of the men with us was badly injured in a motorbike accident. Their (Hamas) paramedics looked after his wounds, he was given medicine and antibiotics. The people were friendly. They kept the place very clean. They were very concerned about us.”

More Questions Than Answers

It is essential to recognize that in many reports by western journalists on the ground, the majority of information regarding the actions of Hamas fighters comes from the Israeli army – an active participant in the conflict.

Emerging evidence now indicates that there is a high probability, especially due to the scale of the infrastructural damage, that Israeli military forces could have deliberately killed captives, fired on incorrect targets, or mistaken Israelis for Palestinians in their firefights. If the only source of information for a serious claim made is the Israeli army, then it has to be taken into account that they have reason to conceal cases of friendly fire.

Israeli friendly fire was rampant, even in the days that followed, from an army with very little actual combat experience. In the city of Ashkelon (Askalan) on 8 October, Israeli soldiers shot dead and shouted insults at the body of a man they believed to have been a Hamas fighter, yet later realized they had executed a fellow Israeli. This is just one of three such examples of friendly fire in one day, resulting in the killing of Israelis by their own troops.

Amid the fog of war, parties to the conflict have different perspectives on what occurred during the initial raid and its aftermath. It’s not disputed that Palestinian armed groups inflicted significant losses on the Israeli military, but there will be plenty of ongoing debate regarding everything else in the weeks and months to come.

An independent, impartial, international investigation is urgently needed, one that has access to information from all sides involved in the conflict. Neither the Israelis nor the Americans will agree to this, which itself suggests that Tel Aviv has much to conceal.

In the meantime, Palestinian civilians in Gaza endure ongoing, indiscriminate attacks with the most sophisticated heavy weapons in existence, living under the persistent threat of forced and potentially irreversible displacement. This Israeli air blitz was made possible only by the flood of unsubstantiated ‘Hamas atrocities’ stories that media began to circulate on and after 7 October.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from The Cradle

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @globalresearch_crg.

 
 
First published on November 15, 2015, this incisive report was among Global Research’s most popular articles. As a result of media censorship it is no longer featured by the search engines.
 
.

Introductory Note by Michel Chossudovsky

Let us put this in a historical perspective: the commemoration of the War to End All Wars  acknowledges that 15 million lives were lost in the course of World War I (1914-18).

The loss of life in the second World War (1939-1945) was on a much large scale, when compared to World War I: 60 million lives both military and civilian were lost during World War II. (Four times those killed during World War I).

The largest WWII casualties  were China and the Soviet Union: 

  • 26 million in the Soviet Union,  
  • China estimates its losses at approximately 20 million deaths.

Ironically, these two countries (allies of the US during WWII) which lost a large share of their population during WWII are now under the Biden-Harris administration categorized as “enemies of America”, which are threatening the Western World.

NATO-US Forces are at Russia’s Doorstep. A so-called “preemptive nuclear war” against China and Russia is on the drawing board of the Pentagon. 

Germany and Austria lost approximately 8 million people during WWII, Japan lost more than 2.5 million people. The US and Britain respectively lost more than 400,000 lives. 

This carefully researched article by James A. Lucas  documents the more than 20 million lives lost resulting from US led wars, military coups and intelligence ops carried out in the wake of WWII, in what is euphemistically called the “post-war era” (1945- ).

The extensive loss of life in Lebanon,  Syria, Yemen, Ukraine and Libya is not included in this study.

Continuous US led warfare (1945- ): there was no “post-war era.

And now, a World War III scenario is contemplated by US-NATO.  

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable. All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort”, have been scrapped.

The Dangers of Nuclear War are Real. They are “Profit Driven”. Under Joe Biden, public funds allocated to nuclear weapons are slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030 allegedly as a means to safeguarding peace and national security at taxpayers expense. (How many schools and hospitals could you finance with 2 trillion dollars?).

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research,  Hiroshima Day, August 6, 2023, December 3, 2023

***

The U.S. Has Killed More Than 20 Million People in 37 “Victim Nations” Since World War II

by James  A. Lucas

 

After the catastrophic attacks of September 11 2001 monumental sorrow and a feeling of desperate and understandable anger began to permeate the American psyche. A few people at that time attempted to promote a balanced perspective by pointing out that the United States had also been responsible for causing those same feelings in people in other nations, but they produced hardly a ripple. Although Americans understand in the abstract the wisdom of people around the world empathizing with the suffering of one another, such a reminder of wrongs committed by our nation got little hearing and was soon overshadowed by an accelerated “war on terrorism.”

But we must continue our efforts to develop understanding and compassion in the world. Hopefully, this article will assist in doing that by addressing the question “How many September 11ths has the United States caused in other nations since WWII?” This theme is developed in this report which contains an estimated numbers of such deaths in 37 nations as well as brief explanations of why the U.S. is considered culpable.

The causes of wars are complex. In some instances nations other than the U.S. may have been responsible for more deaths, but if the involvement of our nation appeared to have been a necessary cause of a war or conflict it was considered responsible for the deaths in it. In other words they probably would not have taken place if the U.S. had not used the heavy hand of its power. The military and economic power of the United States was crucial.

This study reveals that U.S. military forces were directly responsible for about 10 to 15 million deaths during the Korean and Vietnam Wars and the two Iraq Wars. The Korean War also includes Chinese deaths while the Vietnam War also includes fatalities in Cambodia and Laos.

The American public probably is not aware of these numbers and knows even less about the proxy wars for which the United States is also responsible. In the latter wars there were between nine and 14 million deaths in Afghanistan, Angola, Democratic Republic of the Congo, East Timor, Guatemala, Indonesia, Pakistan and Sudan.

But the victims are not just from big nations or one part of the world. The remaining deaths were in smaller ones which constitute over half the total number of nations. Virtually all parts of the world have been the target of U.S. intervention.

The overall conclusion reached is that the United States most likely has been responsible since WWII for the deaths of between 20 and 30 million people in wars and conflicts scattered over the world.

To the families and friends of these victims it makes little difference whether the causes were U.S. military action, proxy military forces, the provision of U.S. military supplies or advisors, or other ways, such as economic pressures applied by our nation. They had to make decisions about other things such as finding lost loved ones, whether to become refugees, and how to survive.

And the pain and anger is spread even further. Some authorities estimate that there are as many as 10 wounded for each person who dies in wars. Their visible, continued suffering is a continuing reminder to their fellow countrymen.

It is essential that Americans learn more about this topic so that they can begin to understand the pain that others feel. Someone once observed that the Germans during WWII “chose not to know.” We cannot allow history to say this about our country. The question posed above was “How many September 11ths has the United States caused in other nations since WWII?” The answer is: possibly 10,000.

Comments on Gathering These Numbers

Generally speaking, the much smaller number of Americans who have died is not included in this study, not because they are not important, but because this report focuses on the impact of U.S. actions on its adversaries.

An accurate count of the number of deaths is not easy to achieve, and this collection of data was undertaken with full realization of this fact. These estimates will probably be revised later either upward or downward by the reader and the author. But undoubtedly the total will remain in the millions.

The difficulty of gathering reliable information is shown by two estimates in this context. For several years I heard statements on radio that three million Cambodians had been killed under the rule of the Khmer Rouge. However, in recent years the figure I heard was one million. Another example is that the number of persons estimated to have died in Iraq due to sanctions after the first U.S. Iraq War was over 1 million, but in more recent years, based on a more recent study, a lower estimate of around a half a million has emerged.

Often information about wars is revealed only much later when someone decides to speak out, when more secret information is revealed due to persistent efforts of a few, or after special congressional committees make reports

Both victorious and defeated nations may have their own reasons for underreporting the number of deaths. Further, in recent wars involving the United States it was not uncommon to hear statements like “we do not do body counts” and references to “collateral damage” as a euphemism for dead and wounded. Life is cheap for some, especially those who manipulate people on the battlefield as if it were a chessboard.

To say that it is difficult to get exact figures is not to say that we should not try. Effort was needed to arrive at the figures of six million Jews killed during WWII, but knowledge of that number now is widespread and it has fueled the determination to prevent future holocausts. That struggle continues.

The author can be contacted at [email protected]

37 VICTIM NATIONS

Afghanistan

The U.S. is responsible for between 1 and 1.8 million deaths during the war between the Soviet Union and Afghanistan, by luring the Soviet Union into invading that nation. (1,2,3,4)

The Soviet Union had friendly relations its neighbor, Afghanistan, which had a secular government. The Soviets feared that if that government became fundamentalist this change could spill over into the Soviet Union.

In 1998, in an interview with the Parisian publication Le Novel Observateur, Zbigniew Brzezinski, adviser to President Carter, admitted that he had been responsible for instigating aid to the Mujahadeen in Afghanistan which caused the Soviets to invade. In his own words:

According to the official version of history, CIA aid to the Mujahadeen began during 1980, that is to say, after the Soviet army invaded Afghanistan on 24 December 1979. But the reality, secretly guarded until now, is completely otherwise. Indeed, it was July 3, 1979 that President Carter signed the first directive for secret aid to the opponents of the pro-Soviet regime in Kabul. And that very day, I wrote a note to the President in which I explained to him that in my opinion this aid was going to induce a Soviet military intervention. (5,1,6)

Brzezinski justified laying this trap, since he said it gave the Soviet Union its Vietnam and caused the breakup of the Soviet Union. “Regret what?” he said. “That secret operation was an excellent idea. It had the effect of drawing the Russians into the Afghan trap and you want me to regret it?” (7)

The CIA spent 5 to 6 billion dollars on its operation in Afghanistan in order to bleed the Soviet Union. (1,2,3) When that 10-year war ended over a million people were dead and Afghan heroin had captured 60% of the U.S. market. (4)

The U.S. has been responsible directly for about 12,000 deaths in Afghanistan many of which resulted from bombing in retaliation for the attacks on U.S. property on September 11, 2001. Subsequently U.S. troops invaded that country. (4)

Angola

An indigenous armed struggle against Portuguese rule in Angola began in 1961. In 1977 an Angolan government was recognized by the U.N., although the U.S. was one of the few nations that opposed this action. In 1986 Uncle Sam approved material assistance to UNITA, a group that was trying to overthrow the government. Even today this struggle, which has involved many nations at times, continues.

U.S. intervention was justified to the U.S. public as a reaction to the intervention of 50,000 Cuban troops in Angola. However, according to Piero Gleijeses, a history professor at Johns Hopkins University the reverse was true. The Cuban intervention came as a result of a CIA – financed covert invasion via neighboring Zaire and a drive on the Angolan capital by the U.S. ally, South Africa1,2,3). (Three estimates of deaths range from 300,000 to 750,000 (4,5,6)

Argentina: See South America: Operation Condor

Bangladesh: See Pakistan

Bolivia

Hugo Banzer was the leader of a repressive regime in Bolivia in the 1970s. The U.S. had been disturbed when a previous leader nationalized the tin mines and distributed land to Indian peasants. Later that action to benefit the poor was reversed.

Banzer, who was trained at the U.S.-operated School of the Americas in Panama and later at Fort Hood, Texas, came back from exile frequently to confer with U.S. Air Force Major Robert Lundin. In 1971 he staged a successful coup with the help of the U.S. Air Force radio system. In the first years of his dictatorship he received twice as military assistance from the U.S. as in the previous dozen years together.

A few years later the Catholic Church denounced an army massacre of striking tin workers in 1975, Banzer, assisted by information provided by the CIA, was able to target and locate leftist priests and nuns. His anti-clergy strategy, known as the Banzer Plan, was adopted by nine other Latin American dictatorships in 1977. (2) He has been accused of being responsible for 400 deaths during his tenure. (1)

Also see: See South America: Operation Condor

Brazil: See South America: Operation Condor

Cambodia

U.S. bombing of Cambodia had already been underway for several years in secret under the Johnson and Nixon administrations, but when President Nixon openly began bombing in preparation for a land assault on Cambodia it caused major protests in the U.S. against the Vietnam War.

There is little awareness today of the scope of these bombings and the human suffering involved.

Immense damage was done to the villages and cities of Cambodia, causing refugees and internal displacement of the population. This unstable situation enabled the Khmer Rouge, a small political party led by Pol Pot, to assume power. Over the years we have repeatedly heard about the Khmer Rouge’s role in the deaths of millions in Cambodia without any acknowledgement being made this mass killing was made possible by the the U.S. bombing of that nation which destabilized it by death , injuries, hunger and dislocation of its people.

So the U.S. bears responsibility not only for the deaths from the bombings but also for those resulting from the activities of the Khmer Rouge – a total of about 2.5 million people. Even when Vietnam latrer invaded Cambodia in 1979 the CIA was still supporting the Khmer Rouge. (1,2,3)

Also see Vietnam

Chad

An estimated 40,000 people in Chad were killed and as many as 200,000 tortured by a government, headed by Hissen Habre who was brought to power in June, 1982 with the help of CIA money and arms. He remained in power for eight years. (1,2)

Human Rights Watch claimed that Habre was responsible for thousands of killings. In 2001, while living in Senegal, he was almost tried for crimes committed by him in Chad. However, a court there blocked these proceedings. Then human rights people decided to pursue the case in Belgium, because some of Habre’s torture victims lived there. The U.S., in June 2003, told Belgium that it risked losing its status as host to NATO’s headquarters if it allowed such a legal proceeding to happen. So the result was that the law that allowed victims to file complaints in Belgium for atrocities committed abroad was repealed. However, two months later a new law was passed which made special provision for the continuation of the case against Habre.

Chile

The CIA intervened in Chile’s 1958 and 1964 elections. In 1970 a socialist candidate, Salvador Allende, was elected president. The CIA wanted to incite a military coup to prevent his inauguration, but the Chilean army’s chief of staff, General Rene Schneider, opposed this action. The CIA then planned, along with some people in the Chilean military, to assassinate Schneider. This plot failed and Allende took office. President Nixon was not to be dissuaded and he ordered the CIA to create a coup climate: “Make the economy scream,” he said.

What followed were guerilla warfare, arson, bombing, sabotage and terror. ITT and other U.S. corporations with Chilean holdings sponsored demonstrations and strikes. Finally, on September 11, 1973 Allende died either by suicide or by assassination. At that time Henry Kissinger, U.S. Secretary of State, said the following regarding Chile: “I don’t see why we need to stand by and watch a country go communist because of the irresponsibility of its own people.” (1)

During 17 years of terror under Allende’s successor, General Augusto Pinochet, an estimated 3,000 Chileans were killed and many others were tortured or “disappeared.” (2,3,4,5)

Also see South America: Operation Condor

China An estimated 900,000 Chinese died during the Korean War.

For more information, See: Korea.

Colombia

One estimate is that 67,000 deaths have occurred from the 1960s to recent years due to support by the U.S. of Colombian state terrorism. (1)

According to a 1994 Amnesty International report, more than 20,000 people were killed for political reasons in Colombia since 1986, mainly by the military and its paramilitary allies. Amnesty alleged that “U.S.- supplied military equipment, ostensibly delivered for use against narcotics traffickers, was being used by the Colombian military to commit abuses in the name of “counter-insurgency.” (2) In 2002 another estimate was made that 3,500 people die each year in a U.S. funded civilian war in Colombia. (3)

In 1996 Human Rights Watch issued a report “Assassination Squads in Colombia” which revealed that CIA agents went to Colombia in 1991 to help the military to train undercover agents in anti-subversive activity. (4,5)

In recent years the U.S. government has provided assistance under Plan Colombia. The Colombian government has been charged with using most of the funds for destruction of crops and support of the paramilitary group.

Cuba

In the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba on April 18, 1961 which ended after 3 days, 114 of the invading force were killed, 1,189 were taken prisoners and a few escaped to waiting U.S. ships. (1) The captured exiles were quickly tried, a few executed and the rest sentenced to thirty years in prison for treason. These exiles were released after 20 months in exchange for $53 million in food and medicine.

Some people estimate that the number of Cuban forces killed range from 2,000, to 4,000. Another estimate is that 1,800 Cuban forces were killed on an open highway by napalm. This appears to have been a precursor of the Highway of Death in Iraq in 1991 when U.S. forces mercilessly annihilated large numbers of Iraqis on a highway. (2)

Democratic Republic of Congo (formerly Zaire)

The beginning of massive violence was instigated in this country in 1879 by its colonizer King Leopold of Belgium. The Congo’s population was reduced by 10 million people over a period of 20 years which some have referred to as “Leopold’s Genocide.” (1) The U.S. has been responsible for about a third of that many deaths in that nation in the more recent past. (2)

In 1960 the Congo became an independent state with Patrice Lumumba being its first prime minister. He was assassinated with the CIA being implicated, although some say that his murder was actually the responsibility of Belgium. (3) But nevertheless, the CIA was planning to kill him. (4) Before his assassination the CIA sent one of its scientists, Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, to the Congo carrying “lethal biological material” intended for use in Lumumba’s assassination. This virus would have been able to produce a fatal disease indigenous to the Congo area of Africa and was transported in a diplomatic pouch.

Much of the time in recent years there has been a civil war within the Democratic Republic of Congo, fomented often by the U.S. and other nations, including neighboring nations. (5)

In April 1977, Newsday reported that the CIA was secretly supporting efforts to recruit several hundred mercenaries in the U.S. and Great Britain to serve alongside Zaire’s army. In that same year the U.S. provided $15 million of military supplies to the Zairian President Mobutu to fend off an invasion by a rival group operating in Angola. (6)

In May 1979, the U.S. sent several million dollars of aid to Mobutu who had been condemned 3 months earlier by the U.S. State Department for human rights violations. (7) During the Cold War the U.S. funneled over 300 million dollars in weapons into Zaire (8,9) $100 million in military training was provided to him. (2) In 2001 it was reported to a U.S. congressional committee that American companies, including one linked to former President George Bush Sr., were stoking the Congo for monetary gains. There is an international battle over resources in that country with over 125 companies and individuals being implicated. One of these substances is coltan, which is used in the manufacture of cell phones. (2)

Dominican Republic

In 1962, Juan Bosch became president of the Dominican Republic. He advocated such programs as land reform and public works programs. This did not bode well for his future relationship with the U.S., and after only 7 months in office, he was deposed by a CIA coup. In 1965 when a group was trying to reinstall him to his office President Johnson said, “This Bosch is no good.” Assistant Secretary of State Thomas Mann replied “He’s no good at all. If we don’t get a decent government in there, Mr. President, we get another Bosch. It’s just going to be another sinkhole.” Two days later a U.S. invasion started and 22,000 soldiers and marines entered the Dominican Republic and about 3,000 Dominicans died during the fighting. The cover excuse for doing this was that this was done to protect foreigners there. (1,2,3,4)

East Timor

In December 1975, Indonesia invaded East Timor. This incursion was launched the day after U.S. President Gerald Ford and Secretary of State Henry Kissinger had left Indonesia where they had given President Suharto permission to use American arms, which under U.S. law, could not be used for aggression. Daniel Moynihan, U.S. ambassador to the UN. said that the U.S. wanted “things to turn out as they did.” (1,2) The result was an estimated 200,000 dead out of a population of 700,000. (1,2)

Sixteen years later, on November 12, 1991, two hundred and seventeen East Timorese protesters in Dili, many of them children, marching from a memorial service, were gunned down by Indonesian Kopassus shock troops who were headed by U.S.- trained commanders Prabowo Subianto (son in law of General Suharto) and Kiki Syahnakri. Trucks were seen dumping bodies into the sea. (5)

El Salvador

The civil war from 1981 to1992 in El Salvador was financed by $6 billion in U.S. aid given to support the government in its efforts to crush a movement to bring social justice to the people in that nation of about 8 million people. (1)
During that time U.S. military advisers demonstrated methods of torture on teenage prisoners, according to an interview with a deserter from the Salvadoran army published in the New York Times. This former member of the Salvadoran National Guard testified that he was a member of a squad of twelve who found people who they were told were guerillas and tortured them. Part of the training he received was in torture at a U.S. location somewhere in Panama. (2)

About 900 villagers were massacred in the village of El Mozote in 1981. Ten of the twelve El Salvadoran government soldiers cited as participating in this act were graduates of the School of the Americas operated by the U.S. (2) They were only a small part of about 75,000 people killed during that civil war. (1)

According to a 1993 United Nations’ Truth Commission report, over 96 % of the human rights violations carried out during the war were committed by the Salvadoran army or the paramilitary deaths squads associated with the Salvadoran army. (3)

That commission linked graduates of the School of the Americas to many notorious killings. The New York Times and the Washington Post followed with scathing articles. In 1996, the White House Oversight Board issued a report that supported many of the charges against that school made by Rev. Roy Bourgeois, head of the School of the Americas Watch. That same year the Pentagon released formerly classified reports indicating that graduates were trained in killing, extortion, and physical abuse for interrogations, false imprisonment and other methods of control. (4)

Grenada

The CIA began to destabilize Grenada in 1979 after Maurice Bishop became president, partially because he refused to join the quarantine of Cuba. The campaign against him resulted in his overthrow and the invasion by the U.S. of Grenada on October 25, 1983, with about 277 people dying. (1,2) It was fallaciously charged that an airport was being built in Grenada that could be used to attack the U.S. and it was also erroneously claimed that the lives of American medical students on that island were in danger.

Guatemala

In 1951 Jacobo Arbenz was elected president of Guatemala. He appropriated some unused land operated by the United Fruit Company and compensated the company. (1,2) That company then started a campaign to paint Arbenz as a tool of an international conspiracy and hired about 300 mercenaries who sabotaged oil supplies and trains. (3) In 1954 a CIA-orchestrated coup put him out of office and he left the country. During the next 40 years various regimes killed thousands of people.

In 1999 the Washington Post reported that an Historical Clarification Commission concluded that over 200,000 people had been killed during the civil war and that there had been 42,000 individual human rights violations, 29,000 of them fatal, 92% of which were committed by the army. The commission further reported that the U.S. government and the CIA had pressured the Guatemalan government into suppressing the guerilla movement by ruthless means. (4,5)

According to the Commission between 1981 and 1983 the military government of Guatemala – financed and supported by the U.S. government – destroyed some four hundred Mayan villages in a campaign of genocide. (4)
One of the documents made available to the commission was a 1966 memo from a U.S. State Department official, which described how a “safe house” was set up in the palace for use by Guatemalan security agents and their U.S. contacts. This was the headquarters for the Guatemalan “dirty war” against leftist insurgents and suspected allies. (2)

Haiti

From 1957 to 1986 Haiti was ruled by Papa Doc Duvalier and later by his son. During that time their private terrorist force killed between 30,000 and 100,000 people. (1) Millions of dollars in CIA subsidies flowed into Haiti during that time, mainly to suppress popular movements, (2) although most American military aid to the country, according to William Blum, was covertly channeled through Israel.

Reportedly, governments after the second Duvalier reign were responsible for an even larger number of fatalities, and the influence on Haiti by the U.S., particularly through the CIA, has continued. The U.S. later forced out of the presidential office a black Catholic priest, Jean Bertrand Aristide, even though he was elected with 67% of the vote in the early 1990s. The wealthy white class in Haiti opposed him in this predominantly black nation, because of his social programs designed to help the poor and end corruption. (3) Later he returned to office, but that did not last long. He was forced by the U.S. to leave office and now lives in South Africa.

Honduras

In the 1980s the CIA supported Battalion 316 in Honduras, which kidnapped, tortured and killed hundreds of its citizens. Torture equipment and manuals were provided by CIA Argentinean personnel who worked with U.S. agents in the training of the Hondurans. Approximately 400 people lost their lives. (1,2) This is another instance of torture in the world sponsored by the U.S. (3)

Battalion 316 used shock and suffocation devices in interrogations in the 1980s. Prisoners often were kept naked and, when no longer useful, killed and buried in unmarked graves. Declassified documents and other sources show that the CIA and the U.S. Embassy knew of numerous crimes, including murder and torture, yet continued to support Battalion 316 and collaborate with its leaders.” (4)

Honduras was a staging ground in the early 1980s for the Contras who were trying to overthrow the socialist Sandinista government in Nicaragua. John D. Negroponte, currently Deputy Secretary of State, was our embassador when our military aid to Honduras rose from $4 million to $77.4 million per year. Negroponte denies having had any knowledge of these atrocities during his tenure. However, his predecessor in that position, Jack R. Binns, had reported in 1981 that he was deeply concerned at increasing evidence of officially sponsored/sanctioned assassinations. (5)

Hungary

In 1956 Hungary, a Soviet satellite nation, revolted against the Soviet Union. During the uprising broadcasts by the U.S. Radio Free Europe into Hungary sometimes took on an aggressive tone, encouraging the rebels to believe that Western support was imminent, and even giving tactical advice on how to fight the Soviets. Their hopes were raised then dashed by these broadcasts which cast an even darker shadow over the Hungarian tragedy.“ (1) The Hungarian and Soviet death toll was about 3,000 and the revolution was crushed. (2)

Indonesia

In 1965, in Indonesia, a coup replaced General Sukarno with General Suharto as leader. The U.S. played a role in that change of government. Robert Martens,a former officer in the U.S. embassy in Indonesia, described how U.S. diplomats and CIA officers provided up to 5,000 names to Indonesian Army death squads in 1965 and checked them off as they were killed or captured. Martens admitted that “I probably have a lot of blood on my hands, but that’s not all bad. There’s a time when you have to strike hard at a decisive moment.” (1,2,3) Estimates of the number of deaths range from 500,000 to 3 million. (4,5,6)
From 1993 to 1997 the U.S. provided Jakarta with almost $400 million in economic aid and sold tens of million of dollars of weaponry to that nation. U.S. Green Berets provided training for the Indonesia’s elite force which was responsible for many of atrocities in East Timor. (3)

Iran

Iran lost about 262,000 people in the war against Iraq from 1980 to 1988. (1) See Iraq for more information about that war.

On July 3, 1988 the U.S. Navy ship, the Vincennes, was operating withing Iranian waters providing military support for Iraq during the Iran-Iraq war. During a battle against Iranian gunboats it fired two missiles at an Iranian Airbus, which was on a routine civilian flight. All 290 civilian on board were killed. (2,3)

Iraq

A. The Iraq-Iran War lasted from 1980 to 1988 and during that time there were about 105,000 Iraqi deaths according to the Washington Post. (1,2)

According to Howard Teicher, a former National Security Council official, the U.S. provided the Iraqis with billions of dollars in credits and helped Iraq in other ways such as making sure that Iraq had military equipment including biological agents This surge of help for Iraq came as Iran seemed to be winning the war and was close to Basra. (1) The U.S. was not adverse to both countries weakening themselves as a result of the war, but it did not appear to want either side to win.

B: The U.S.-Iraq War and the Sanctions Against Iraq extended from 1990 to 2003.

Iraq invaded Kuwait on August 2, 1990 and the U.S. responded by demanding that Iraq withdraw, and four days later the U.N. levied international sanctions.

Iraq had reason to believe that the U.S. would not object to its invasion of Kuwait, since U.S. Ambassador to Iraq, April Glaspie, had told Saddam Hussein that the U.S. had no position on the dispute that his country had with Kuwait. So the green light was given, but it seemed to be more of a trap.

As a part of the public relations strategy to energize the American public into supporting an attack against Iraq the daughter of the Kuwaiti ambassador to the U.S. falsely testified before Congress that Iraqi troops were pulling the plugs on incubators in Iraqi hospitals. (1) This contributed to a war frenzy in the U.S.

The U.S. air assault started on January 17, 1991 and it lasted for 42 days. On February 23 President H.W. Bush ordered the U.S. ground assault to begin. The invasion took place with much needless killing of Iraqi military personnel. Only about 150 American military personnel died compared to about 200,000 Iraqis. Some of the Iraqis were mercilessly killed on the Highway of Death and about 400 tons of depleted uranium were left in that nation by the U.S. (2,3)

Other deaths later were from delayed deaths due to wounds, civilians killed, those killed by effects of damage of the Iraqi water treatment facilities and other aspects of its damaged infrastructure and by the sanctions.

In 1995 the Food and Agriculture Organization of the U.N. reported that U.N sanctions against on Iraq had been responsible for the deaths of more than 560,000 children since 1990. (5)

Leslie Stahl on the TV Program 60 Minutes in 1996 mentioned to Madeleine Albright, U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. “We have heard that a half million children have died. I mean, that’s more children than died in Hiroshima. And – and you know, is the price worth it?” Albright replied “I think this is a very hard choice, but the price – we think is worth it.” (4)

In 1999 UNICEF reported that 5,000 children died each month as a result of the sanction and the War with the U.S. (6)

Richard Garfield later estimated that the more likely number of excess deaths among children under five years of age from 1990 through March 1998 to be 227,000 – double those of the previous decade. Garfield estimated that the numbers to be 350,000 through 2000 (based in part on result of another study). (7)

However, there are limitations to his study. His figures were not updated for the remaining three years of the sanctions. Also, two other somewhat vulnerable age groups were not studied: young children above the age of five and the elderly.

All of these reports were considerable indicators of massive numbers of deaths which the U.S. was aware of and which was a part of its strategy to cause enough pain and terror among Iraqis to cause them to revolt against their government.

C: Iraq-U.S. War started in 2003 and has not been concluded

Just as the end of the Cold War emboldened the U.S. to attack Iraq in 1991 so the attacks of September 11, 2001 laid the groundwork for the U.S. to launch the current war against Iraq. While in some other wars we learned much later about the lies that were used to deceive us, some of the deceptions that were used to get us into this war became known almost as soon as they were uttered. There were no weapons of mass destruction, we were not trying to promote democracy, we were not trying to save the Iraqi people from a dictator.

The total number of Iraqi deaths that are a result of our current Iraq against Iraq War is 654,000, of which 600,000 are attributed to acts of violence, according to Johns Hopkins researchers. (1,2)

Since these deaths are a result of the U.S. invasion, our leaders must accept responsibility for them.

Israeli-Palestinian War

About 100,000 to 200,000 Israelis and Palestinians, but mostly the latter, have been killed in the struggle between those two groups. The U.S. has been a strong supporter of Israel, providing billions of dollars in aid and supporting its possession of nuclear weapons. (1,2)

Korea, North and South

The Korean War started in 1950 when, according to the Truman administration, North Korea invaded South Korea on June 25th. However, since then another explanation has emerged which maintains that the attack by North Korea came during a time of many border incursions by both sides. South Korea initiated most of the border clashes with North Korea beginning in 1948. The North Korea government claimed that by 1949 the South Korean army committed 2,617 armed incursions. It was a myth that the Soviet Union ordered North Korea to attack South Korea. (1,2)

The U.S. started its attack before a U.N. resolution was passed supporting our nation’s intervention, and our military forces added to the mayhem in the war by introducing the use of napalm. (1)

During the war the bulk of the deaths were South Koreans, North Koreans and Chinese. Four sources give deaths counts ranging from 1.8 to 4.5 million. (3,4,5,6) Another source gives a total of 4 million but does not identify to which nation they belonged. (7)

John H. Kim, a U.S. Army veteran and the Chair of the Korea Committee of Veterans for Peace, stated in an article that during the Korean War “the U.S. Army, Air Force and Navy were directly involved in the killing of about three million civilians – both South and North Koreans – at many locations throughout Korea…It is reported that the U.S. dropped some 650,000 tons of bombs, including 43,000 tons of napalm bombs, during the Korean War.” It is presumed that this total does not include Chinese casualties.

Another source states a total of about 500,000 who were Koreans and presumably only military. (8,9)

Laos

From 1965 to 1973 during the Vietnam War the U.S. dropped over two million tons of bombs on Laos – more than was dropped in WWII by both sides. Over a quarter of the population became refugees. This was later called a “secret war,” since it occurred at the same time as the Vietnam War, but got little press. Hundreds of thousands were killed. Branfman make the only estimate that I am aware of , stating that hundreds of thousands died. This can be interpeted to mean that at least 200,000 died. (1,2,3)

U.S. military intervention in Laos actually began much earlier. A civil war started in the 1950s when the U.S. recruited a force of 40,000 Laotians to oppose the Pathet Lao, a leftist political party that ultimately took power in 1975.

Also See Vietnam

Nepal

Between 8,000 and 12,000 Nepalese have died since a civil war broke out in 1996. The death rate, according to Foreign Policy in Focus, sharply increased with the arrival of almost 8,400 American M-16 submachine guns (950 rpm) and U.S. advisers. Nepal is 85 percent rural and badly in need of land reform. Not surprisingly 42 % of its people live below the poverty level. (1,2)

In 2002, after another civil war erupted, President George W. Bush pushed a bill through Congress authorizing $20 million in military aid to the Nepalese government. (3)

Nicaragua

In 1981 the Sandinistas overthrew the Somoza government in Nicaragua, (1) and until 1990 about 25,000 Nicaraguans were killed in an armed struggle between the Sandinista government and Contra rebels who were formed from the remnants of Somoza’s national government. The use of assassination manuals by the Contras surfaced in 1984. (2,3)

The U.S. supported the victorious government regime by providing covert military aid to the Contras (anti-communist guerillas) starting in November, 1981. But when Congress discovered that the CIA had supervised acts of sabotage in Nicaragua without notifying Congress, it passed the Boland Amendment in 1983 which prohibited the CIA, Defense Department and any other government agency from providing any further covert military assistance. (4)

But ways were found to get around this prohibition. The National Security Council, which was not explicitly covered by the law, raised private and foreign funds for the Contras. In addition, arms were sold to Iran and the proceeds were diverted from those sales to the Contras engaged in the insurgency against the Sandinista government. (5) Finally, the Sandinistas were voted out of office in 1990 by voters who thought that a change in leadership would placate the U.S., which was causing misery to Nicaragua’s citizenry by it support of the Contras.

Pakistan

In 1971 West Pakistan, an authoritarian state supported by the U.S., brutally invaded East Pakistan. The war ended after India, whose economy was staggering after admitting about 10 million refugees, invaded East Pakistan (now Bangladesh) and defeated the West Pakistani forces. (1)

Millions of people died during that brutal struggle, referred to by some as genocide committed by West Pakistan. That country had long been an ally of the U.S., starting with $411 million provided to establish its armed forces which spent 80% of its budget on its military. $15 million in arms flowed into W. Pakistan during the war. (2,3,4)

Three sources estimate that 3 million people died and (5,2,6) one source estimates 1.5 million. (3)

Panama

In December, 1989 U.S. troops invaded Panama, ostensibly to arrest Manuel Noriega, that nation’s president. This was an example of the U.S. view that it is the master of the world and can arrest anyone it wants to. For a number of years before that he had worked for the CIA, but fell out of favor partially because he was not an opponent of the Sandinistas in Nicaragua. (1) It has been estimated that between 500 and 4,000 people died. (2,3,4)

Paraguay: See South America: Operation Condor

Philippines

The Philippines were under the control of the U.S. for over a hundred years. In about the last 50 to 60 years the U.S. has funded and otherwise helped various Philippine governments which sought to suppress the activities of groups working for the welfare of its people. In 1969 the Symington Committee in the U.S. Congress revealed how war material was sent there for a counter-insurgency campaign. U.S. Special Forces and Marines were active in some combat operations. The estimated number of persons that were executed and disappeared under President Fernando Marcos was over 100,000. (1,2)

South America: Operation Condor

This was a joint operation of 6 despotic South American governments (Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay and Uruguay) to share information about their political opponents. An estimated 13,000 people were killed under this plan. (1)

It was established on November 25, 1975 in Chile by an act of the Interamerican Reunion on Military Intelligence. According to U.S. embassy political officer, John Tipton, the CIA and the Chilean Secret Police were working together, although the CIA did not set up the operation to make this collaboration work. Reportedly, it ended in 1983. (2)

On March 6, 2001 the New York Times reported the existence of a recently declassified State Department document revealing that the United States facilitated communications for Operation Condor. (3)

Sudan

Since 1955, when it gained its independence, Sudan has been involved most of the time in a civil war. Until about 2003 approximately 2 million people had been killed. It not known if the death toll in Darfur is part of that total.

Human rights groups have complained that U.S. policies have helped to prolong the Sudanese civil war by supporting efforts to overthrow the central government in Khartoum. In 1999 U.S. Secretary of State Madeleine Albright met with the leader of the Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA) who said that she offered him food supplies if he would reject a peace plan sponsored by Egypt and Libya.

In 1978 the vastness of Sudan’s oil reservers was discovered and within two years it became the sixth largest recipient of U.S, military aid. It’s reasonable to assume that if the U.S. aid a government to come to power it will feel obligated to give the U.S. part of the oil pie.

A British group, Christian Aid, has accused foreign oil companies of complicity in the depopulation of villages. These companies – not American – receive government protection and in turn allow the government use of its airstrips and roads.

In August 1998 the U.S. bombed Khartoum, Sudan with 75 cruise míssiles. Our government said that the target was a chemical weapons factory owned by Osama bin Laden. Actually, bin Laden was no longer the owner, and the plant had been the sole supplier of pharmaceutical supplies for that poor nation. As a result of the bombing tens of thousands may have died because of the lack of medicines to treat malaria, tuberculosis and other diseases. The U.S. settled a lawsuit filed by the factory’s owner. (1,2)

Uruguay: See South America: Operation Condor

Vietnam

In Vietnam, under an agreement several decades ago, there was supposed to be an election for a unified North and South Vietnam. The U.S. opposed this and supported the Diem government in South Vietnam. In August, 1964 the CIA and others helped fabricate a phony Vietnamese attack on a U.S. ship in the Gulf of Tonkin and this was used as a pretext for greater U.S. involvement in Vietnam. (1)

During that war an American assassination operation,called Operation Phoenix, terrorized the South Vietnamese people, and during the war American troops were responsible in 1968 for the mass slaughter of the people in the village of My Lai.

According to a Vietnamese government statement in 1995 the number of deaths of civilians and military personnel during the Vietnam War was 5.1 million. (2)

Since deaths in Cambodia and Laos were about 2.7 million (See Cambodia and Laos) the estimated total for the Vietnam War is 7.8 million.

The Virtual Truth Commission provides a total for the war of 5 million, (3) and Robert McNamara, former Secretary Defense, according to the New York Times Magazine says that the number of Vietnamese dead is 3.4 million. (4,5)

Yugoslavia

Yugoslavia was a socialist federation of several republics. Since it refused to be closely tied to the Soviet Union during the Cold War, it gained some suport from the U.S. But when the Soviet Union dissolved, Yugoslavia’s usefulness to the U.S. ended, and the U.S and Germany worked to convert its socialist economy to a capitalist one by a process primarily of dividing and conquering. There were ethnic and religious differences between various parts of Yugoslavia which were manipulated by the U.S. to cause several wars which resulted in the dissolution of that country.

From the early 1990s until now Yugoslavia split into several independent nations whose lowered income, along with CIA connivance, has made it a pawn in the hands of capitalist countries. (1) The dissolution of Yugoslavia was caused primarily by the U.S. (2)

Here are estimates of some, if not all, of the internal wars in Yugoslavia. All wars: 107,000; (3,4)

Bosnia and Krajina: 250,000; (5) Bosnia: 20,000 to 30,000; (5) Croatia: 15,000; (6) and

Kosovo: 500 to 5,000. (7)

NOTES

Afghanistan

1.Mark Zepezauer, Boomerang (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2003), p.135.

2.Chronology of American State Terrorism
http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_
terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html

3.Soviet War in Afghanistan
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soviet_war_in_Afghanistan

4.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.76

5.U.S Involvement in Afghanistan, Wikipedia
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soviet_war_in Afghanistan)

6.The CIA’s Intervention in Afghanistan, Interview with Zbigniew Brzezinski, Le Nouvel Observateur, Paris, 15-21 January 1998, Posted at globalresearch.ca 15 October 2001, http://www.globalresearch.ca/articles/BRZ110A.html

7.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p.5

8.Unknown News, http://www.unknownnews.net/casualtiesw.html

Angola

1.Howard W. French “From Old Files, a New Story of the U.S. Role in the Angolan War” New York Times 3/31/02

2.Angolan Update, American Friends Service Committee FS, 11/1/99 flyer.

3.Norman Solomon, War Made Easy, (John Wiley & Sons, 2005) p. 82-83.

4.Lance Selfa, U.S. Imperialism, A Century of Slaughter, International Socialist Review Issue 7, Spring 1999 (as appears in Third world Traveler www. thirdworldtraveler.com/American_Empire/Century_Imperialism.html)

5. Jeffress Ramsay, Africa , (Dushkin/McGraw Hill Guilford Connecticut), 1997, p. 144-145.

6.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.54.

Argentina : See South America: Operation Condor

Bolivia

1. Phil Gunson, Guardian, 5/6/02,
http://www.guardian.co.uk/archive /article/0,4273,41-07884,00.html

2.Jerry Meldon, Return of Bolilvia’s Drug – Stained Dictator, Consortium,www.consortiumnews.com/archives/story40.html.

Brazil See South America: Operation Condor

Cambodia

1.Virtual Truth Commissiion http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/ .

2.David Model, President Richard Nixon, Henry Kissinger, and the Bombing of Cambodia excerpted from the book Lying for Empire How to Commit War Crimes With A Straight Face, Common Courage Press, 2005, paperhttp://thirdworldtraveler.com/American_Empire/Nixon_Cambodia_LFE.html.

3.Noam Chomsky, Chomsky on Cambodia under Pol Pot, etc.,http//zmag.org/forums/chomcambodforum.htm.

Chad

1.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 151-152 .

2.Richard Keeble, Crimes Against Humanity in Chad, Znet/Activism 12/4/06http://www.zmag.org/content/print_article.cfm?itemID=11560&sectionID=1).

Chile

1.Parenti, Michael, The Sword and the Dollar (New York, St. Martin’s Press, 1989) p. 56.

2.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 142-143.

3.Moreorless: Heroes and Killers of the 20th Century, Augusto Pinochet Ugarte,

http://www.moreorless.au.com/killers/pinochet.html

4.Associated Press,Pincohet on 91st Birthday, Takes Responsibility for Regimes’s Abuses, Dayton Daily News 11/26/06

5.Chalmers Johnson, Blowback, The Costs and Consequences of American Empire (New York: Henry Holt and Company, 2000), p. 18.

China: See Korea

Colombia

1.Chronology of American State Terrorism, p.2

http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html).

2.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 163.

3.Millions Killed by Imperialism Washington Post May 6, 2002)http://www.etext.org./Politics/MIM/rail/impkills.html

4.Gabriella Gamini, CIA Set Up Death Squads in Colombia Times Newspapers Limited, Dec. 5, 1996,www.edu/CommunicationsStudies/ben/news/cia/961205.death.html).

5.Virtual Truth Commission, 1991

Human Rights Watch Report: Colombia’s Killer Networks–The Military-Paramilitary Partnership).

Cuba

1.St. James Encyclopedia of Popular Culture – on Bay of Pigs Invasionhttp://bookrags.com/Bay_of_Pigs_Invasion.

2.Wikipedia http://bookrags.com/Bay_of_Pigs_Invasion#Casualties.

Democratic Republic of Congo (Formerly Zaire)

1.F. Jeffress Ramsey, Africa (Guilford Connecticut, 1997), p. 85

2. Anup Shaw The Democratic Republic of Congo, 10/31/2003)http://www.globalissues.org/Geopolitics/Africa/DRC.asp)

3.Kevin Whitelaw, A Killing in Congo, U. S. News and World Reporthttp://www.usnews.com/usnews/doubleissue/mysteries/patrice.htm

4.William Blum, Killing Hope (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1995), p 158-159.

5.Ibid.,p. 260

6.Ibid.,p. 259

7.Ibid.,p.262

8.David Pickering, “World War in Africa, 6/26/02,
www.9-11peace.org/bulletin.php3

9.William D. Hartung and Bridget Moix, Deadly Legacy; U.S. Arms to Africa and the Congo War, Arms Trade Resource Center, January , 2000www.worldpolicy.org/projects/arms/reports/congo.htm

Dominican Republic

1.Norman Solomon, (untitled) Baltimore Sun April 26, 2005
http://www.globalpolicy.org/empire/history/2005/0426spincycle.htm
Intervention Spin Cycle

2.Wikipedia. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operation_Power_Pack

3.William Blum, Killing Hope (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1995), p. 175.

4.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.26-27.

East Timor

1.Virtual Truth Commission, http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/date4.htm

2.Matthew Jardine, Unraveling Indonesia, Nonviolent Activist, 1997)

3.Chronology of American State Terrorismhttp://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html

4.William Blum, Killing Hope (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1995), p. 197.

5.US trained butchers of Timor, The Guardian, London. Cited by The Drudge Report, September 19, 1999. http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/indon.htm

El Salvador

1.Robert T. Buckman, Latin America 2003, (Stryker-Post Publications Baltimore 2003) p. 152-153.

2.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 54-55.

3.El Salvador, Wikipediahttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/El_Salvador#The_20th_century_and_beyond)

4.Virtual Truth Commissiion http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/.

Grenada

1.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p. 66-67.

2.Stephen Zunes, The U.S. Invasion of Grenada,http://wwwfpif.org/papers/grenada2003.html .

Guatemala

1.Virtual Truth Commissiion http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/

2.Ibid.

3.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.2-13.

4.Robert T. Buckman, Latin America 2003 (Stryker-Post Publications Baltimore 2003) p. 162.

5.Douglas Farah, Papers Show U.S. Role in Guatemalan Abuses, Washington Post Foreign Service, March 11, 1999, A 26

Haiti

1.Francois Duvalier,http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fran%C3%A7ois_Duvalier#Reign_of_terror).

2.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p 87.

3.William Blum, Haiti 1986-1994: Who Will Rid Me of This Turbulent Priest,http://www.doublestandards.org/blum8.html

Honduras

1.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p. 55.

2.Reports by Country: Honduras, Virtual Truth Commissionhttp://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/honduras.htm

3.James A. Lucas, Torture Gets The Silence Treatment, Countercurrents, July 26, 2004.

4.Gary Cohn and Ginger Thompson, Unearthed: Fatal Secrets, Baltimore Sun, reprint of a series that appeared June 11-18, 1995 in Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer, School of Assassins, p. 46 Orbis Books 2001.

5.Michael Dobbs, Negroponte’s Time in Honduras at Issue, Washington Post, March 21, 2005

Hungary

1.Edited by Malcolm Byrne, The 1956 Hungarian Revoluiton: A history in Documents November 4, 2002http://www.gwu.edu/~nsarchiv/NSAEBB/NSAEBB76/index2.htm

2.Wikipedia The Free Encyclopedia,
http://www.answers.com/topic/hungarian-revolution-of-1956

Indonesia

1.Virtual Truth Commission http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/.

2.Editorial, Indonesia’s Killers, The Nation, March 30, 1998.

3.Matthew Jardine, Indonesia Unraveling, Non Violent Activist Sept–Oct, 1997 (Amnesty) 2/7/07.

4.Sison, Jose Maria, Reflections on the 1965 Massacre in Indonesia, p. 5.http://qc.indymedia.org/mail.php?id=5602;

5.Annie Pohlman, Women and the Indonesian Killings of 1965-1966: Gender Variables and Possible Direction for Research, p.4,http://coombs.anu.edu.au/SpecialProj/ASAA/biennial-conference/2004/Pohlman-A-ASAA.pdf

6.Peter Dale Scott, The United States and the Overthrow of Sukarno, 1965-1967, Pacific Affairs, 58, Summer 1985, pages 239-264.http://www.namebase.org/scott.

7.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.30.

Iran

1.Geoff Simons, Iraq from Sumer to Saddam, 1996, St. Martins Press, NY p. 317.

2.Chronology of American State Terrorismhttp://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html.

3.BBC 1988: US Warship Shoots Down Iranian Airlinerhttp://news.bbc.co.uk/onthisday/default.stm )

Iraq

Iran-Iraq War

1.Michael Dobbs, U.S. Had Key role in Iraq Buildup, Washington Post December 30, 2002, p A01 http://www.washingtonpost.com/ac2/wp-dyn/A52241-2002Dec29?language=printer

2.Global Security.Org , Iran Iraq War (1980-1980)globalsecurity.org/military/world/war/iran-iraq.htm.

U.S. Iraq War and Sanctions

1.Ramsey Clark, The Fire This Time (New York, Thunder’s Mouth), 1994, p.31-32

2.Ibid., p. 52-54

3.Ibid., p. 43

4.Anthony Arnove, Iraq Under Siege, (South End Press Cambridge MA 2000). p. 175.

5.Food and Agricultural Organizaiton, The Children are Dying, 1995 World View Forum, Internationa Action Center, International Relief Association, p. 78

6.Anthony Arnove, Iraq Under Siege, South End Press Cambridge MA 2000. p. 61.

7.David Cortright, A Hard Look at Iraq Sanctions December 3, 2001, The Nation.

U.S-Iraq War 2003-?

1.Jonathan Bor 654,000 Deaths Tied to Iraq War Baltimore Sun , October 11,2006

2.News http://www.unknownnews.net/casualties.html

Israeli-Palestinian War

1.Post-1967 Palestinian & Israeli Deaths from Occupation & Violence May 16, 2006 http://globalavoidablemortality.blogspot.com/2006/05/post-1967-palestinian-israeli-deaths.html)

2.Chronology of American State Terrorism

http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html

Korea

1.James I. Matray Revisiting Korea: Exposing Myths of the Forgotten War, Korean War Teachers Conference: The Korean War, February 9, 2001http://www.truman/library.org/Korea/matray1.htm

2.William Blum, Killing Hope (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1995), p. 46

3.Kanako Tokuno, Chinese Winter Offensive in Korean War – the Debacle of American Strategy, ICE Case Studies Number 186, May, 2006http://www.american.edu/ted/ice/chosin.htm.

4.John G. Stroessinger, Why Nations go to War, (New York; St. Martin’s Press), p. 99)

5.Britannica Concise Encyclopedia, as reported in Answers.comhttp://www.answers.com/topic/Korean-war

6.Exploring the Environment: Korean Enigmawww.cet.edu/ete/modules/korea/kwar.html)

7.S. Brian Wilson, Who are the Real Terrorists? Virtual Truth Commissonhttp://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/

8.Korean War Casualty Statistics www.century china.com/history/krwarcost.html)

9.S. Brian Wilson, Documenting U.S. War Crimes in North Korea (Veterans for Peace Newsletter) Spring, 2002) http://www.veteransforpeace.org/

Laos

1.William Blum Rogue State (Maine, Common Cause Press) p. 136

2.Chronology of American State Terrorismhttp://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html

3.Fred Branfman, War Crimes in Indochina and our Troubled National Soul

www.wagingpeace.org/articles/2004/08/00_branfman_us-warcrimes-indochina.htm).

Nepal

1.Conn Hallinan, Nepal & the Bush Administration: Into Thin Air, February 3, 2004

fpif.org/commentary/2004/0402nepal.html.

2.Human Rights Watch, Nepal’s Civil War: the Conflict Resumes, March 2006 )

http://hrw.org/english/docs/2006/03/28/nepal13078.htm.

3.Wayne Madsen, Possible CIA Hand in the Murder of the Nepal Royal Family, India Independent Media Center, September 25, 2001http://india.indymedia.org/en/2002/09/2190.shtml.

Nicaragua

1.Virtual Truth Commission
http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/.

2.Timeline Nicaragua
www.stanford.edu/group/arts/nicaragua/discovery_eng/timeline/).

3.Chronology of American State Terrorism,
http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/ChronologyofTerror.html.

4.William Blum, Nicaragua 1981-1990 Destabilization in Slow Motion

www.thirdworldtraveler.com/Blum/Nicaragua_KH.html.

5.Wikipedia, the Free Encyclopedia,
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iran-Contra_Affair.

Pakistan

1.John G. Stoessinger, Why Nations Go to War, (New York: St. Martin’s Press), 1974 pp 157-172.

2.Asad Ismi, A U.S. – Financed Military Dictatorship, The CCPA Monitor, June 2002, Canadian Centre for Policy Alternatives http://www.policyaltematives.ca)www.ckln.fm/~asadismi/pakistan.html

3.Mark Zepezauer, Boomerang (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2003), p.123, 124.

4.Arjum Niaz ,When America Look the Other Way by,

www.zmag.org/content/print_article.cfm?itemID=2821&sectionID=1

5.Leo Kuper, Genocide (Yale University Press, 1981), p. 79.

6.Bangladesh Liberation War , Wikipedia, the Free Encyclopediahttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh_Liberation_War#USA_and_USSR)

Panama

1.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’s Greatest Hits, (Odonian Press 1998) p. 83.

2.William Blum, Rogue State (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2000), p.154.

3.U.S. Military Charged with Mass Murder, The Winds 9/96,www.apfn.org/thewinds/archive/war/a102896b.html

4.Mark Zepezauer, CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 1994), p.83.

Paraguay See South America: Operation Condor

Philippines

1.Romeo T. Capulong, A Century of Crimes Against the Filipino People, Presentation, Public Interest Law Center, World Tribunal for Iraq Trial in New York City on August 25,2004.
http://www.peoplejudgebush.org/files/RomeoCapulong.pdf).

2.Roland B. Simbulan The CIA in Manila – Covert Operations and the CIA’s Hidden Hisotry in the Philippines Equipo Nizkor Information – Derechos, derechos.org/nizkor/filipinas/doc/cia.

South America: Operation Condor

1.John Dinges, Pulling Back the Veil on Condor, The Nation, July 24, 2000.

2.Virtual Truth Commission, Telling the Truth for a Better Americawww.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/condor.htm)

3.Operation Condorhttp://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Operation_Condor#US_involvement).

Sudan

1.Mark Zepezauer, Boomerang, (Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2003), p. 30, 32,34,36.

2.The Black Commentator, Africa Action The Tale of Two Genocides: The Failed US Response to Rwanda and Darfur, 11 August 2006http://www.truthout.org/docs_2006/091706X.shtml.

Uruguay See South America: Operation Condor

Vietnam

1.Mark Zepezauer, The CIA’S Greatest Hits (Monroe, Maine:Common Courage Press,1994), p 24

2.Casualties – US vs NVA/VC,
http://www.rjsmith.com/kia_tbl.html.

3.Brian Wilson, Virtual Truth Commission
http://www.geocities.com/~virtualtruth/

4.Fred Branfman, U.S. War Crimes in Indochiona and our Duty to Truth August 26, 2004

www.zmag.org/content/print_article.cfm?itemID=6105&sectionID=1

5.David K Shipler, Robert McNamara and the Ghosts of Vietnamnytimes.com/library/world/asia/081097vietnam-mcnamara.html

Yugoslavia

1.Sara Flounders, Bosnia Tragedy:The Unknown Role of the Pentagon in NATO in the Balkans (New York: International Action Center) p. 47-75

2.James A. Lucas, Media Disinformation on the War in Yugoslavia: The Dayton Peace Accords Revisited, Global Research, September 7, 2005 http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?context=
viewArticle&code=LUC20050907&articleId=899

3.Yugoslav Wars in 1990s
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Yugoslav_wars.

4.George Kenney, The Bosnia Calculation: How Many Have Died? Not nearly as many as some would have you think., NY Times Magazine, April 23, 1995

http://www.balkan-archive.org.yu/politics/
war_crimes/srebrenica/bosnia_numbers.html
)

5.Chronology of American State Terrorism

http://www.intellnet.org/resources/american_terrorism/
ChronologyofTerror.html.

6.Croatian War of Independence, Wikipedia
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Croatian_War_of_Independence

7.Human Rights Watch, New Figures on Civilian Deaths in Kosovo War, (February 7, 2000) http://www.hrw.org/press/2000/02/nato207.htm.

  • Posted in English, Mobile
  • Comments Off on The U.S. Has Killed More Than 20 Million People in 37 “Victim Nations” Since World War II

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Incident: Transat A332 over Atlantic on Nov 20th 2023, pilot incapacitated 

By Simon Hradecky, created Wednesday, Nov 29th 2023 18:55Z, last updated Wednesday, Nov 29th 2023 18:55Z

An Air Transat Airbus A330-200, registration C-GUBD performing flight TS-186 from Toronto, ON (Canada) to Punta Cana (Dominican Republic) with 299 people on board, was enroute at FL370 over the Atlantic Ocean north of the Hispaniola Island (Dominican Republic and Haiti) when one of the flight crew members became incapacitated. The crew performed a descent to FL310 and continued to destination for a safe landing about one hour later.

The Canadian TSB reported: “A flight crew member became incapacitated approximately 3 hours into the flight. A company qualified pilot who was flying as a passenger replaced the incapacitated flight crew member and the aircraft continued to the intended destination without further incident.”

 

Pilot Incapacitations and Deaths in Aug-Nov 2023 

Nov. 16, 2023 – Air India Pilot Death – 37 year old Air India Pilot Captain Himanil Kumar had cardiac arrest at Delhi’s Indira Gandhi International Airport during training

Oct. 30, 2023 – Jet2 Flight LS-1711 (MAN-DLM) Manchester (UK) to Dalaman (Turkey) – First officer became incapacitated, pilot diverted aircraft to Budapest, landed safely

Oct. 18, 2023 – Austrian Airlines Pilot Death – 43 year old Christian Zimmerebner, AUA Austrian Airlines Pilot and member of Dorfgastein mountain rescue, diedsuddenly on Oct.18, 2023 due to “serious illness”

Sep. 24, 2023 – Austrian Airlines Flight OS-188 (STR-VIE) Stuttgart to Vienna The captain became incapacitated, first officer took control of aircraft

Sep. 23, 2023 – Alaska Airlines Pilot Death – 37 year old Captain Eric McRae died suddenly in his hotel room during layover, was to fly that morning

Sep. 22, 2023 – Delta Flight DL-291 (CDG-LAX) Paris to Los Angeles – Pilot became incapacitated, was taken to cabin for care, plane diverted to Minneapolis, pilot taken to hospital

Aug. 27, 2023 – Air Canada Flight AC348 (YVR-YOW) Vancouver to Ottawa, one of the pilots felt ill and became incapacitated 50 min before landing in Ottawa.

Aug. 17, 2023 – IndiGo Flight (NAG-PNQ) Nagpur to Pune, India, 40 year old Pilot Manoj Subramanium died after collapsing at the boarding gate, about to board.

Aug. 16, 2023 – Qatar Airways Flight QR579 (DEL-DOH) Delhi to Doha, Qatar, 51 year old pilot collapsed as a passenger inflight and died, plane diverted to Dubai.

Aug. 14, 2023 – LATAM Flight LA505 (MIA-SCL) Miami to Santiago, Chile – 2 hours into 8hr flight, 56 year old Captain Ivan Andaur collapsed and died in the lavatory – plane diverted to Panama City!

Aug. 9, 2023 – United Airlines UAL1309 (SRQ-EWR) Sarasota to Newark, pilot had a heart attack and lost consciousness in flight

Aug. 7, 2023 – TigerAIR Flight IT237 (CTS-TPE) Sapporo to Taipei, copilot had a medical emergency after landing plane in Taipei

Pilot Incapacitations and Deaths (On Duty) Jan-July 2023

July 19, 2023 – Eurowings Discover Flight 4Y-1205 (HER-FRA) Heraklion to Frankfurt, pilot incapacitated, first officer took control, landed safely

July 16, 2023 – Small plane – 2006 Piper Meridian, flying from Westchester NY, crashed at Martha’s Vineyard Airport after pilot had medical emergency upon final approach and passenger took control of the plane and attempted a landing. Pilot, 79 year old Randolph Bonnist, died later in hospital.

June 7, 2023 – Air Canada Flight ACA692 (YYZ-YYT) Toronto to St.John’s, First Officer became incapacitated, deadheading Captain assumed duties

June 4, 2023 – Small plane – Cessna Citation N611VG flying Tennessee to Long Island, fighter jets spotted pilot slumped over in cockpit unconscious, plane crashed and all onboard died

May 11, 2023 – HiSKy Flight H4474 (DUB-KIV) Dublin to Chisinau (Moldova), 20 min after liftoff pilot became “unable to act”, plane diverted to Manchester

May 4, 2023 – British Charter TUI Airways Flight BY-1424 (NCL-LPA) Newcastle to Las Palmas Spain pilot became ill, plane diverted back to NCL.

May 3, 2023 – Air Transat and Air Canada Pilot Eddy Vorperian, age 48, died suddenly during layover in Croatia

April 21, 2023 – Easyjet Flight U2-6469 (LGW-AGA) London Gatwick to Agadir, Morocco, first offer became incapacitated, diverted to Faro, Portugal.

April 4, 2023 – United Airlines Flight 2102 (BOI-SFO) – captain was incapacitated, first officer was only one in control of the aircraft.

March 25, 2023 – TAROM Flight RO-7673 TSR-HRG diverted to Bucharest as 30 yo pilot had chest pain, then collapsed

March 22, 2023 – Southwest Flight WN6013 LAS-CMH diverted as pilot collapsed shortly after take-off, replaced by non-Southwest pilot

March 18, 2023 – Air Transat Flight TS739 FDF-YUL first officer was incapacitated about 200NM south of Montreal

March 13, 2023 – Emirates Flight EK205 MXP-JFK diverted due to pilot illness hour and a half after take-off

March 11, 2023 – United Airlines Flight UA2007 GUA-ORD diverted due to “incapacitated pilot” who had chest pains

March 11, 2023 – British Airways (CAI-LHR) pilot died of heart attack in crew hotel in Cairo before a Cairo to London flight (name & age not released)

March 3, 2023 – Virgin Australia Flight VA-717 ADL-PER Adelaide to Perth flight was forced to make an emergency landing after First Officer suffered heart attack 30 min after departure.

Military Pilot Incapacitations:

Aug. 18, 2023 – US Army Aviation Center (Alabama) student pilot went into cardiac arrest behind the controls midflight (Aug.18, 2023), Instructor landed plane – pilot was dead for 18 minutes!

Recent Pilot Deaths (Not On Duty)

Pilot death – May 2023 – 4 Singapore Airlines pilots died suddenly in May 2023

Pilot death – May 9, 2023 – United Airlines and US Air Force Pilot Lt. Col. Michael Fugett, age 46, died unexpectedly at his home

Pilot death – April 13, 2023 – Phil Thomas, graduate of Flight Training Pilot academy in Cadiz, Spain (FTEJerez) died suddenly.

Pilot death – March 17, 2023 – 39 year old Westjet Pilot Benjamin Paul Vige died suddenly in Calgary

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

Read Part I:

The Genocidal State of Israel

By Prof. Anthony J. Hall, December 01, 2023


Introduction

The psychopathic General in charge of the Gaza Holocaust is Benjamin Netanyahu, the recipient of an unprecedented series of standing ovations in the US Congress.

The background and career of Benjamin Netanyahu, still Congress’s darling, personifies the merger of the political culture of Israel and United States as expressed now in the Zionist assault presently underway. Netanyahu received most of his education, including high school and university, in the United States. He renounced his U.S. citizenship upon entering Israeli politics and “Serving a foreign country”. 

Much of Netanyahu’s career was consolidated in helping to fortify the expansionary policies of Israel by manufacturing and exploiting the public imagery of Islamic terrorism largely through the manipulation of Muslim mercenaries, patsies, and assets. This approach, aimed at bringing about major policy objectives by generating and harnessing the political currency of public fear and loathing, has resulted in many false flag events including those that took place on 9/11.

 

Netanyahu’s manipulation and protection of the “Hamas terrorists” fit well into his many triumphs as the Napoleon of the Global War on Terror.

But all Netanyahu’s chicanery is backfiring this time around. His mistakes, lies and reckless behaviour in helping to set up the events of October 7 are already coming to light.

Who Is Behind Netanyahu? 

While Netanyahu is apparently the one giving the orders to carry out the slaughter of the besieged Palestinians, it is important to consider who is behind him and the possible makeup of the larger agenda at play here.

According to Prof. Michel Chossudovsky and Ben Bartee, the US military establishment is “pulling the strings.” There is already a secret agreement in place reported to cover “the unconditional endorsement of the Israeli genocidal attack against Gaza by President Joe Biden.” The attack is meant to lead “to the annexation of all Palestine territories to the State of Israel.” See this.

This thesis is very much in line with the interpretation of economist Michael Hudson. See this.

Professor Chossudovsky presents an overview emphasizing the role of the United States in the behind-the scenes background of the Gaza assault carried out mostly with US weaponry. The assault involves the presence off the coast of the Eastern Mediterranean of a US naval armada. It involves the presence of US special forces that Chossudovsky indicates have joined IDF actions inside Gaza. Chossudovsky asserts.

“It is the United States government which has ordered this genocide on its behalf. [Its strategists] are essentially using the ideology of Zionism to justify a broader military agenda that would specifically target Iran. That agenda emanates from the military-industrial complex, from powerful financial groups. There is a whole history of war preparations directed against Iran that go back to the Iraq-Iran war which was engineered by the USA…. First Iraq, then Iran. I mean the war in Iran has been on the Pentagon’s drawing board for more than 30 years, going back to the 1990s…. Zionism’s Greater Israel Project coincides geographically with what the USA have called ‘the New Middle East.’”

According to the Chossudovsky, this US project of conquest has been premised on the strategy of marginalizing the indigenous leaderships of the Arab and Persian countries which, “share a common history.” Israel is the hub of the geopolitical control the US seeks to maintain and expand over the energy-rich region.

The geopolitical control of Israel and the United States has been slipping away, however, in large measure because of Iran’s growing importance in regional and world affairs. Iran, the main country that carries into the modern world the heritage of Persia, is home to a highly educated population.

Iranians are well aware that they have long been envisaged as primary targets of Israeli and US military aggression. In response, they have developed high-tech military defences specializing in missile technology which they have exported to Shiite allies in Yemen, Lebanon and Iraq.

A huge exporter especially of natural gas, Iran compensated for the loss of some of its Western energy markets after its Islamic Revolution in 1979. The government sought new markets especially in China. In doing so Iran developed strong ties with China even as it increased its geopolitical cooperation with Russia. These alliances became increasingly important after the flare up of war between Russian and the US-led NATO with Ukraine as NATO’s proxy.

Iran is clearly a regional superpower within Eurasia whose strategic centrality has been pointed out by many, including by Bernard Lewis’ protégé, Zbigniew Brzezinski with his influential book, The Grand Chessboard. Iran’s geostrategic advantages have become integral to China’s foreign policy and especially to its core project of creating a high-tech Road and Belt transportation network connecting Europe with the Far East and the Global South.

The strengthening alliance between Iran, Russia and China has in recent years taken on new strategic meaning in light of US attempts to conduct economic warfare on all three polities. This initiative backfired dramatically as the Russian economy actually expanded as a result of the ill-conceived financial recriminations conceived in Washington.

Russia responded to economic “sanctions” by becoming more self-sufficient and courting alternative trade partners. Russia shifted its strategic orientations from the West to the East, including towards China. Many monumental alterations worldwide have been energized by these alterations.

Beginning with Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, the BRICS alliance is becoming increasingly important with as an emerging locus of global power and influence. Many countries are lining up to join the organization, with Iran and Saudi Arabia at the front of the line.

Iran and Saudi Arabia put aside their long standing antagonisms to join together in a reconciliation agreement brokered by the government of China. In bringing about this feat, China demonstrated its diplomatic acumen. The Chinese government thereby gained new standing in the global community.

Russian President Vladimir Putin addressed a BRICs zoom meeting with a message while also addressing the Russian cabinet. President Putin said of what is going on in Gaza,

“the death of thousands of people, the mass displacement of the civilian population and the humanitarian catastrophe that has erupted are cause for the deepest concern… When you watch how children are being operated on with no anesthesia – this of course arouses very special feelings.”

In a prior video conference with his own cabinet Putin emphasized the importance of providing aid for the besieged Palestinian people. He said,

“This is a very important, humanitarian, noble mission. We need to help people suffering as a result of the ongoing events. It is our sacred duty to help.” See this.

All these developments make any US-Israel effort to target Iran much more problematic than was the case even a few years ago. This web of connections, with the bonds between China, Russia and Iran in the forefront, have grave implications for the possibility, or even the likelihood, that Israel’s genocidal incursions in Gaza and the West Bank will expand into a regional conflict. In fact this scenario is already developing in Syria, Lebanon and Yemin.

The outcome of a regional war involving Iran seems to be the objective of Benjamin Netanyahu and his mostly Jewish neoconservative colleagues in the United States. Their clamouring for a war with Iran has long been rambunctious to say the least. In neoconservative and in some Zionist circles, the lust for some kind of World War targeting Russia, China and Iran seems especially zealous.

Palestine, Israel, Global Banking, and Settler Colonialism

Zionism encompasses the primary network of power that has come to dominate the US government almost as much as the Israeli government. No upward mobility in the US government is allowed especially in foreign affairs, intelligence, national security, and the Pentagon without the approval of the Zionist operatives in charge of vetting those seeking to obtain or retain high office.

The Zionist network brings together extremely wealthy Jews and their legions of non-Jewish collaborators sometimes referred to as ShabbasGoys. The agents of this alignment of power have come to infiltrate the upper echelons of decision-making in many polities throughout the world. Such Zionist infiltration forms an essential facet in the globalist assault on many institutions of national sovereignty. The only exception to the imposition of Zionist restrictions on national sovereignty is, of course, when it comes to the Jewish state of Israel.

The Gaza Debacle is drawing increased scrutiny not only to the debased national identities of the invading countries, but also to the diabolical role of global Zionism and the various forms of supremacist subjugation to which it often gives rise. The authority of the Zionist cabal depends in large measure on the international banking regime’s system for apportioning assets and liabilities, proprietorships and debts. This system is founded on the transfer from government to private banks, of the power to create new money. Much of this new money is loaned back to governments with compound interest.

This massively inequitable system, now overextended into the realm of deep lunacy and larceny, has for too long directed almost unimaginable wealth to a tiny minority. The fortunes of this minuscule group are based largely on the theft of life’s goodness from their debt slaves.

This enslaved majority must not only pay back their own loans for housing, education and other necessities. They must also bear the tax burdens imposed by their own heavily indebted governments. Representatives of these governments irresponsibly signed away their peoples’ sovereign authority over monetary policy with the effect of enriching the few at the cost of the many.

This tiny enriched minority, including a vastly disproportionate number of Jews, is currently conspiring to expand their assets and control over their debt slaves through a foreboding banking reset. The financial reset is being driven by many of the same people behind the effort to kill off and finalize the dispossession of the indigenous Palestinians. This genocidal dispossession is happening just as a huge reserve of maritime gas just off the shoreline of the Gaza Strip is about to be exploited, as outlined by Veteran War Correspondent Felicity Arbuthnot and Michel Chossudovsky

This centralizing combination of globalist and imperialist trajectories is driven in large measure by Zionist networks of top-down control. This power dynamic is fast rubbing up against the priorities of the global majority whose leading lights still seek to realize the promise of decolonization. The formal processes of decolonization was overseen largely by the United Nations and it favoured banking cartels. This supposed decolonization was coopted, deformed and exploited by the leading kleptocrats embedded in the upper echelons of international banking.

“Multipolarism”  

The regionalist facet of “multipolarism” has been claimed by some of the most aggressive globalists at the WEF and other branches of the worldwide multibillionaires’ club. In the face of this development, the concept of “multipolarism” has concurrently acquired a significant place in the discourse of naysayers opposing the repressive status quo. This informal alliance is sometimes known as “the resistance.”

Multipolarism stands in contradistinction to the bipolarism of the Cold War and the unipolarism of the US superpower that briefly prevailed globally until the American Empire began to come unglued after the 9/11 sabotage.

The invocation of a multipolar world is sometimes attached to the widespread quest for liberation from the constraints the of the bankers’ tyranny that has grown up around the status of the US dollar as the world’s primary currency for international transactions. This liberatory spin on “multipolarism” emerged especially from the analysis of Vladimir Putin, Alexander Dugin and other Russian officials during the course of their country’s war with NATO’s proxy, Ukraine.

As expressed in the creation of BRICS and other agencies, people and peoples especially in the Global South are seeking expanded means of regional and national self-determination. Obviously the prospect of humanity’s liberation from the existing regime of pervasive debt enslavement lies in creating a more enlightened approach to the process of creating and apportioning wealth. This consideration requires a move away from the strangle hold of kleptocratic U.S. dollar denominated banking backed up with the military strength of the US Armed Forces.

Multipolarism has become a code to identify the strengthening alliance between Iran, Russia and China as well as the other BRICS countries, including India. This new alignment of governments and the peoples they represent, forms a major element in the global response to the hideous assault on the Palestinians. Many in the BRICS countries identify easily with the plight of the Palestinians because they draw on the experiences of their ancestors who knew very well what it means to be on the receiving end of European imperialism.

After the Second World War, many of the leaders of decolonization sought independence in the Non-Aligned Movement. This organization was much demonized by the Cold War zealots in the United States. The so-call “neutralists” in the Movement confederated in order to provide some collective protection against the oppressive bipolarism of the Cold War. Those that took part in the Non-Aligned Movement resented being forced to chose between two competing imperial systems. They sought instead to express the independence of their nations by embracing their own indigenous identities.

This Non-Aligned Movement was formed in Bandung Indonesia in 1955. The persistence of imperial rule continues to be very clear to those on the receiving end of the process. One foremost example of this persistence lies in the collaboration between the banking regime centred in the City of London and its Wall Street extensions that jointly direct the military-financial apparatus designed for plunder and coercive control of the world’s debt slaves.

The Leadership of the “Neutralist” Non-Aligned Movement. From left to right, are Indian Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru, Ghana President Kwame Nkruhma, Egyptian and “United Arab Republic” President, Gamal Abdel Nasser, Indonesia President Sukarno, Yugoslavia President Josip Broz Tito. The Palestinian Struggle Can be Seen as an Extension of the Decolonization Struggle that These Men Endeavoured to Lead in the Face of Much Resistance.

Now more than ever, for much of the global population the current plight of the Palestinians represents the genocidal extremes that emerge from worst facets of settler colonialism. Support for the Palestinian freedom movement is thus an expression of the quest for liberation from the most recent incarnations of imperial oppression.

The Rothschild Family Encourages Christian Zionism. Genesis of the Jewish State since the 1880s

The importance of the disproportionately large Zionist and Jewish role in banking is illustrated by the continuing prominence of the far-flung Rothschild clan. The Rothschild banking dynasty, involving an intertwined complex of related interests, individuals, and families, has a history of exploiting their financial clout derived from usury, to purchase, and then exercise, great political influence.

This process of exerting financial and political leverage in order to achieve pre-conceived geopolitical objectives was well expressed in the role of the French branch of the Rothschild family. Baron Edmond de Rothschild was instrumental in establishing in Palestine the foundations of Jewish settlement and organization. See this.

It is no accident that the Balfour Declaration of 1917, advocating a national home for the Jews in Palestine, was addressed to Lionel Walter Rothschild, 2nd Baron de Rothschild. Along with Chaim Weizmann, the Zionist point person in the international quest to bring about Jewish statehood, the Baron of Rothschild was the unofficial leader of the Zionist movement in Great Britain.

Some members of the Rothschild dynasty have to this day perceived of the creation, consolidation and expansion of Israel as a key project in their financial and political enterprises. In the Rothschild Archives on the open Internet, an attempt is made to by the family to describe the role of their British friends and colleagues in establishing Israel. It is written

“Surprisingly, the British by and large kept their word, and for at least two decades until the outbreak of the Second World War they allowed the Zionist movement to bring hundreds of thousands of Jewish immigrants into Palestine. These new arrivals set up hundreds of settlements, including several towns as well as the political, economic, military and cultural infrastructure of the future state of Israel.” See this.

The authors describe the widespread effusion of Zionist enthusiasms in the British ruling class, where “Christian Zionism” was embraced by many

“At this time [circa 1917], there were very strong pro-Zionist feelings by many of the political elite and establishment. Many of Britain’s leaders, including Prime Minister David Lloyd George, and Balfour himself, felt for the Jews and their history. These men were deeply religious Christian Zionists. They had grown up on the Bible; the Holy Land was their spiritual home. They believed that modern Zionism would fulfil a divine promise, and re-settle the Jews in the land of their ancient fathers.”

Lord Balfour expressed his view that the Zionist mission was of such significance that it trumped the interests of the Palestinian Arabs. He wrote in 1919

“The four Great power are committed to Zionism. And Zionism, be it right or wrong, good or bad, is rooted in age-long traditions, in present needs, and future hopes, of far profounder import than the desires and prejudices of 700,000 Arabs who now inhabit that ancient land…. I do not think that Zionism will hurt the Arabs.”

Memorandum to Lord Curzon, 11 August 1919, cited here.

The evidence is overwhelming that the project of exploiting financial clout to gain control of political processes is a key to the rise of Zionism in the process of creating and expanding the power and territory of Israel. This Zionist quest to achieve Greater Israel forms the essential driving force currently energizing the military campaign to eliminate those who best embody the remaining Palestinian hold on the Occupied Territories. These territories were conquered illegally by the IDF in the Six Day War of 1967. Gaza and the West Bank were part of the zone ear marked for the Arab state called for in the UN’s Resolution 181.

The Al Aqsa Flood and the Religious Politics Behind the Zionist Drive to Raise the Third Temple

One of the most ambitious projects sought by Zionist planners pictures Jerusalem and the raising of a Third Jewish Temple on the present site of the Dome of the Rock. This iconographic Dome is integral to the architecture al-Aqsa mosque.

Some extreme Zionists imagine this Third Temple as a the replacement of the al-Aqsa mosque.

The Third Temple is pictured as the core central point in the plan to make Jerusalem the new imperial capital for the entire world. For those who hold this conception, the Third Temple would be the site of some sort of world high court based on a modern-day adaptation of the Sanhedrin, an association of rabbinical jurists who exercised much power in the era of King Solomon’s Second Temple.

The plan to replace the al-Aqsa mosque, which encompasses the Dome of the Rock, has explosive implications. The Dome of the Rock is the thousand-year-old structure that is the oldest in the Islamic world. The Rock under the Dome is where Prophet Muhammed is said to have communed with the spirits of Abraham, Moses, and Jesus before being transported to heaven. Many Islamic groups, including Hamas, have displayed uncompromising resistance to the assertion of Israeli jurisdiction over the site of the large compound of the al-Aqsa mosque. The mosque itself is built around the Dome of the Rock.

This attempt to assert exclusive Israeli jurisdiction in Jerusalem runs not only against the will of many in the Muslim world. It also violates the UN’s Resolution 181 that in 1947 called for the creation in Palestine of two new states. Resolution 181 also called for the establishment of United Nations jurisdiction over Jerusalem.

Jerusalem was to be a city governed by the UN to protect the harmonious relations between the custodians of the three Abrahamic religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam. The disastrous consequences of the failure to enforce this aspect of Resolution 181 are very obvious to those paying attention.

It is no secret that this assertion of Israeli jurisdiction over the al-Aqsa mosque site points ominously towards its malevolent destruction in preparation for the raising of a Third Jewish Temple. The Second Temple was obliterated in 70 AD by Roman soldiers. The most zealous effort yet aimed at dismantling al-Aqsa is led by Netanyahu’s Minister of National Security, the fascistic Jewish Supremacist, Itamar Ben-Gvir.

The importance of the al-Aqsa/Third Temple controversy is marked by the Hamas’ description of its now-legendary prison break from Gaza on October 7 as the al-Aqsa Flood, a product of the al-Aqsa Storm.

Who Had Prior Knowledge of the Events of October 7? What Are the Politics of Hamas Taking Captives?

As in the US Indian wars, the Gaza Massacre is being pushed ahead by the invaders as if their murderous aggressions are absolutely exempt from any legal accountability, let alone ethical responsibility. The protagonists seem to derive forms of especially sadistic pleasure from engaging in terrible atrocities in the clear light of day and realizing that nobody is willing to stop them.

They can look down at the rest of the world from their high place of unaccountable violence. They can think there is no doubt they are truly above the law. Will that hypothesis prove correct? How far can they go before meeting any obstructions or resistance to their unrestrained inhumanity, equipped as they are with some of the most high-tech killing devices on earth.

As for cynically misrepresenting medical centres as military installations, international humanitarian law, including the Geneva Conventions, have from their inception made a priority of creating prohibitions on attacking hospitals especially in times of war. See this.

What is it about this ghoulish display of hatred towards the Palestinian captives in Gaza, as if these so-called “human animals” are expendable specimens in a perverse zoo of Israeli depravity?

What is giving the aggressors such an amplified sense of triumphant self-worth by expressing their capacity to wantonly slaughter their targeted population, however and whenever they want. The aggressive warfare pushed against mostly unarmed civilians is based on nothing more than a dubious and still formally un-investigated interpretation of the contested events surrounding the Gaza prison break of October 7.

Beginning on October 7, many Israeli observers, often veterans of the IDF, pointed to the impossibility of a Palestinian group even approaching, let alone breaking through, the Gaza prison walls at many points. The Gaza walls are at the core of an elaborate and closely monitored complex of warning devices. These devices are meant to trigger automatically alarms together with immediate military responses if any unplanned motion around the fences is detected. Any claim that the fiasco was due to “intelligence failures” alone is simply not credible. Indeed any such claim should arouse more suspicion that some kind of cover up is underway, as it almost certainly is.

I discussed these matters in an essay published on Oct. 8. 2023.  In it I identified credible voices who already expressed the view that the Gaza prison break of the Hamas fighters, known as the Qassam Brigades, could not have happened without some sort of complicity on the part of Israeli authorities who held back military responses for several hours. One of those authorities would have had to have been Benjamin Netanyahu himself.

The official narrative of October 7 showed more sign of coming apart on November 8 when allegations arose on social media that the Associated Press, CNN, Reuters, New York Times and freelance photographers in Gaza

“knew in advance of the October 7 Palestinian Resistance counter-offensive and even collaborated with Hamas in order to be on location to get their shots during the operation.”

While this interpretation is highly speculative and unproven at this point, it does suggest something is not right. Where there is smoke, there frequently is fire.

Rather than ignoring this story or making light of it, the Israeli government did the opposite. Danny Danon, Israel’s Representative to the United Nations, basically condemned to death those who sought to take advantage of the prior knowledge by being at the right place at the right time to take pictures. If the journalists had prior knowledge, then who else did?

Are factions on the Israeli government covering up the story by murdering, or threatening to murder, those who know too much?

Is Danny Danon promising to murder those that may have exploited prior knowledge of the events of October 7?

Or is his message rather a threat aimed at those who did have prior knowledge?

Is he saying that they will be killed if they even whisper another word about their prior knowledge? If they don’t say anything but did have prior knowledge, aren’t they also implicating the media venues for which they work?

An expert at manipulating the imagery of Islamic terrorism to achieve political objectives that would otherwise be unattainable (as in 9/11), Netanyahu has a history of trying to manipulate Hamas.

Netanyahu has exploited this skill especially in his quest to avoid being forced into any two state solution to resolve the Israeli-Palestinian impasse.

Because of the Israeli response to the events of October 7, the whole concept of revisiting the main unfulfilled facet of UN Resolution 181, namely the failure to establish a new Arab state side by side with Israel, is being brought forward including by China.

The more the Israeli government tries to block this outcome, the more it calls into question its own legitimacy as a violator of the main international instrument on which the Jewish state now stands.

Since October 7, many other whistle blowers and researchers have come forward with substantial evidence that there are all kinds of problems with the Israeli government’s official narrative. There are problems not only in the story of October 7, but in accounts of the genocidal campaign which followed and, it seems now on November 30, will be renewed once the ceasefire is over.

Clearly on October 7 Hamas fighters did kill some Israeli civilians, but not to the extent originally claimed. Many of the most horrific reported atrocities, like brutal rapes or beheading babies and putting one of them in an oven to be cooked, have been shown to be false. The concocted imagery of Palestinians on a wild killing spree for its own sake does not conform with the existing evidence of the Qassam Brigade fighters acting in accord with a well orchestrated military plan.

The fake but widely reported story of the 40 beheaded Israeli babies has become an especially telling example of the many media deceptions concerning the actions of the Qassam Brigades. Presumably not all Palestinians that escaped the Gaza Prison were Hamas soldiers. If some violent acts were done by Palestinian individuals acting in their own private capacity outside the Hamas chain of command, the nature of such crimes need to be interpreted through that lens.

See this, this and this.

Grayzone’s Max Blumenthal is a calm voice of reason in a maelstrom of overheated rhetoric. In an interview with Chris Hedges, Blumenthal explained that the primary strategy of Hamas was to take captives, but especially IDF soldiers if possible.

The strategic advantage Hamas could only be obtained by keeping Israelis alive so they could be taken back to Gaza and used as objects of negotiation. The possibilities of starting negotiations with an exchange of captives for Palestinian prisoners held in in Israeli jails has already come to pass. Where might this process lead?

Recent events in Gaza and Israel have illustrated for much of the global community the perilous implications for world stability of leaving the Israeli/Palestinian impasse largely unaddressed and certainly unresolved. Hence the Hamas strategy of seizing hostages in the face of many decades of Israeli intransigence has been vindicated by developments on the ground. What alternatives were left to the leadership of the Palestinian people short of utter submission to an uncompromising genre of Zionist supremacism?

Blumenthal goes into detail, explaining that many of the murders attributed to Hamas were in fact committed by the IDF. This phenomenon is apparently connected to what some have identified as the on-again-off-again Hannibal Doctrine. Its purpose is to prevent any Israeli hostages, but especially military personnel, from falling into Palestinian hands. The aim is to avoid giving Palestinian organizations some power to bargain and negotiate with their oppressors.

IDF pilots have given testimony explaining how they blew up homes and military institutions where Hamas fighters were holding captives. The result was the IDF’s killing of many Israelis along with Palestinians. Many of these deaths stemmed from the assault of Apache helicopters, of course supplied to Israel by the US government. These Apaches fired Hellfire missiles. The Apaches also sprayed crowds of people composed of both Israelis and Palestinians, with barrages of bullets.

For instance, the youths attending Nova Electronic Music Party were killed by both Hamas fighters and projectiles from Apache helicopters. IDF Hellfire missiles seem to have caused the burning out of many of the frequently-photographed vehicles around the music festival. According to Blumenthal, public opinion has hardened due to the reception of mixtures of outright lies with true and partially true accounts of violent episodes.

According to Blumenthal, “the propaganda became so extreme and lurid” that the Israeli public has been “whipped up into such a fervour that they would not stand for any negotiations with Hamas.” It turned out that this assessment was an overstatement. Events after he spoke with Chris Hedges have proven this aspect of Blumenthal’s testimony was wrong.

As Blumenthal sees it, “Israeli society is primed for genocide.” A disastrous consensus seems to be emerging that the process of initiating a war on the Palestinians in 1948 should be brought to its conclusion by “finishing the job.”

What the protagonists have done, the researcher argues,

“is to force the essential dynamic of Zionism into an accelerated mode… Zionism has demonstrated its unwillingness to accommodate the native population as it seeks to consolidate its settler-colonial presence. And so it must move towards genocide as all the other settler-colonial movements have done.”

Blumenthal concludes with a reminder that the US government gave all of Israel’s actions against the Palestinians, logistical support as well as the “green light” of consent. The United States, therefore, is equally culpable with the government of Israel for the very clear case of genocide in Gaza.

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Looking out at the World from Canada.

Part III. Forthcoming 

Dr. Anthony Hall is currently Professor of Globalization Studies at the University of Lethbridge in Alberta Canada. He has been a teacher in the Canadian university system since 1982. Dr. Hall, has recently finished a big two-volume publishing project at McGill-Queen’s University Press entitled “The Bowl with One Spoon”.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

All images in this article are from the author unless otherwise stated